Unlicensed Use of TV Band and 600 MHz Band Spectrum, 73043-73086 [2015-29496]
Download as PDF
Vol. 80
Monday,
No. 225
November 23, 2015
Part II
Federal Communications Commission
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
47 CFR Parts 2, 15, 27, et al.
Unlicensed Use of TV Band and 600 MHz Band Spectrum; Final Rule
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
73044
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
47 CFR Parts 2, 15, 27, 74, and 95
[ET Docket No. 14–165; FCC 15–99]
Unlicensed Use of TV Band and 600
MHz Band Spectrum
Federal Communications
Commission.
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
The Commission recently
adopted rules to repurpose broadcast
television spectrum for new wireless
services via an incentive auction. This
document modifies Commission rules
for unlicensed wireless devices and
wireless microphones in the
reconstituted TV bands and the new 600
MHz band. This document modifies the
Commission’s rules for unlicensed
operations in the frequency bands that
are now and will continue to be
allocated and assigned to broadcast
television services (TV bands),
including fixed and personal/portable
white space devices and unlicensed
wireless microphones. It adopts
technical and operational rules for
unlicensed devices and wireless
microphones in the 600 MHz guard
bands, including the duplex gap, and in
the 600 MHz band that will be
repurposed for new wireless services. It
also adopts rules for fixed and personal/
portable white space device operation
on channel 37 and for the operation of
unlicensed wireless microphones in the
TV bands. This document modify the
white space database rules to implement
certain decisions, including protecting
areas where new 600 MHz service
licensees commence operation and areas
used by incumbent services on channel
37.
DATES: Effective December 23, 2015,
except for the amendments to
§§ 15.713(b)(2)(iv) through (v), (j)(4),
(j)(10), and (j)(11), 15.715(n) through (q),
27.1320, and 95.1111(d), which contain
new or modified information collection
requirements that require approval by
the OMB under the Paperwork
Reduction Act (PRA). The Commission
will publish a document in the Federal
Register announcing the effective date
when approved by OMB. The
incorporation by reference listed in the
rules is approved by the Director of the
Federal Register as of December 23,
2015.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
SUMMARY:
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Hugh L. Van Tuyl, Office of Engineering
and Technology, (202) 418–7506, email:
Hugh.VanTuyl@fcc.gov, TTY (202) 418–
2989.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
This is a
summary of the Commission’s Report &
Order (R&O), ET Docket No. 14–165,
FCC 15–99, adopted August 6, 2015,
and released August 11, 2015. The full
text of this document is available for
inspection and copying during normal
business hours in the FCC Reference
Center (Room CY–A257), 445 12th
Street SW., Washington, DC 20554. The
full text may also be downloaded at:
www.fcc.gov. People with Disabilities:
To request materials in accessible
formats for people with disabilities
(braille, large print, electronic files,
audio format), send an email to fcc504@
fcc.gov or call the Consumer &
Governmental Affairs Bureau at 202–
418–0530 (voice), 202–418–0432 (tty).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS
COMMISSION
Summary of Report and Order
1. The R&O makes rule changes for
unlicensed white space devices in the
television broadcasting band and the
600 MHz band, while protecting
licensed users from harmful
interference. It modifies the
Commission’s part 15 rules to permit
fixed and personal/portable devices to
use TV channels previously unavailable
to them while continuing to protect TV
services from harmful interference by
adjusting the technical and operational
rules. It also adopts rules for white
space device operations in the 600 MHz
band—including the duplex gap, guard
bands, 600 MHz service band and
channel 37. White space devices will
continue to access the white space
databases for channel assignments in
the TV bands, as well as in the 600 MHz
band and channel 37.
2. The R&O also takes actions that
will continue to accommodate
unlicensed wireless microphone use in
the TV bands and the 600 MHz band,
while protecting licensed users from
harmful interference. By codifying part
15 rules for unlicensed wireless
microphone use, it brings these devices
under the traditional policy tenets for
unlicensed devices, i.e., they are not
entitled to interference protection and
they must not cause harmful
interference to authorized services.
Unlicensed wireless microphones will
access the white space databases to
identify frequencies available for their
use in the TV bands, duplex gap, guard
bands and 600 MHz service band.
3. The R&O reserves four megahertz of
spectrum in the duplex gap for wireless
microphones licensed under part 74 of
the Commission’s rules where they can
operate on an as-needed basis that is not
shared with white space devices.
Operation will be limited to the same
technical requirements as unlicensed
wireless microphones operating in the
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
guard bands. It also adopts rules to
permit, for a limited time, operation of
licensed wireless microphones in the
new 600 MHz service band.
4. The R&O also expands location and
frequency information in the white
space databases and makes other
changes to database procedures. Finally,
it adopts transition periods for the
certification, manufacturing and
marketing of white space devices and
unlicensed wireless microphones to
comply with the new requirements.
A. TV Bands
5. The Commission modifies the part
15 rules to specify technical
requirements for fixed device operation
at power levels below four watts
permitting them to operate closer to or
adjacent to occupied TV channels. The
Commission expands the permissible
frequencies for fixed operation to
include TV channels 3 and 4 and for
personal/portable operation to include
spectrum below TV channel 20. Both
types of devices may also operate on the
vacant channels above and below
channel 37 that are now available only
for wireless microphone use. The
Commission also adopts part 15 rules
for unlicensed wireless microphone
operations in the TV bands. In addition,
the Commission modifies the part 15,
Subpart H rules to replace the terms
‘‘television band device’’ or ‘‘TVBD’’
with the term ‘‘white space device’’
throughout.
1. Fixed White Space Devices
a. Operation in Less Spectrum
6. Adjacent to occupied channels. The
Commission will allow fixed white
space devices to operate adjacent to
occupied TV channels (within their
service contour) at a power level of 40
milliwatts EIRP. This action provides
consistent treatment of similarly
powered fixed and portable devices and
will allow the use of fixed devices in
more locations than the current rules
allow, i.e., where there are fewer than
three contiguous vacant channels, while
at the same time protecting licensed
users from harmful interference. It will
also allow fixed white space devices to
operate in the 600 MHz guard band
immediately adjacent to the remaining
TV spectrum. The Commission will
limit the height of 40 milliwatt fixed
devices to 10 meters above ground level
(AGL) to limit their interference
potential to TV reception on adjacent
channels. This provides for comparable
rules (i.e. 40 milliwatts) between fixed
and personal portable white space
devices for adjacent to TV channel
operation. By limiting antenna height to
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
10 meters AGL rather than 30 meters
AGL as the rules currently allow, the
Commission can limit the distance at
which a fixed white space device could
potentially cause interference to
television reception.
7. There are additional factors that
will limit fixed devices’ potential for
causing harmful interference to TV
reception. The situation where a
directional TV antenna and a directional
fixed white space device antenna would
be oriented such that the maximum
white space signal would be received by
a TV antenna is a low probability event,
and the height disparity between TV
receive and white space transmit
antennas will ensure some additional
discrimination between the two signals.
Also, the Commission is requiring 40
milliwatt fixed devices to meet the same
out-of-band emission as 40 milliwatt
personal/portable devices and to
incorporate transmit power control to
operate at the minimum power
necessary, which will reduce the
likelihood of harmful interference to
adjacent channel TV reception to short
distances, making identification of a
fixed device that may be causing
harmful interference fairly
straightforward since those devices’
locations must be registered in the
database.
8. Two contiguous vacant channels.
To increase spectrum efficiency while
protecting incumbent TV broadcast
operations, the Commission will allow
fixed white space devices to operate
with a maximum of 100 milliwatts EIRP
at locations where there are at least two
contiguous vacant TV channels and the
white space device’s signal occupies
one or more six megahertz bands,
provided that there is at least three
megahertz separating the white space
emissions from the edge of lowest and
highest vacant TV channels on which it
is operating. This corresponds to a
white space device operating with 50
milliwatts EIRP in a three megahertz
segment of the lowest and highest
vacant TV channel being used, leaving
a frequency separation of three
megahertz between the white space
device’s operating frequency and the
edges of a adjacent TV channel being
used for broadcast services.
9. The 100 milliwatt power level that
the Commission adopts for operation
across multiple vacant TV channels is
based on a 2.9 dB lower susceptibility
of television receivers to harmful
interference from a white space signal
three megahertz away from the edge of
an occupied television channel than to
a white space signal with no frequency
separation from an occupied TV
channel. This limit (50 milliwatts in a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
three megahertz segment of the highest
and lowest channel being used) is only
1 dB higher than the 40 milliwatt limit
the Commission is allowing for fixed
devices operating with no frequency
separation from occupied TV channels
and is therefore within the margin of
additional interference protection
provided by the three megahertz
separation. The out-of-band emissions
limit for white space devices will serve
to reduce the amount of out-of-band
emissions that appear in the pass-band
of a television receiver and further
reduce the potential for interference. To
provide an additional measure of
interference protection to TV reception,
the Commission is limiting such
operation to antenna heights of 10
meters AGL or less, consistent with its
decision to limit 40 milliwatt fixed
devices operating adjacent to an
occupied TV channel to antenna heights
of 10 meters or less.
10. The Commission is not adopting
its proposed four watt EIRP limit for
white space device operation at the
center of two contiguous vacant
channels. However, should new studies
and information become available in the
future showing that higher power
operation is possible without causing
interference to TV reception, the
Commission may revisit this issue.
11. The Commission will allow fixed
white space devices to aggregate
multiple available channels and
transmit at a maximum of 100
milliwatts EIRP per channel so long as
the white space signal occupies only
three megahertz of the lowest and
highest channel and the power spectral
density (PSD) requirements, the antenna
AGL limit of 10 meters, and all
separation criteria are met for each
occupied channel. Where available,
such operation will greatly increase the
data rates available to white space
device users.
b. Operation at Lower Power Levels
12. The Commission is providing
flexibility for white space device users
by defining a number of lower power
levels for fixed white space devices with
correspondingly shorter separation
distances than the current rules allow,
and defining maximum conducted, PSD
and adjacent channel emission limits at
each power level. The Commission is
defining separation distances for fixed
devices at EIRP levels of 40 milliwatts,
100 milliwatts, 250 milliwatts, 625
milliwatts and 1600 milliwatts (i.e.,16
dBm, 20 dBm, 24 dBm, 28 dBm and 32
dBm, respectively) in addition to the
current separation distances at 4000
milliwatts (36 dBm).
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
73045
13. The Commission is adopting a
requirement to adjust the conducted
power limits when higher gain antennas
(greater than 6 dBi) are used to limit the
maximum radiated emissions.
Specifically, it will require that when
the maximum gain of a fixed device
antenna exceeds 6 dBi, the maximum
conducted power, PSD and adjacent
channel emission limits for each EIRP
level be reduced by the amount in dB
that the maximum antenna gain exceeds
6 dBi. This requirement is consistent
with the current white space rules and
is necessary to limit the maximum
radiated power from white space
devices. The Commission is also
adopting a requirement that when a
white space device operates between
defined EIRP levels, the conducted
power and PSD limits must be linearly
interpolated between the defined
values. This requirement provides
flexibility to operate at precise power
levels appropriate for an application
while taking advantage of a 6 dBi gain
antenna. The Commission is also
adopting a requirement that when a
white space device operates between
two defined power levels, it comply
with the adjacent channel emission
limit for the higher power level. This
requirement is consistent with the
adjacent channel emission limits
previously adopted by the Commission.
The Commission does not believe that a
reduction in adjacent channel emission
limits will significantly affect
equipment costs because the lower
emission limits apply only to equipment
operating at lower power levels, so there
is no increase in the amount of
attenuation required to comply with the
limits.
14. The Commission will require that
fixed white space devices supply their
geographic coordinates and antenna
height AGL when querying a database
for the list of available channels at their
location. The database will supply the
list of available channels and the
maximum power level for each channel.
The Commission believes that this
approach is more efficient than the
proposed requirement that devices
specify a power level in advance,
because it will allow devices to obtain
a list of all available channels at a
location along with the maximum
permissible power levels in a single
query. The Commission will also
require that white space devices not
contain an interface that would allow
users to select higher power levels than
the database indicates are available for
a channel at a given location.
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
73046
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
c. Channel Bonding
15. The Commission is making several
rule changes that will enable devices to
use multiple contiguous and noncontiguous vacant channels (channel
‘‘bonding’’ or ‘‘aggregation’’) which will
permit the development of devices that
transmit at higher data rates, thus
making higher speed equipment
available to consumers. With respect to
channel bonding, the Commission is
modifying § 15.709 to specify that the
adjacent channel emissions limits do
not apply within an adjacent channel
that is being used by the same white
space device, since in such cases there
would be no TV station or other
authorized service to protect on the
adjacent channel. Instead, the
Commission will require that white
space devices meet these limits within
the six megahertz bands immediately
above and below the edges of the band
of contiguous channels used by the
white space device. It is also modifying
the rules to require that a white space
device must meet the § 15.209 limits at
frequencies more than six megahertz
above and below the edges of the
highest and lowest channels used in the
device, except when the device uses
multiple non-contiguous channels.
These requirements will also apply to
fixed devices that operate centered on
the boundary of two channels as
discussed above, since that is a form of
channel bonding. With respect to
channel aggregation, the modified rules
in § 15.709(d)(1) require that when a
white space device transmits on
multiple non-contiguous channels
simultaneously, it must comply with the
adjacent channel emission limits in the
six megahertz bands above and below
each of the single channels or channel
groups used by the white space device,
and with the § 15.209 limits beyond
these six megahertz bands.
d. Operation in Less Congested Areas
16. The Commission is modifying the
rules to allow fixed white space devices
in less congested areas to operate up to
10 watts EIRP to increase their service
range. This power increase will provide
increased opportunities for white space
operators to serve more distant
customers at less cost and provide point
to point backhaul services, while at the
same time protecting authorized
operations from harmful interference
and avoiding any adverse effect on the
ability of white space devices to
successfully share spectrum among
themselves. The Commission is using
the term ‘‘less congested’’ to describe
areas where television spectrum is
largely available to white space devices,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
rather than relying on a population
based metric which may not correlate to
the same areas. In the TV bands, fixed
white space devices will be allowed to
operate in the low VHF, high VHF, and
UHF bands under the higher power
limit in less congested locations where,
within the TV band of intended
operation, at least half the allocated
television channels are unused for
broadcast services and available for
white space use, and the fixed white
space devices are sufficiently separated
from protected operations to avoid
causing interference to them.
17. The Commission is also allowing
operation at up to 10 watts EIRP in the
600 MHz service band in areas where
licensees have not yet commenced
operation. As this band will have been
repurposed from the current television
band, it will be similar in propagation
characteristics to the UHF television
band. The Commission is defining ‘‘less
congested’’ areas in this band to be the
same areas that will be available in the
newly repacked UHF television band. In
addition, fixed white space devices in
the 600 MHz service band will need to
adhere to the separation distances
specified in the rules to protect new
mobile broadband services.
18. The Commission is not modifying
the rule limiting transmitter conducted
power to one watt, which necessitates
the use of high gain antennas to achieve
radiated power levels up to 10 watts in
less congested areas. It is also not
altering the rules limiting antenna
height above ground or HAAT to 30
meters and 250 meters respectively. To
ensure that television stations, 600 MHz
service licensees, and other protected
operations are protected from
interference due to a fixed white space
device operating at more than four watts
EIRP, the Commission is increasing the
minimum separation distances between
those services and the locations where
fixed white space devices operate at
higher power. The Commission is not
increasing the maximum allowable
power for personal/portable white space
devices in less congested areas.
19. For purposes of calculating less
congested areas, the Commission
includes as ‘‘broadcast services’’
broadcast TV—including full power,
Class A, low power television, and TV
booster stations—and the registered
protected receive sites of broadcast
auxiliary, TV translator, and Multichannel Video Programming Distributor
(MVPD) services. The Commission does
not include non-broadcast services such
as land mobile operations in the 11
metropolitan areas where such use is
permitted under § 90.303 of the rules,
nor any areas where such operations are
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
permitted by waiver; the offshore radio
service; channel 37; or channel 17 in
Hawaii. It is not including licensed low
power auxiliary devices such as
wireless microphones in the definition
of broadcast service for this limited
purpose because such equipment
typically is used on a transient basis and
thus is not licensed to a specific
transmitter site. White space databases
will determine whether a location is a
less congested area based on whether at
least half the total number of TV
channels in the band of intended
operation in an area are unused for
broadcast services and are available for
fixed devices operating with 40
milliwatts at 3 meters HAAT, which
will provide the greatest opportunity for
operation at the higher power levels.
20. Because white space device
operations are controlled by the white
space database in all bands, white space
devices will be able to operate at higher
power in less congested areas that will
be allocated and assigned for 600 MHz
service after the incentive auction, both
during and after the post-auction
transition period. The database will be
updated to include the required
separation distances from base stations
or other radio facilities deployed by the
600 MHz service licensees, and, after
the licensees provide the polygonal
shape encompassing those facilities, the
database will be able to determine
whether frequencies in the 600 MHz
service band are available for white
space use at the device’s location. As
television stations are repacked and 600
MHz service licensees commence
operations, there may be a change in
which areas are less congested and on
which channels in those areas white
space devices are permitted to operate
with higher power, but those changes
will be transparent to users.
21. The interference potential of fixed
white space devices operating at EIRP
levels up to 10 watts will extend
somewhat farther than that of fixed
devices operating at four watts EIRP.
Thus, the Commission is adding
provisions for the 10 watt EIRP limit in
§ 15.712 of the rules, which contains the
protection criteria and separation
distances for each of the services
operating in the TV bands. The
distances for 10 watt EIRP operation
were calculated using the same method
that the Commission previously used in
calculating the minimum separation
distances between white space fixed
devices and television contours.
22. Private land mobile radio services
(PLMRS) and commercial mobile radio
service operations on TV channels 14–
20 in 11 major markets and some
additional areas under waivers of the
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
rules are protected from interference
from white space devices through
circular exclusion zones. Using the
same methodology previously used to
determine the protection zones for four
watt operation, the Commission finds
that fixed white space devices operating
at 10 watts EIRP in less congested areas
must not operate within a circular
exclusion zone of 136 kilometers cochannel and 131.5 kilometers adjacent
channel for the 11 major markets where
PLMRS stations are permitted to
operate, and within 56 kilometers cochannel and 51.5 kilometers adjacent
channel from PLMRS base stations
operating outside the 11 major markets
under a waiver.
23. The rules also protect the receive
sites of broadcast auxiliary service
(BAS) facilities, TV translators, low
power TV stations, Class A TV stations
and multichannel video program
distributors (MVPDs) by prohibiting
white space devices from operating
within a keyhole shaped exclusion zone
with the long end of the keyhole aligned
between the protected receiver and its
associated transmitter. To protect these
sites from white space devices that are
located outside the main beam of the
receive antenna (i.e., the long end of the
keyhole), the Commission is adjusting
those distances to prohibit fixed devices
operating at 10 watts EIRP from
operating within 10.2 kilometers cochannel and 2.5 kilometers adjacent
channel from the protected received
site.
24. To protect sensitive radio
astronomy operations and safety-of-life
wireless medical telemetry devices that
use channel 37, the Commission is not
allowing fixed devices to operate with
EIRP higher than four watts on channel
37 or channels 36 and 38 at any
locations.
2. Calculating White Space Device
Separation Distances From a TV Station
Contour
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
a. Fixed and Personal/Portable Devices
25. The Commission is amending the
table of separation distances in
§ 15.712(a)(2) to reflect a range of fixed
device power levels below four watts
EIRP and modifying the separation
distances for personal/portable devices
based on 40 milliwatts and 100
milliwatts EIRP at the lowest antenna
HAAT. The Commission is also
specifying separate tables for co-channel
and adjacent channel separation
distances and adding entries showing
which separation distances apply to
personal/portable devices. The changes
the Commission is adopting will permit
fixed white space devices to operate in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
more locations than the current rules
allow without causing harmful
interference, i.e., closer to a television
station service contour, since the
current separation distances were based
on the assumption that a fixed device
always operates at the maximum power
level of four watts. In addition, since the
current separation distances for
personal/portable devices were also
based on four watts EIRP, they are
greater than necessary since personal/
portable devices may operate with a
maximum EIRP of 100 milliwatts, or 40
milliwatts if they are on a channel
adjacent to an occupied channel. Thus,
these changes will also permit personal/
portable devices to operate in more
locations.
26. The Commission declines to allow
the use of the Longley-Rice
methodology or other alternative
methodologies for determining white
space channel availability as a number
of parties requested. The Commission
did not propose any change in the use
of the F(50,50) and F(50,90) curves for
calculating the protected contours of TV
stations, and stated that the use of the
Longley-Rice methodology was not
appropriate for determining whether a
white space device would cause
harmful interference to TV reception as
it is computationally intensive and
would significantly slow the ongoing
real-time determination of available TV
channels by the white space databases.
No parties provided technical analyses
showing how other alternative
methodologies could be used to
determine white space channel
availability.
27. The Commission declines to allow
white space device operators and
databases to consider the directivity of
fixed white space device antennas in
determining channel availability since
there is not sufficient information in the
record to show how it could be used
without causing harmful interference to
authorized services. The Commission
could consider this issue again in the
future if parties are able to develop a
standard to address implementation and
the Commission gains experience with
the more flexible, but more complex,
rules it is adopting herein.
b. Mode I Operation
28. The Commission finds that its
decision to allow lower power white
space devices to operate at closer
distances to TV station contours
necessitates some modifications to the
rules for Mode I devices. By adopting
more realistic separation distances
based on a range of operating power, the
separation distances for lower power
operations become shorter than those
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
73047
currently in the rules, and thus the
location uncertainty inherent in a Mode
I device becomes more significant. That
is, because their controlling station may
now operate closer to TV contours than
under current rules, the Mode I device
could locate such that it is even closer
to those same TV contours, increasing
its potential to cause harmful
interference to TV reception. The
Commission will require that a fixed or
Mode II device that provides a list of
available channels to a Mode I device
comply with slightly greater separation
distances from the TV contours of
stations on the channel or channels that
it indicates are available to the Mode I
device.
29. The rules require white space
devices to operate with the minimum
power necessary for communications.
Under this condition, to have a balanced
link, the Commission assumes that
Mode I devices communicating with
Mode II devices will operate at similar
power levels. Thus, the necessary
separation to protect TV reception from
a Mode I device will be identical to the
necessary separation for the controlling
Mode II device. Given the location
uncertainty of a Mode I device, the
Commission can ensure that a Mode I
device complies with the separation
distance rules by requiring the Mode II
controlling device to operate at twice
the required distance in the table of
separation distances for a personal/
portable white space device at the
allowed power levels. In this manner, a
Mode I device operating at its maximum
range from a controlling Mode II device
should still comply with the minimum
distance separation required to protect
TV reception. This action will ensure
that Mode I devices operate sufficiently
far outside the protected contours of cochannel TV stations to prevent harmful
interference. The Commission will
similarly require Mode II personal/
portable white space devices to double
the adjacent channel separation distance
when operating at 100 milliwatts and
serving Mode I devices.
30. The Commission finds that
increasing the separation distance from
a co-channel protected TV contour by a
factor of two for a fixed device
controlling a Mode I personal/portable
white space device would be overly
protective since Mode I devices are
portable and would operate at low
antenna heights, thus limiting the range
at which they could communicate with
a fixed device. Instead, the Commission
will increase the separation distances
that a fixed device must meet on
channels provided to a Mode I device by
the same amount as added for a
controlling Mode II device, i.e., 1.7
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
73048
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
kilometers greater for 100 milliwatt
Mode I devices and 1.3 kilometers
greater for 40 milliwatt Mode I devices.
Similarly, the Commission will require
such fixed devices to also exceed the
adjacent channel separation distances
specified in the table by 0.1 kilometers.
The Commission is not changing the
requirement that only fixed devices
with an HAAT of 106 meters or less may
provide lists of available channels to
Mode I devices.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
c. Location Accuracy
31. The Commission will allow fixed
and Mode II personal/portable devices
to use location technologies that have a
lower degree of accuracy than ±50
meters. This change will expand the
areas in which white space devices may
operate without causing harmful
interference to licensed services by
permitting their use at indoor or other
locations where a GPS signal that can
provide location information to ±50
meters is not available. The Commission
will require fixed and Mode II devices
to inform the database of their location
uncertainty with a 95% confidence level
when requesting a list of available
channels, and require that the database
consider this uncertainty in determining
the list of available channels at the
device’s location. This requirement is
consistent with the standard adopted for
use across Europe and implemented by
Ofcom in the United Kingdom. The
Commission anticipates that its
adoption of the same requirement will
lead to harmonized devices and lower
equipment costs for consumers.
32. To implement this requirement,
the databases will increase the
minimum separation distances from all
protected services by the amount that
the location uncertainty exceeds ±50
meters. For example, no increase in
separation distances will be required for
a device that meets the ±50 meter level
of accuracy, while an adjustment of 50
meters would be required for a device
with an accuracy of ±100 meters. The
Commission will work with the white
space database administrators to ensure
that separation distances are calculated
appropriately. It will require that
applicants for certification of fixed and
Mode II devices provide details
regarding the technologies used by a
device to determine its location and
how, in the case of technologies other
than GPS, the location uncertainty is
calculated with a 95% confidence level.
As part of the certification process, the
Commission will test to ensure that
these parameters are correctly
transmitted to the databases.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
3. Frequencies of Operation for White
Space Devices
33. Fixed devices on channels 3 and
4. The Commission modifies the part 15
rules to permit fixed white space
devices to operate on TV channels 3 and
4. This action makes available an
additional 12 megahertz of contiguous
spectrum for their use in areas where
they are not occupied by authorized
users. Because this spectrum is
immediately adjacent to channel 2, this
rule change provides an opportunity for
fixed devices to use the lower VHF band
at maximum permitted power in areas
where all three channels are not
occupied.
34. The Commission originally
prohibited white space device operation
on channels 3 and 4 to protect TV
interface devices and TV receivers from
direct pickup interference on channels 3
and 4. The number of these devices has
been declining since 2008. The
transition from analog to digital TV in
2009 spurred many consumers to
replace their old analog TV receivers
with digital receivers that have multiple
inputs that allow the connection of
external devices without requiring the
use of a channel 3 or 4 input signal, and
the price of new TV receivers has
dropped significantly since that time,
resulting in many more consumers
replacing their old analog TV receivers.
TV receivers also have been required to
come equipped with digital TV tuners
for a number of years, thus eliminating
the need to use an external converter
box to receive over-the-air signals.
35. Personal/portable devices on
channels 14–20. The Commission
modifies the part 15 rules to permit
personal/portable white space devices
to operate on TV channels 14–20, but
will not permit them to operate below
TV channel 14. This decision will make
an additional 42 megahertz of spectrum
potentially available for personal/
portable devices. In adopting the
prohibition on personal/portable white
space devices on TV channels 14–20 in
2008, the Commission anticipated that
channels 21–51 would provide adequate
spectrum resources for personal/
portable white space devices. In light of
the repurposing of the TV bands, this
conclusion is no longer valid. Moreover,
the Commission concludes that
continuing the prohibition on personal/
portable device use on channels 14–20
is not necessary to protect PLMRS/
CMRS operations. Several white space
databases have become operational over
the past few years, and the locations
where the PLMRS/CMRS is used are
already in the databases since that
information is used to protect those
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
operations from fixed white space
operations. Personal/portable devices
rely on database access to determine
their list of available channels, so they
can protect the PLMRS/CMRS in the
same manner as fixed devices.
36. The Commission will not permit
personal/portable white space devices
to operate below channel 14, including
channels 3 and 4, as requested by many
unlicensed proponents. The
Commission believes that it is better to
maintain the current overall scheme,
which limits the frequencies where both
personal/portable and fixed white space
devices may operate, with personal/
portable devices operating in higher
frequency channels than fixed devices.
Devices that operate at the lower
frequencies typically require larger
antennas that are better suited for use by
fixed white space devices than
personal/portable devices; thus there is
no clear advantage to permitting
personal/portable devices below
channel 14.
37. White space devices on channels
above and below channel 37. The
Commission will permit white space
devices to operate on the vacant
channels above and below channel 37
that are now available only for wireless
microphone use, beginning 18 months
after the effective date of this rule, but
no later than release of the Channel
Reassignment Public Notice (PN) at the
conclusion of the incentive auction.
Before this rule change becomes
effective, the Commission will have
implemented the revised procedures for
the immediate reservation and
notification of wireless microphone use
of vacant channels that it adopts in this
proceeding. This will ensure that
licensed wireless microphone users,
particularly broadcasters and others
who cover breaking news events, will
have a procedure in place that will
enable them to get immediate access to
needed spectrum.
38. The Commission does not revisit
is decision in the Incentive Auction
R&O to permit unlicensed white space
devices to operate on these two vacant
channels. NAB’s suggestion that the
Commission hold out two vacant TV
channels until the end of the postauction transition period is not practical
because the Commission will not know
until after the incentive auction how
much spectrum will be repurposed and
which frequency bands will remain
allocated to broadcasting services. The
transition from broadcasting to wireless
services will occur market by market
over a period of time, and the now
vacant TV channels for microphone use
will be phased out as markets transition,
making it impossible to identify
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
channels in each market for exclusive
microphone use. The Commission
concludes that it is better to modify the
procedures for microphone users to
reserve vacant TV channels for
immediate use because such a
procedure is adaptable to the changing
circumstances across the TV bands and
the 600 MHz band during the postauction transition period.
4. Unlicensed Wireless Microphones
39. Definition of unlicensed wireless
microphones in part 15. The
Commission adopts its proposed
definition of wireless microphone as a
device that converts sound into
electrical audio signals that are
transmitted using radio signals to a
receiver which converts the radio
signals back into audio signals that are
sent through a sound recording or
amplifying system. The Commission
also adopts its proposals that wireless
microphones may be used for cue and
control communications and
synchronization of TV camera signals as
defined in section 74.801 of the rules,
and that the definition of wireless
microphone does not include auditory
assistance devices as defined in § 15.3(a)
of the rules. This definition
encompasses the types of wireless
microphones that currently operate
within the TV bands, but is not so broad
as to encompass other types of
unlicensed devices that already have
provisions in part 15 for operation
outside the TV bands. The Commission
declines the request of the Nuclear
Energy Institute and Utilities Telecom
Council to expand the definition of
unlicensed wireless microphone to
specifically include wireless headsets
used at nuclear power plants for bidirectional audio communications
between and among personnel. To the
extent that a party wishes to use
wireless microphones for specialized
uses that would not be acceptable under
the Commission’s definition, such uses
would be more appropriately authorized
through a waiver rather than by
adopting a broader definition of wireless
microphone.
40. Permissible frequencies of
operation. The Commission will allow
unlicensed wireless microphones to
operate in the TV spectrum on channels
2–51, excluding channel 37 in all
locations and channel 17 in Hawaii,
which is allocated for non-broadcast
purposes. This action will make the
maximum number of TV channels
available for unlicensed wireless
microphones. The Commission is also
adding an advisory to the rules
indicating that the highest channel
available for unlicensed wireless
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
microphones will ultimately be
determined by the outcome of the
incentive auction, and the rules will be
modified consistent with the auction
results. Consistent with the rules for
wireless microphones licensed under
part 74, the Commission will require
unlicensed wireless microphones to
operate at least four kilometers outside
the protected service contours of cochannel TV stations as defined in the
final rules.
41. The Commission will not prohibit
the operation of wireless microphones
on channels 14–20 to protect the Private
Land Mobile Radio and Commercial
Mobile Radio Services (PLMRS/CMRS)
because both licensed and unlicensed
wireless microphones have operated on
these channels for years without
interference to the PLRMS/CMRS.
42. Technical requirements for
unlicensed wireless microphones.
Consistent with the current technical
rules that apply to unlicensed wireless
microphones under the existing part 15
waiver, the Commission will permit
wireless microphones to operate with a
power level of up to 50 milliwatts EIRP
in both the VHF and UHF TV bands.
The Commission is specifying the
power limit in terms of EIRP, which it
bases on a 50 milliwatt conducted
power limit and an assumed antenna
gain of 0 dBi. The Commission expects
that this power level is appropriate for
most users, particularly because parties
using part 15 wireless microphones will
commonly be entities operating in
smaller venues that do not require the
longer range operation that higher
power allows. The Commission is
specifying EIRP rather than conducted
power as proposed in the Notice of
Proposed Rule Making (NPRM) for
several reasons. First, specifying the
power limit in terms of EIRP ensures
uniformity in the maximum radiated
power for all unlicensed wireless
microphones. If the Commission were to
specify a conducted power limit
without any antenna gain requirement,
different devices operating at the same
conducted power level could in fact be
radiating at higher or lower power levels
depending on their antenna gain.
Specifying the power limit in terms of
EIRP will be particularly beneficial in
the VHF band, where the efficiency of
antennas is lower due to the longer
radio wavelengths, since this approach
will allow manufacturers to adjust the
radiated power to partially compensate
for low antenna efficiency. Also,
specifying EIRP is consistent with other
part 15 rules, which generally specify
radiated emission limits in a form that
considers both power and antenna gain,
e.g., field strength, EIRP, or a
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
73049
combination of conducted power and
antenna gain. To reduce the compliance
burden on wireless microphone
operators, the Commission is specifying
power limits for these devices only in
terms of EIRP, rather than allowing the
use of either EIRP or conducted
measurements as Shure suggests.
43. As proposed in the NPRM, the
Commission will require unlicensed
wireless microphones to comply with
the same channelization, frequency
stability, and bandwidth requirements
as part 74 wireless microphones.
Specifically, it will require that
operation be offset from the upper or
lower channel edge by 25 kHz or an
integral multiple thereof and that the
operating frequency tolerance be 0.005
percent. The Commission will permit
the combination of multiple adjacent 25
kHz segments within a TV channel to
form an operating channel with a
maximum bandwidth not to exceed 200
kHz. Consistent with the measurement
requirements for other part 15
transmitters, the Commission will
require that the frequency tolerance be
maintained over a temperature variation
of ¥20 degrees to +50 degrees C at
normal supply voltage, for a variation in
the supply voltage from 85 percent to
115 percent of the rated supply voltage
at a temperature of 20 degrees C, and
that battery operated equipment be
tested using a new battery. The 25 kHz
offset requirement will prevent wireless
microphones from operating at the edge
of a TV channel where they could
interfere with TV stations on adjacent
channels, and the frequency tolerance
requirement will ensure that devices do
not drift from the designated
frequencies. The limit on the bandwidth
that a wireless microphone may occupy
will leave room for the operation of
multiple microphones within a TV
channel.
44. The Commission will require that
unlicensed wireless microphones
comply with the same emission mask as
licensed part 74 wireless microphones.
Specifically, it will require that
emissions from analog and digital
unlicensed wireless microphones
comply with the emission masks in
section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2
(2011–08), Electromagnetic
compatibility and Radio spectrum
Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in
the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range;
Part 1: Technical characteristics and
methods of measurement. Requiring
wireless microphones to meet these
tighter emission requirements will
protect authorized services in adjacent
bands from harmful interference, and
will improve spectrum sharing by
wireless microphones. Outside of the
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
73050
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
frequency range where the ETSI masks
are defined (one megahertz above and
below the wireless microphone carrier
frequency), the Commission will require
that emissions comply with same limit
as the edge of the ETSI masks,
specifically, 90 dB below the level of the
unmodulated carrier. The Commission
is incorporating the ETSI EN 300 422–
1 standard into the part 15 rules by
reference and adding it to the list of
measurement procedures in §§ 15.31
and 15.38.
B. 600 MHz Guard Bands and Duplex
Gap
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
a. Protecting Adjacent TV Bands
45. White space devices. The
Commission is adopting its proposal to
allow fixed and personal/portable white
space devices to operate at 40 milliwatts
EIRP in a six megahertz frequency band
within the guard bands and duplex gap.
This power level and bandwidth will be
useful for unlicensed devices, and the
Commission’s analysis shows that
operation at this power level will not
cause harmful interference to television
services in adjacent bands. As discussed
fixed white space devices can operate in
the TV bands with a power level of 40
milliwatts EIRP and an antenna height
of 10 meters AGL on channels
immediately adjacent to occupied TV
channels. The Commission will
therefore also allow fixed white space
devices to operate in the guard band
adjacent to the remaining TV spectrum
at the same power level and antenna
height as in the TV bands. In the event
that market variation necessitates
placing TV stations in the guard bands
in some markets, the Commission will
require that white space devices
operating in the guard bands comply
with the same requirements (e.g.,
minimum separation distances) that
apply to white space devices operating
in the TV bands.
46. Wireless microphones. The
Commission will allow wireless
microphones to operate in the guard
bands and duplex gap with a maximum
power of 20 milliwatts EIRP. Consistent
with the treatment of unlicensed
wireless microphones in the TV bands,
the Commission is specifying the power
limit in terms of EIRP rather than
conducted power. However, wireless
microphone power limits in the guard
bands will be lower than the levels
permitted under the current part 74
rules (50 milliwatts in the VHF TV band
and 250 milliwatts in the UHF TV band)
or under the part 15 waiver (50
milliwatts in both the VHF and UHF TV
bands). This power level is necessary to
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
b. Protecting Adjacent Wireless
Downlink Bands
(i) White Space Devices
1. Guard Bands
VerDate Sep<11>2014
protect adjacent band wireless downlink
services from harmful interference.
Where the guard band is immediately
adjacent to TV spectrum, wireless
microphones operating at 20 milliwatts
EIRP or less will not cause harmful
interference to TV reception because
they already operate in such a manner
(i.e., with no frequency separation) at
the higher 50 milliwatt power level
without causing interference.
47. The Commission is adopting its
proposal to require that white space
devices operating at 40 milliwatts EIRP
in a six megahertz frequency band
within the guard bands provide at least
a three megahertz frequency separation
from wireless downlink spectrum. The
Commission is selecting three
megahertz as the minimum frequency
separation because filter attenuation
increases beyond a three megahertz
frequency separation, thus reducing the
potential for white space devices to
cause harmful interference to wireless
downlink services. In addition, the outof-band emissions from white space
devices, which are a potential source of
harmful interference to wireless
handsets, tend to fall further below the
limits required by the rules as the
frequency separation from a white space
device increases. Thus, a frequency
separation of three megahertz will
reduce the likelihood of a wireless
handset receiving harmful interference.
48. As explained the rules the
Commission is adopting create an
environment where the potential for
white space devices to cause harmful
interference to adjacent wireless
downlink bands is low. Accordingly,
the Commission finds no basis to adopt
significantly tighter out-of-band
emission limits, lower power levels, or
a five megahertz frequency buffer to
protect wireless downlink receivers
from harmful interference from white
space devices, as advocated by CTIA
and AT&T.
49. The Commission assesses the
potential for harmful interference from
40 milliwatt white space devices to
wireless downlink services in adjacent
bands. Because there are neither 600
MHz band wireless devices nor portable
white space devices currently available,
the analyses are based on the predicted
performance of such equipment. The
analyses also rely on predictions of
other factors, including propagation and
body losses, which affect whether
harmful inference will occur. These
losses can vary significantly in practice,
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
so the Commission must make
reasonable assumptions concerning
these factors based on its experience.
The purpose of the analyses is to
determine whether the rules the
Commission is adopting comply with
the Spectrum Act’s requirement that the
Commission not permit any use of a
guard band that it determines would
cause harmful interference to licensed
services.
50. Harmful interference is defined by
the Commission’s part 2 rules as
‘‘interference which endangers the
functioning of a radionavigation service
or of other safety services or seriously
degrades, obstructs, or repeatedly
interrupts a radiocommunication
service operating in accordance with
[the ITU] Regulations.’’ The
Commission finds it appropriate to use
the existing definition of harmful
interference. Applying this definition to
the Spectrum Act, the Commission finds
that it may not permit any use of the
guard bands that it determines would
cause serious degradation, obstruction,
or repeated interruption to new 600
MHz service. The Commission further
finds that it need not set technical rules
so restrictive as to prevent all instances
of interference, as opposed to harmful
interference. Determining ex ante when
operations in one band will seriously
degrade, obstruct, or repeatedly
interrupt operations in another band
necessarily involves the Commission
examining the particular interference
scenario that is likely to arise and
exercising its predictive judgment. In
this circumstance, the Commission
establishes technical rules for white
space devices and microphones that
will permit their use without causing
harmful interference (although not
necessarily eliminating all interference)
to new 600 MHz service licensees.
51. The Commission’s analyses show
little potential for harmful interference
to wireless handsets from portable white
space devices. It believes that portable
devices represent the worst case for
harmful interference because these
types of devices would operate in the
closest proximity to each other. By
contrast, the Commission expects that
white space devices used in fixed
applications, such as access points or
for providing point-to-point
communications, would typically have
a greater physical separation distance
from licensed wireless handsets, thus
posing even less risk of harmful
interference. The Commission first
considers the impact of out-of-band
emissions from white space devices into
the frequency bands that are received by
wireless handsets, since out-of-band
emissions from a transmitter in an
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
adjacent band appear as co-channel
emissions within the band of a service
potentially receiving harmful
interference. Second, the Commission
considers the effect of ‘‘blocking’’ from
a white space transmitter to wireless
receivers in the adjacent wireless
downlink band. Blocking interference
occurs because a receiver has limits on
the level of adjacent channel emissions
it can tolerate due to the selectivity of
its internal filters.
52. Out-of-band emission interference.
With respect to harmful interference to
wireless handsets from white space
device out-of-band emissions, the
Commission makes several assumptions
detailed below. For the reference
sensitivity of the handset receiver, the
Commission used ¥97 dBm at the
antenna input as specified the
applicable 3GPP standard. This is the
weakest signal level at which a receiver
can meet a minimum specified
throughput. It is not unreasonable to
assume that a handset will typically
operate at a level that is at least 10 dB
higher than the minimum. Thus, using
the ¥97 dBm reference sensitivity
specified in the 3GPP standard is
conservative.
53. An LTE handset will typically use
an antenna with a gain of less than 0 dBi
due to size and efficiency constraints, so
the Commission assumes an antenna
gain of -6 dBi. Antennas built into
deployed equipment are often mass
produced and do not conform to the
same exacting specification as a 0 dBi
reference antenna, and embedded
handset antennas can experience several
dBs of loss because they are not one
hundred percent efficient. In addition,
antennas may also experience some loss
due to impedance mismatch, and the
radiation pattern of an antenna is not
uniform in all directions and will have
less than the maximum gain (or loss) in
many directions. For these reasons, the
Commission believes that assuming -6
dBi of antenna gain represents a realistic
representation of the embedded antenna
that will be installed on LTE handsets
in the 600 MHz band.
54. Because the separation distances
between unlicensed and licensed
devices the Commission is considering
are short (i.e., on the order of several
meters maximum), a free space signal
propagation model is appropriate. Free
space path loss is the propagation loss
that results from a line of sight path
through space. When the transmitter
and receiver are very close together,
there is a high probability that they have
a clear line of sight, and free space path
loss provides a bound on the loss of the
transmission system.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
55. The Commission assumes several
other factors will attenuate the signal
transmitted from the unlicensed device.
First, it assumes that there will be 2 dB
signal loss due to polarization mismatch
between transmit and receive antennas
due to the orientation of transmit and
receive antennas not being in the same
plane. Second, the Commission assumes
that there will be 3 dB body loss at both
the unlicensed transmitter and at the
LTE handset since the analysis
considers portable devices that are
typically held in the hand or carried on
a person. In the case where a device
may be placed on a table and not held,
other losses, such as absorption and
reflection from the table, often in excess
of the 6 dB assumed here (3 dB each for
the white space device and the LTE
device) substitute for body loss. Third,
the Commission assumes that there will
typically be 3.5 dB or more in
propagation losses due to multipath (0.5
dB) and shadowing (3 dB) from nearby
walls, objects or persons in the room.
Taken together, the losses described will
be present to varying degrees and in
most cases at values above the
conservative values chosen for analysis
purposes.
56. To account for the reduction in
emissions level of white space devices
in the LTE channel, the Commission
conservatively assumes a 3 dB slope
loss. The white space out-of-band
emission mask requires the emissions to
attenuate to the § 15.209 levels within
six megahertz of the channel on which
it is operating, so these emissions will
attenuate over the three, to five
megahertz buffer provided by the guard
bands and duplex gap to a level below
the Commission’s limit before reaching
the edge of the LTE channel.
57. The Commission believes that
using a 3 dB desensitization level as the
interference threshold is more
appropriate than a 1 dB level. The
Commission stated in the H Block
Order, WT Docket No. 12–357, 78 FR
50214, August 16, 2013, that a 1 dB
desensitization criterion is too
restrictive for modern cellular systems.
It further noted that the 3GPP standard
for UMTS and LTE devices specifies an
in-band blocking requirement that sets
the interfering signal level 6 dB or more
above the reference sensitivity level. In
that proceeding, for determining mobile
interference, the Commission found that
the 3 dB desensitization level is a more
appropriate metric for determining the
presence of harmful interference.
58. Based on the foregoing
assumptions, and using the out-of-band
emission limits for 40 milliwatt white
space devices, the Commission
calculates that for a 3 dB desensitization
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
73051
level, interference could begin to occur
at 0.8 meters. In the interest of
completeness, the Commission notes
that this distance rises to 1.7 meters for
a 1 dB desensitization level. Thus, the
Commission believes that using even
the more stringent 1 dB desensitization
criterion, the probability of harmful
interference occurring would be an
extremely unlikely event due to a
variety of factors that would need to
occur simultaneously. For example, a
wireless device would have to be
receiving in a frequency block
immediately adjacent to the guard band
or duplex gap, the received wireless
signal would have to be at an extremely
low level, a white space device would
have to be located in very close
proximity to a wireless device, the
antenna patterns of both the transmitter
and receiver would have to be closely
aligned to maximize the white space
device signal at the receiver, and there
would have to be very low body and
other propagation losses. While
situations like this could occur, the
Commission believes that the
probability is very low. Even in such
situations, there are other mitigating
factors that could prevent harmful
interference from occurring. For
example, white space devices must
incorporate transmit power control, so
they often operate below the maximum
allowable power, and wireless networks
manage operating channels and handset
power in noisy conditions to ensure the
best possible quality of service. Thus,
the Commission believes that the
criteria it is adopting for white space
devices will protect the 600 MHz
service from harmful interference.
59. Blocking interference. With
respect to blocking interference, the
Commission also considers interference
between portable devices. Blocking
interference results from limitations on
a receiver’s ability to reject signals in an
adjacent band. The Commission once
again assumes a reference sensitivity for
the LTE receiver of ¥97 dBm/5 MHz.
The Commission also considered the
3GPP standard which specifies a
minimum receiver adjacent channel
selectivity of 33 dB. The Commission
further assumed an additional 10 dB for
adjacent channel selectivity beyond the
edge of the channel in which a white
space device operates (three to five
megahertz removed from the edge of the
wireless downlink band).
60. The Commission makes many of
the same assumptions as in the out-ofband emission interference analysis,
including the use of a free space
propagation model, 2 dB for antenna
polarization mismatch, 3 dB body loss
at both the white space device and the
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
73052
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
wireless handset, 3.5 dB loss for
shadowing and multipath, 3 dB for
OOBE slope loss, and a receiver antenna
gain of ¥6 dBi. Consistent with the
analysis above, the Commission also
assumed that real-world devices would
operate with a 10 dB stronger signal
than the minimum in the 3GPP
standard. Using a 3 dB desensitization
criterion, the Commission assumes that
interference will begin to occur to a
handset at a level greater than ¥54 dBm
(the reference sensitivity plus the
adjacent channel selectivity plus 10 dB).
The Commission calculates that an LTE
handset would receive an adjacent
channel signal level of ¥54 dBm at a
distance of 3.4 meters. For a 1 dB
desensitization level, this distance
would increase to 6.8 meters. This result
requires some context. First, the 3GPP
standard defines blocking as the point at
which throughput falls below 95% of
the maximum throughput. As Google
showed in their measurements,
variations of greater than 5%
throughput typically occur under
normal usage conditions. This can be
due to a variety of reasons, such as
movement of a handset and a
continuously changing electromagnetic
environment. Therefore, even though an
LTE handset may experience some
blocking interference from a white space
device as close as 3.4 meters (or even
6.8 meters), the Commission does not
believe this rises to the level of harmful
interference as the LTE handset will
continue to function, just at a slightly
slower data rate, which it believes in the
vast majority of instances would not be
perceptible to the user, since a user
would likely experience similar
fluctuations in data rates under normal
usage conditions.
61. In sum, the Commission finds that
the likelihood of harmful interference
from 40 milliwatt white space devices to
wireless downlink services is extremely
low. It is not possible to ensure that
harmful interference will never occur,
as wireless interests apparently request.
The part 15 rules recognize this fact,
indicating that the limits in part 15 will
not prevent harmful interference under
all circumstances and that it is the
obligation of the unlicensed device to
eliminate the interference or cease
operations. Nevertheless, as described
above, the Commission finds that actual
harmful interference from white space
devices to wireless systems at the
technical limits it is adopting would be
an extremely unlikely event due to a
variety of factors that would need to
occur simultaneously. For example, one
factor noted above is that white space
devices must incorporate transmit
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
power control, so they often operate
below the maximum allowable power to
conserve battery power. The
Commission does not believe it is
appropriate to establish technical
requirements for white space devices
based on the absolute worst case
situation which will happen only rarely
in the real world.
62. While the Commission’s technical
analysis shows that there is a low
probability that unlicensed devices will
cause harmful interference to licensed
wireless services, it nonetheless
reminds parties that the rules prohibit
unlicensed devices from causing
harmful interference, even devices that
comply with the technical rules. In the
event white space devices cause
harmful interference to licensed
wireless services, there are steps that the
Commission could take to eliminate the
interference. If a licensed wireless
service provider believes that an
unlicensed device is causing harmful
interference to its licensed service, the
Commission requires all relevant parties
to work collaboratively and in good
faith to address those concerns in a
timely manner. To that end, the
Commission plans on providing
guidance in the future about how a
licensed wireless service provider can
contact a party responsible for the
unlicensed device to discuss
interference concerns. In addition, a
licensed wireless provider can ask the
Commission to adjudicate any claims of
harmful interference and the
Commission can take immediate
corrective action upon determining that
there is harmful interference, including
by directing the database
administrator(s) to deny the offending
device(s) access to spectrum.
63. Finally, the Commission
concludes that because its analysis
shows that out-of-band emissions from
white space devices have a low
probability of causing harmful
interference to wireless services, there is
no need for tighter out-of-band
emissions from white space devices.
Additionally, the Commission observes
that the out-of-band emission limits that
licensed wireless handsets must meet
are higher than the out-of-band emission
limits it is requiring white space devices
to meet. No party has addressed the
inconsistency of why these higher outof-band emission limits from handsets
are not problematic while white space
device emissions will allegedly cause
harmful interference. Therefore, the
Commission finds it both unnecessary
and inequitable to require white space
devices to meet even tighter out-of-band
emission limits.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
64. The Commission further
concludes that based on its analysis, it
need not designate any 600 MHz service
spectrum blocks as ‘‘impaired’’ due to
the potential presence of unlicensed
white space devices operating in the
guard bands or duplex gap. The analysis
provided above shows that 600 MHz
service licensees will not experience
harmful interference due to the presence
of unlicensed devices operating in the
guard bands or duplex gap. The
Commission believes licensees
operating on those bands will enjoy a
similar spectrum environment as 600
MHz service licensees operating on nonadjacent spectrum blocks and be able to
deliver competitive broadband service
to the U.S. public free from harmful
interference.
(ii) Wireless Microphones
65. The Commission will allow
unlicensed wireless microphones to
operate in the guard bands with a
maximum power of 20 milliwatts EIRP
and at least one megahertz frequency
separation from wireless downlink
spectrum. This power level will be
useful for wireless microphone
operators because many wireless
microphones operate at power levels
between 10 and 20 milliwatts. The
Commission finds that this power limit
for wireless microphones is necessary in
the guard bands and duplex gap to
protect licensed wireless services
outside these frequency bands. In
addition, because the Commission is
allowing white space devices to operate
in the guard bands and duplex gap at
power levels of 40 milliwatts EIRP,
limiting the power of unlicensed
wireless microphones can help enable
coexistence between unlicensed
wireless microphones and white space
devices by making both types of devices
operate at more comparable power
levels. The fact that the Commission is
specifying wireless microphone power
in terms of EIRP, rather than conducted
power as proposed in the NPRM, will
benefit wireless microphone
manufacturers by ensuring that they can
design equipment that operates with a
maximum radiated power of 20
milliwatts, even if the design of a device
requires the use of a less efficient
antenna.
66. The Commission rejects
arguments that a nine megahertz
frequency buffer is necessary to protect
wireless downlink spectrum from
wireless microphones. It is requiring a
one megahertz buffer because the ETSI
out-of-band emission limits that it is
requiring wireless microphones to meet
specifies that out-of-band emissions roll
off over a one megahertz frequency
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
span. Thus, a one megahertz buffer
ensures that wireless microphone outof-band emissions will be at or below
the ETSI limits in the wireless downlink
band. The Commission performed
analyses on the interference potential of
wireless microphones to wireless
downlinks that are similar to those for
white space devices. Specifically, the
Commission considered both
interference from out-of-band emissions
as well as blocking interference.
67. Out-of-band emissions
interference. With respect to harmful
interference to wireless handsets from
wireless microphone out-of-band
emissions, the Commission uses many
of the same assumptions it used in its
analysis of white space device
emissions into the wireless downlink
band. Specifically, it uses a handset
receiver reference sensitivity of ¥97
dBm at the antenna input and assumes
a handset antenna gain of ¥6 dBi. It
also uses a free space signal propagation
model and assumes that several factors
will act to attenuate the signal
transmitted from the wireless
microphone, including a 2 dB signal
loss due to polarization mismatch
between the transmit and receive
antennas, 3.5 dB in propagation losses
due to multipath and shadowing from
nearby walls, objects or nearby people,
and 3 dB of body loss at the wireless
handset. Based on information
submitted into the record regarding
wireless microphone body loss, the
Commission assumes a larger body loss
for a wireless microphone (8 dB for a
body worn wireless microphone and 18
dB for a handheld wireless microphone)
than it assumes for a white space device
(3 dB). In addition, a wireless
microphone’s frequency band of
operation will be at least one megahertz
removed from the LTE downlink band
where emissions are at the ETSI limit.
The Commission expects that wireless
microphone emissions will continue to
roll-off beyond the ETSI limit as
frequency separation continues, but
because equipment certification
measurement reports do not currently
contain measurement data based on the
ETSI limits, the Commission is not
assuming a 3 dB slope loss for wireless
microphones as it does for white space
devices. Finally, as with white space
devices, the Commission bases its
analysis on an interference criterion of
a 3 dB rise in the noise floor.
68. Based on the foregoing
assumptions, and using the ETSI ¥90
dBc out-of-band emission limits for a 20
milliwatt (13 dBm) 200 kilohertz
wireless microphone at a frequency
separation of one megahertz and greater,
the Commission calculates the distance
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
at which the interference criterion is
exceeded. These distances (less than a
tenth of a meter) are so short that the
Commission believes OOBE interference
from wireless microphones poses little
risk of causing harmful interference to
600 MHz service downlinks even when
multiple wireless microphones are used
in close proximity. Because the
necessary separation distances are so
short, it is unlikely that multiple
wireless microphones could be used in
such close proximity to a 600 MHz
service band handset. Even if several
microphones were to be used near a
wireless handset, they could not all use
the same frequency in order to avoid
causing interference to other wireless
microphones. As wireless microphones
spread throughout the guard bands and
duplex gap, they will use frequencies
farther from wireless downlink
spectrum and the Commission predicts
that out-of-band emissions from those
additional wireless microphones will
decline as the emission levels roll-off
due to increased frequency separation.
69. Blocking interference. With
respect to blocking interference from
wireless microphones, the Commission
again assumes a reference sensitivity for
the LTE receiver of ¥97 dBm and an
adjacent channel selectivity of 33 dB.
Because the Commission is allowing
wireless microphones to operate at a
closer frequency separation than white
space devices (one megahertz instead of
three megahertz), it is assuming a
conservative handset receive filter
rejection of 3 dB. In addition, the
Commission makes many of the same
assumptions as in the out-of-band
emission interference analysis for
wireless microphones, including the use
of a free space propagation model, 3 dB
body loss at the wireless handset, 8 dB
of body loss for body worn wireless
microphones and 18 dB of body loss for
handheld wireless microphones, 3.5 dB
loss for shadowing and multipath, and
a receiver antenna gain of ¥6 dBi.
Consistent with the analyses above, the
Commission also assumes that real
world devices would operate with a 10
dB stronger signal than the minimum
specified in the 3GPP standard. Also,
the Commission assumes a 3 dB rise in
the noise floor as the appropriate
interference criterion. In this case, the
distances at which the interference
criterion may be exceeded are 6.6
meters for body worn microphones, and
2.1 meters for hand held microphones.
For a 1 dB rise in the noise floor, the
distances at which the interference
criterion may be exceeded are 13.2
meters for body worn microphones and
4.2 meters for hand held microphones.
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
73053
70. As with white space devices, this
result requires some context. The
Commission again points out that the
3GPP standard defines blocking as the
point at which throughput falls below
95% of the maximum throughput, and
as Google showed in their
measurements, variations of greater than
5% throughput typically occur under
normal usage conditions. Therefore,
even though an LTE handset may
experience some blocking interference
from a wireless microphone as close as
6.6 meters, the Commission does not
believe this rises to the level of harmful
interference. Handsets will continue to
function, albeit at a slightly slower data
rate, which the Commission believes
would generally not be perceptible to
the user as that user would likely
experience similar fluctuations in data
rates under normal usage conditions. In
addition, the Commission does not
believe that even with multiple
microphones operating within a close
area, 600 MHz service handsets would
experience harmful interference. First,
the wireless microphones would
themselves need to spread over many
different frequencies to avoid interfering
with each other. Thus, it is unlikely that
more than one microphone would be
operating at the frequency next to the
one megahertz buffer in the guard bands
or duplex gap within a given area.
Second, to conserve battery power,
wireless microphones, like white space
devices and mobile handsets, generally
operate below the maximum allowable
power which reduces the likelihood of
interference. Third, as with the analysis
for white space devices, the analysis
here considers the worst case which is
unlikely to actually occur. Aside from
the analysis assuming the wireless
microphone is operating at maximum
power, inherent in the worst case
situation is that the mobile handset is
operating at the edge of coverage near its
sensitivity level, on the frequency
closest to the guard bands or duplex
gap, the antenna patterns of both the
wireless microphone and wireless
receiver would have to be closely
aligned to maximize the wireless
microphone signal at the receiver, and
there would have to be de minimis body
and other propagation losses; a scenario
that is not likely to occur often, if at all.
Finally, the Commission notes that
wireless microphones are generally used
in specific places—theaters, arenas,
churches, etc. and not likely to be found
in all areas where mobile handsets are
in heavy use. Even at breaking news
events, where there may be a mix of
mobile handsets and wireless
microphones, the Commission believes
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
73054
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
it unlikely that all the factors needed to
cause interference would occur
simultaneously. Thus, the Commission
finds that the likelihood of wireless
microphones in the guard bands and
duplex gap causing harmful interference
to 600 MHz wireless downlink service
to be very low.
c. Frequencies of Operation
71. White space devices. In the case of
a nine megahertz guard band, a white
space device with three megahertz
separation from wireless downlink
spectrum will be immediately adjacent
to a TV channel. Such operation is
consistent with the analysis detailed
above showing that a three megahertz
guard band will protect wireless
handsets from white space devices and
that no guard band is needed to protect
adjacent channel TV operations. If the
guard band is 11 megahertz, the
Commission will apportion the
spectrum such that white space devices
will be required to operate at the lower
end of the guard band, immediately
adjacent to TV spectrum and five
megahertz from wireless handsets. This
will correspondingly provide a
contiguous four megahertz block of
spectrum not shared with white space
devices for wireless microphone use
and a one megahertz guard band
between wireless microphones and
wireless handsets. Distributing usage
across an 11 megahertz guard band
reduces the burden on white space
devices, which will always operate in
the same portion of the guard band, thus
making channel availability checks
simpler than if white space devices
could operate anywhere within the
guard band where they maintain at least
a three megahertz separation from
wireless downlink spectrum. Finally,
this plan is consistent with the plan the
Commission is adopting for the 11
megahertz duplex gap.
72. The Commission is also adopting
rules to allow white space device
operation in a seven megahertz guard
band. It will permit 40 milliwatt white
space devices to operate in the lower
four megahertz portion of a seven
megahertz guard band, i.e., the portion
immediately adjacent to television
spectrum. This will leave a three
megahertz frequency separation from
wireless downlink spectrum above the
guard band. The Commission will
require that white space devices
operating under these provisions
comply with the same technical
requirements as 40 milliwatt white
space devices in nine or 11 megahertz
guard bands, with the exception of the
channel bandwidth and the PSD limit.
The current PSD limit would prevent a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
white space device in a four megahertz
channel from attaining the full 40
milliwatts EIRP because the power is
concentrated in a narrower bandwidth
than was used in establishing the limit.
The Commission will therefore allow
such devices to comply with a PSD limit
of 0.6 dBm/100 kHz EIRP. It will also
require that a 40 milliwatt fixed device
operating in a four megahertz channel
comply with a conducted PSD limit of
¥5.4 dBm, since the conducted power
limit for fixed devices is 6 dB less than
the EIRP limit. These limits are about 2
dB higher than the limits for white
space devices in a six megahertz
channel. Because the out-of-band
emission limits are not being modified
for this narrower white space channel,
the total radiated power adjacent to TV
remains at 40 milliwatts. The
Commission also maintaining the three
megahertz separation to 600 MHz band
wireless downlinks. Thus, Commission
does not believe that white space
devices operating in a seven megahertz
guard band will cause harmful
interference to either television
reception or wireless downlinks.
73. The Commission does not adopt
rules to allow white space devices to
operate in a three megahertz guard band
adjacent to channel 37. A guard band
that size would be too small to permit
white space device operation, because at
least a three megahertz frequency
separation is required to protect
wireless downlink services.
74. Wireless microphones. The
Commission will allow unlicensed
wireless microphones to operate in
certain segments of the guard bands. In
the guard band between television and
wireless downlink spectrum, the
Commission will allow unlicensed
wireless microphones to operate across
the guard band regardless of its eventual
size (determined by the results of the
auction) with the exception of a one
megahertz segment at the upper end that
would act as a buffer between
unlicensed wireless microphone
operations and wireless downlink
services. If the guard band is 11
megahertz wide, unlicensed wireless
microphones will be allowed to operate
in the lower ten megahertz segment of
the band; if the guard band is nine
megahertz wide, unlicensed wireless
microphones will be allowed to operate
in the lower eight megahertz segment;
and if the guard band is seven
megahertz wide, unlicensed wireless
microphones will be allowed to operate
in the lower six megahertz segment.
75. In the three megahertz guard
bands adjacent to channel 37, the
Commission will allow unlicensed
wireless microphones to operate in the
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
two megahertz segment closest to
channel 37, leaving a one megahertz
buffer to protect wireless downlink
services adjacent to these guard bands.
Wireless microphones currently operate
on channels 36 and 38 at up to 250
milliwatts without causing harmful
interference to WMTS and RAS
operations on channel 37. The
Commission thus concludes that there is
no need for any frequency separation
between unlicensed wireless
microphones operating in the guard
bands and channel 37 because it is
limiting the maximum permitted power
in this spectrum to 20 milliwatts to
protect wireless downlink services.
2. Duplex Gap
a. Protecting Adjacent Wireless
Downlink and Uplink Bands
76. Wireless downlink bands will be
protected from harmful interference by
requiring that unlicensed white space
devices operate at 40 milliwatts EIRP
with at least three megahertz frequency
separation from wireless downlink
bands and that wireless microphones
operate at 20 milliwatts EIRP with at
least one megahertz separation from
wireless downlink bands. The
Commission will require that licensed
wireless microphones operating in the
duplex gap comply with the same
technical requirements as unlicensed
wireless microphones in the guard
bands. The split of the duplex gap
described below will provide for a one
megahertz frequency separation
between licensed wireless microphones
and wireless downlink spectrum. It will
also provide for a frequency separation
of five megahertz, rather than three
megahertz, from wireless downlink
spectrum. Thus, wireless downlink
services will be protected from harmful
interference.
77. Regarding wireless uplink bands,
the Commission concludes that that it is
not necessary to provide any frequency
separation between white space devices
and unlicensed wireless microphones
and wireless uplink spectrum to prevent
harmful interference to base station
receivers. Base station antennas are
generally mounted high on a tower,
providing distance separation between
them and white space devices and
wireless microphones. Also, base
stations can take advantage of better
receive filters to minimize the potential
for adjacent channel interference. These
factors lead to very little risk of harmful
interference to wireless base stations
even when white space devices and
unlicensed wireless microphones
operate immediately adjacent to
wireless uplink spectrum.
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
b. Frequencies of Operation
78. The Commission is adopting the
proposed 1–4–6 split of the duplex gap.
A six megahertz band for unlicensed
devices, which will be used by both
unlicensed white space devices and
unlicensed wireless microphones, is
supported by the record and is
consistent with the current white space
device rules. Additionally, a four
megahertz segment of the duplex gap is
designated for licensed wireless
microphones users only, thus enabling
them to access spectrum for quickbreaking events without having to
reserve channels in the white space
databases. This plan maximizes the
frequency separation between the six
megahertz segment of the duplex gap for
white space device use and wireless
downlink spectrum, thereby reducing
the risk of harmful interference to those
adjacent band services as required by
the Spectrum Act. The one megahertz
buffer at the lower end of the duplex
gap provides a margin of interference
protection to wireless handsets from
licensed wireless microphones. The
Commission will allow unlicensed
wireless microphones to operate in the
same six megahertz portion of the
duplex gap as white space devices, and
licensed wireless microphone use will
be permitted in the four megahertz
segment of the lower duplex gap
designated for their operation. This plan
balances the spectrum needs of
unlicensed white space and wireless
microphone users, by making spectrum
available for both wireless microphones
and white space devices, while
minimizing the likelihood of harmful
interference to licensed wireless
services.
79. The Commission concludes that it
is not necessary to provide a guard band
between the four megahertz designated
for licensed wireless microphones and
the six megahertz designated for
unlicensed white space devices and
unlicensed wireless microphones.
Recognizing that the rules require low
emissions from white space devices
outside their channel of operation, the
record indicates that the risk of adjacent
channel interference to licensed
wireless microphones is low. Wireless
microphones currently operate adjacent
to white space devices as well as full
power television stations with no
adverse effects as their narrow
bandwidths and receiver selectivity
provide interference protection. Thus,
there is a low risk of unlicensed white
space devices or unlicensed wireless
microphones causing harmful
interference to licensed wireless
microphones in the adjacent band.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
80. The Commission disagrees with
parties requesting a one megahertz
buffer at the upper end of the duplex
gap to protect white space devices from
possible interference from wireless
uplinks (handset transmitters) in the
adjacent band. As discussed, a one
megahertz frequency separation is
necessary to protect licensed operations
in wireless downlink spectrum (handset
receivers) from wireless microphones
operating in an adjacent frequency
band, and the Commission declines to
eliminate this buffer from the lower end
of the duplex gap. To add a one
megahertz buffer at the upper end of the
duplex gap would reduce the spectrum
available for licensed wireless
microphones in order to maintain six
megahertz for white space devices.
Given the Commission’s objective to
balance the interests of different users,
it is not reducing the amount of
spectrum designated for licensed
wireless microphones in the duplex gap.
3. Database Access
81. The Commission will require that
unlicensed white space devices and
unlicensed wireless microphones
operating in the 600 MHz guard bands,
including the duplex gap, rely on
database access to identify vacant
channels for their use. This requirement
is necessary because the Spectrum Act
requires that unlicensed use of the
guard bands ‘‘must rely on a database or
subsequent methodology as determined
by the Commission.’’ The Commission
concludes that this requirement is not
unduly burdensome because there are
several white space databases available,
and unlicensed wireless microphone
users will have an incentive to check a
database to identify available
frequencies for their use. The
Commission will not require that
licensed wireless microphone users in
the duplex gap rely on the white space
databases to determine if those
frequencies are available for their use at
their location prior to operation.
82. Because the Spectrum Act does
not define the terms ‘‘rely on a
database’’ or ‘‘subsequent
methodology,’’ the Commission
concludes that the Spectrum Act gives
it discretion to determine how
unlicensed white space devices and
unlicensed wireless microphone users
should ‘‘rely on’’ the white space
databases to identify available
frequencies in the guard bands for their
use. Unlicensed white space devices
will rely on a database for identifying
channels available for their use in the
guard bands and duplex gap as they do
now in the TV bands.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
73055
83. The Commission concludes that
unlicensed wireless microphone users
can satisfy the Spectrum Act’s
requirement to ‘‘rely on’’ a database by
manually checking it via a separate
Internet connection which can be done
using a smart phone, laptop, or other
similar telecommunications devices.
The Commission will require that
unlicensed microphone users check the
databases prior to beginning operation
at a given location (e.g., prior to
beginning a performance). Because the
databases will identify available
channels based on the location where a
microphone will be used (latitude and
longitude), the user will need to recheck the databases for available
channels if it moves from the earlier
location.
84. The Commission will not require
licensed wireless microphone users of
the four megahertz segment in the
duplex gap to access a database before
beginning operation. During the postauction transition period while TV
stations are in the process of vacating
their channels in the 600 MHz band, a
licensed wireless microphone user may
need to determine whether the duplex
gap is available in an area. After the end
of this transition period, the duplex gap
will generally be available nationwide,
except possibly in a limited number of
locations if the auction outcome
necessitates repacking some TV stations
into the duplex gap. Broadcasters and
cable programming network entities that
will be licensed to operate in the duplex
gap are sophisticated users that are
capable of determining whether the
duplex gap is available at their location.
Since the Commission is limiting
operation in this four megahertz
segment to licensed users, the Spectrum
Act’s requirement that unlicensed
devices rely on database access or a
subsequent methodology as determined
by the Commission does not apply.
C. 600 MHz Service Band
1. White Space Devices
a. Permissible Types of Operation
85. The Commission will allow fixed,
Mode I and Mode II white space devices
to operate in the 600 MHz service band
under the same technical requirements
(e.g., power, antenna height, database
access) that apply to operation in the TV
bands. Additionally, it will require that
white space devices comply with
separation distances from the areas
where a wireless licensee has
commenced operations.
86. The Commission rejects
arguments that white space devices in
the duplex gap and 600 MHz service
band should have the same power limit.
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
73056
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
White space devices will be limited to
40 milliwatts in the duplex gap because
they will operate in the same geographic
areas where 600 MHz service licensees
have commenced operation, and on
frequencies adjacent to wireless uplink
and downlink spectrum with small or
no frequency separations and,
potentially, at short physical separation
distances from wireless handsets. In
contrast, white space devices will be
allowed to operate in the 600 MHz
service band only at locations where a
wireless licensee has not commenced
operations, so the Commission can
allow higher power levels for white
space devices in the 600 MHz service
band than in the duplex gap. Issues
pertaining to the definition of
‘‘commence operations’’ will be
addressed separately in response to the
Commence Operations PN.
87. The Commission rejects
arguments that the Spectrum Act
prohibits unlicensed use of the 600 MHz
service band. The Spectrum Act
specifically permits unlicensed use of
the guard bands, but does not contain
any prohibition on continued
unlicensed use of the 600 MHz service
spectrum prior to a 600 MHz service
licensee commencing operations. Thus,
the Commission finds that such
operations are not prohibited by the
Spectrum Act.
b. Protection Criteria
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
(i) Wireless Uplinks
88. The Commission adopts the
proposed minimum separation
distances that white space devices must
meet when operating in spectrum that is
also used for licensed 600 MHz wireless
uplinks or downlinks. While these
distances were calculated by
determining the minimum separation
from base stations that white space
devices must meet to avoid causing
harmful interference, consistent with
the proposals in the Notice, the
Commission is requiring that white
space devices comply with these
distances from any point along the edge
of the polygon representing the outer
edge of base station deployment, rather
than from just the points that define the
polygon in the database. This
requirement is necessary because the
points defining a polygon could in some
instances be farther apart than the
protection distances, thus possibly
under-protecting base stations that are
just inside the polygon and between the
defined points. The co-channel and
adjacent channel separation distances to
protect wireless uplinks are listed in the
final rules.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
89. The Commission adopts its
proposals to define co-channel
operation as any frequency overlap
between a TV channel used by a white
space device and a five megahertz
spectrum block used by a 600 MHz
service licensee, and adjacent channel
operation as a frequency separation of
zero to four megahertz between the edge
of a channel used by a white space
device and the edge of a five megahertz
spectrum block used by a 600 MHz
service licensee. Consistent with the
rules for operation in the duplex gap,
the Commission is not requiring
adjacent channel separation distances to
protect wireless uplink services from
white space devices operating at 40
milliwatts since it determined that
adjacent channel separation distances
are not necessary in that case. However,
the Commission is requiring adjacent
channel separation distances for white
space devices operating at higher power
levels.
90. In addition, consistent with the
rules for operation in the TV bands, the
Commission is requiring that a fixed or
Mode II device that supplies a list of
available channels to a Mode I device
must comply with increased separation
distances on any channels that are
indicated as available to the Mode I
device. As with operation in the TV
bands, the Commission will base the
increases in separation distance on the
minimum co-channel separation
distances at 40 and 100 milliwatts.
Therefore, if a Mode I device operates at
greater than 40 milliwatts, the cochannel and adjacent channel
separation distances must be increased
by 6 kilometers and 0.14 kilometers,
respectively. Similarly, if a Mode I
device operates 40 milliwatts or less, the
co-channel separation distance must be
increased by 5 kilometers.
91. The Commission reject arguments
that use of the TM–91–1 model is
inappropriate due to the range of
distances and antenna heights over
which it is defined. While TM–91–1
was specifically developed for a limited
range of distances and antenna heights,
it has a broader range of application by
the virtue of the fact that it is identical
to the Egli model, which is valid over
a greater range of distances and antenna
heights than specified in TM 91–1.
92. The Commission also rejects
arguments that it should use the
Longley-Rice model instead of the TM–
91–1 model for consistency with the
ISIX methodology. The Longley-Rice
methodology uses detailed, site specific
terrain information and performs
complex, computational intensive
calculations to determine signal
coverage. In contrast, the Commission
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
here develops a general table of
separation distances that can be used by
the white space databases to protect
licensed wireless services in a wide
variety of locations, so the simpler TM–
91–1 model is more appropriate for this
purpose. The Commission rejects
arguments that it should protect
wireless base stations from white space
devices at distances beyond 60
kilometers and no specific larger
distances were suggested in the record.
(ii) Wireless Downlinks
93. The Commission adopts the
proposed minimum separation
distances of 35 kilometers (co-channel)
and 31 kilometers (adjacent channel)
between white space devices operating
in spectrum used by 600 MHz band
wireless downlinks and the boundary of
a polygon representing the outer edge of
base station deployment. The
Commission also adopts the same
definitions of co-channel and adjacent
channel operation that apply with
respect to wireless uplinks. The
separation distances that the
Commission adopts do not vary with
EIRP or HAAT because analysis showed
that increasing the EIRP or HAAT has
only a small effect on the total required
separation distance. These distances are
also sufficient to provide protection
from white space devices operating at
10 watts EIRP.
94. The Commission will require 40
milliwatt white space devices to meet
adjacent channel separation distances
from the service areas where a wireless
licensee has commenced operations, at
any frequency separation from zero to
four megahertz from wireless downlink
spectrum. This is because the
Commission is allowing fixed devices to
operate with antenna heights of up to
250 meters HAAT, which increases their
potential for causing harmful
interference to wireless services. As
discussed, white space devices
operating in the guard band adjacent to
wireless downlink spectrum at low
antenna heights (10 meters or less AGL)
and a minimum frequency separation of
three megahertz will not cause harmful
interference to wireless handsets and
thus do not specify a separation
distance for such operations. While the
Commission could allow for operation
of such white space devices in the 600
MHz service band without an adjacent
channel separation distance, it adopts a
different approach in order to reduce
the compliance burdens and provide for
bright-line rules for the 600 MHz service
band. Specifically, for the 600 MHz
service band, the Commission will
require all white space devices to
comply with a single adjacent channel
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
separation distance, independent of
white space device power, antenna
height or frequency offset.
2. Wireless Microphones
95. The Commission will require that
licensed and unlicensed wireless
microphones operating in the 600 MHz
service band comply with minimum cochannel and adjacent channel
separation distances from the areas
where 600 MHz service licensees are
operating because this requirement is
necessary to protect licensed wireless
operations in the 600 MHz service band.
However, the Commission agrees with
Sennheiser that the separation distances
proposed in the NPRM are larger than
necessary to protect licensed wireless
services in some instances. The
Commission is reducing the required
separation distance for wireless
microphones operating in the portion of
the 600 MHz service band used for
wireless uplinks, i.e., base station
receive frequencies. However, it is not
reducing the proposed separation
distances in the portion of the 600 MHz
service band used for wireless
downlinks (35 kilometers co-channel,
31 kilometers adjacent channel). The
reason is that the primary component of
those distances is an assumed base
station communication radius of 30
kilometers, so the reduction in these
separation distances would be relatively
small if recalculated assuming a lower
power for wireless microphones. While
the Commission could allow for
operation of wireless microphones in
the repurposed 600 MHz downlink band
without any adjacent channel separation
distance in some cases similar to its
actions in the guard bands and duplex
gap, it adopts a different approach in
order to reduce the compliance burdens
and provide for bright-line rules for the
600 MHz service band. Specifically, for
the 600 MHz service band, the
Commission will require all wireless
microphones to comply with the same
adjacent channel separation distance as
white space devices.
96. With regard to protecting wireless
uplinks, the Commission assumes a
lower total power for wireless
microphones than 4,000 milliwatts.
While licensed wireless microphones
are permitted to operate with power
levels of up to 250 milliwatts, most
wireless microphones operate with a
power level of less than 50 milliwatts.
Based on ten wireless microphones
operating at 50 milliwatts, the total
power in a six megahertz channel would
be less than 500 milliwatts. The actual
EIRP that could affect a wireless system
would be less than that for two reasons.
First, wireless spectrum blocks are five
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
megahertz wide, so depending on the
overlap between a repurposed six
megahertz TV channel and a wireless
spectrum block, the maximum power
that could fall into a five megahertz
block would be 5/6 of the total, or 417
milliwatts. In most cases, a smaller
overlap would occur and the power that
could fall into a five megahertz block
will be less than 417 milliwatts. Second,
the EIRP of an individual wireless
microphone is often less than the 50
milliwatt conducted power limit due to
antenna efficiency limitations, and
because wireless microphones are often
operated using less than the maximum
allowable power to achieve greater
battery life and spectral efficiency.
Because these two conditions are likely
to create a situation where the
overlapping power is much less than
417 milliwatts, the Commission will
base the separation distances that
wireless microphones must meet to
protect wireless uplinks on the nearest
white space device power level that is
less than 417 milliwatts, which is 250
milliwatts. The co-channel and adjacent
channel separation distances that apply
at that power level with a three meter
antenna height are 7 kilometers and 0.2
kilometers. While the Commission
could allow for operation of wireless
microphones in the repurposed 600
MHz uplink band without any adjacent
channel separation distance in some
cases similar to its actions in the duplex
gap, the Commission adopts a different
approach in order to reduce the
compliance burdens and provide for
bright-line rules for the 600 MHz service
band. Specifically, for the 600 MHz
service band, the Commission will
require all wireless microphones to
comply with the same adjacent channel
separation distance as white space
devices.
97. Licensed and unlicensed wireless
microphones can continue to operate in
the 600 MHz service band during the
post-auction transition period,
consistent with their secondary or
unlicensed status, provided they do not
cause harmful interference to incumbent
TV services or new wireless services.
However, they have a hard date by
which they must cease operating in the
band. The white space databases will
enable unlicensed wireless microphone
users to determine whether their
operating location is at least four
kilometers outside the protected contour
of TV stations that continue to operate
in that band and also to identify areas
where 600 MHz service licensees are
operating so they can avoid causing
harmful interference to them. The 600
MHz service licensees rely on the
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
73057
deployment of multiple base stations to
provide service, and expand the number
and locations of base stations as they
increase their service areas. This is a
dynamic set of circumstances that
necessitates periodic checking of the
databases to identify the appropriate
locations where wireless services are
protected from harmful interference as
required by the Incentive Auction R&O.
The Commission will require that
unlicensed wireless microphone users
rely on the white space databases to
ensure that their intended operating
frequencies in the 600 MHz service
band are available at the locations
where they will be used. Operation in
the 600 MHz service band requires that
unlicensed wireless microphone users
check the databases more frequently
than they would in the guard bands and
duplex gap, i.e., always prior to
beginning operation at a given location
and not just if the microphone user
moves from an earlier location.
D. Channel 37
1. Power Limits and Separation
Distances
a. General Technical Requirements and
Power Limits
98. The Commission will allow fixed
devices to operate on channel 37 at
power levels up to four watts and with
antennas ranging up to 250 meters
HAAT. It will also allow both Mode I
and Mode II personal/portable devices
to operate at power levels up to 100
milliwatts. As with the rules described
above that require an adjustment in
separation distance when fixed or Mode
II devices are controlling a Mode I
device, the Commission will require the
same here.
99. Although the Commission will
allow fixed devices at up to four watts,
the results of the incentive auction
along with the white space rules will
determine the maximum power allowed
on channel 37. If the incentive auction
recovers exactly 84 megahertz of
spectrum, there will be a three
megahertz guard band above channel
37, and if more than 84 megahertz is
recovered, there will be a three
megahertz guard band on each side of
channel 37. In either case, only a three
megahertz guard band will separate
white space devices operating on
channel 37 from the mobile handset
receive band, so consistent with the
rules for the duplex gap and the guard
bands, white space device operation on
channel 37 would be limited to 40
milliwatts to protect mobile handsets. If
the incentive auction recovers less than
84 megahertz, then channels 36 and 38
would remain available for TV, allowing
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
73058
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
a fixed white space device to operate at
power levels above 100 milliwatts.
Finally, if channels 36 and/or 38 remain
available for TV, a white space device
could operate at up to 100 milliwatts so
long as it straddles channels 36 and 37
or channels 37 and 38 and it meets the
separation distances being adopted for
channel 37 as well as all other
protection requirements specified in the
rules. The Commission will not permit,
at this time, white space devices
operating on channel 37 in less
congested areas to operate with higher
power than four watts since there
should already be sufficient spectrum
available in those areas to operate at
higher power on other channels. As the
Commission gains experience with
higher power operations, it could revisit
this issue and adjust the rules
accordingly so long as WMTS and RAS
are protected from harmful interference.
b. Determination of WMTS Separation
Distances
100. In consideration of the most
recent information filed to the record
and the Commission’s goal to be
conservative in the determination of
protection distances to protect WMTS,
the Commission is basing its analysis on
a ¥100 dBm receiver sensitivity level
and a 12.5 kilohertz bandwidth. Using
these criteria ensures that the analysis
provides sufficient protection for WMTS
devices produced by all manufacturers.
101. The Commission believes that
the TM–91–1 propagation model is the
most appropriate model to use for
determining the separation distances
necessary to protect WMTS systems
from white space devices at the various
power/antenna height combinations
permitted by the rules. The TM–91–1
model, which has been used previously
to model white space interference
potential, was developed for modelling
propagation loss at relatively short
distance to provide capability where the
F curves are no longer appropriate. The
Commission believes this model, which
predicts propagation loss in excess of
free space loss, is appropriate in this
case as free space loss will
underestimate actual signal loss. In
addition, signals from white space
devices will generally suffer from
additional loss due to ground clutter,
multipath effects and building
penetration losses. To balance the use of
this model and its loss predictions
against the WMTS proponents’ claim
that health care facilities often have
distributed antenna systems (DAS)
installed near windows where there
may be little building penetration loss,
the Commission set the building
penetration loss parameter of the model
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
to zero. There will still be some building
loss even for a DAS installed near clear
windows, but the Commission uses zero
here to ensure that the results are
conservative and will protect WMTS
systems from harmful interference. The
Commission believes that this is likely
to be unrealistic in many cases, but
given that this is the first time it is
authorizing co-channel operation of
unlicensed portable devices on channel
37, it elects this conservative approach.
To the extent that this results in
unreasonably large separation distances
in individual cases, parties can seek a
waiver, as discussed below. Finally,
with respect to the TM–91–1 model, it
was developed based on suburban area
data and that usage in urban areas with
more densely packed buildings is likely
to experience losses beyond those
predicted here. While the model in
general may under predict losses for
rural areas, the Commission’s
implementation, such as setting the
building penetration loss parameter to
zero should offset the effects of some
longer line-of-sight distances between
white space devices and WMTS
systems.
102. The Commission also rejects the
argument that the TM–91–1 model is
inappropriate to use because it is not
valid at the antenna heights and
distances under consideration here and
returns results based on a median signal
level. Although the TM–91–1 model
was developed to study a particular
range of distances and antenna heights,
it is based on the Egli model which has
an applied range of up to 40 miles from
the transmitter, a transmit antenna
height of 5000 feet and a receive
antenna height of 1000 feet. A
comparison of the TM–91–1 model,
equation 5, and Egli’s model, equation
2 shows that they are identical when
compared in the same units. Thus,
while TM–91–1 was specifically
developed for limited range by the
virtue of the fact that it is identical to
Egli’s model, it has a broader range of
application than stated in the report. In
addition, the TM–91–1 model may
actually overstate the interference
potential somewhat because it does not
account for terrain features, buildings,
and land cover that have an effect on the
strength of received signals, nor does it
consider multipath effects. In particular,
a comparison between predicted free
space path loss and actual measured
path loss for several test sites at two
hospitals submitted by the WMTS
coalition shows that in many cases the
actual path loss is substantially more
than the prediction and compares
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
favorably with the predictions of the
TM–91–1 model.
103. The Commission calculated the
minimum co-channel separation
distances that would be required for
white space devices to protect WMTS
devices based on the assumptions
stated, basing protection on receiver
sensitivity of ¥100 dBm, a 12.5 kHz
bandwidth, and a frequency of 611 MHz
(the center of the WMTS channel). The
Commission also assumes an antenna
aggregation gain of 3 dB to account for
the possibility of multiple antennas
receiving a WMTS signal. To provide
additional protection, the Commission
will not assume any additional building
penetration loss for WMTS signals,
using 0 dB, which is in addition to
setting the building penetration loss
variable in the model to 0. The
Commission assumes an aggregate 2 dB
of loss due to antenna mismatch,
polarization effects, line loss, etc.,
which it believes to be reasonable for
modelling WMTS protection and less
than losses likely to be experienced in
actual system deployments. Finally, to
protect WMTS, the Commission
assumes an I/N value of ¥6, providing
for a 1 dB rise in the noise floor. The
Commission used the TM–91–1
propagation model and white space
device power levels that range from 40
milliwatts to 4,000 milliwatts in four dB
steps.
104. The Commission used the same
range of HAAT currently specified in
the rules for fixed white space devices
and assumed that the WMTS receiver
would be at a 10 meter height AGL. The
Commission concludes that a large
number of WMTS devices using channel
37 are installed at or below the assumed
10 meter height. To assume a greater
height in the analysis would be
unreasonable because it would produce
greater separation distances than are
needed to protect WMTS devices in
many cases. Moreover, multipath and
other reflections off the walls of a taller
facility would result in more of the
signal being reflected, which were not
accounted for in the analysis.
105. The results of the analysis, as
shown in the final rules, provide for
slightly longer separation distances than
those proposed. The Commission
believes these values represent a
conservative evaluation of providing
protection to WMTS, and along with the
procedures discussed below, provide
opportunity for white space devices to
deploy using channel 37. The distances
provided in the rules will apply to fixed
devices and Mode II personal/portable
devices that are communicating with
other fixed and/or Mode II devices.
However, to account for some location
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
uncertainty for Mode I devices, the
Commission will, consistent with its
decision for the duplex gap and guard
bands, require that these distances be
doubled when the controlling device is
a Mode II personal portable device, and
increased by 380 meters and 480 meters
for fixed white space devices serving 40
milliwatt and 100 milliwatt personal/
portable Mode I white space devices,
respectively.
106. The Commission is also adopting
separation distances to protect WMTS
systems from adjacent channel white
space device operations on channels 36
or 38. It is basing the adjacent channel
protection distances on an analysis
similar to that used to determine cochannel separation distance (10 meter
WMTS antenna height, 3 dB antenna
aggregation, 3 dB antenna mismatch, 0
dB building attenuation). For the out-ofband interference analysis, the
Commission used the same ¥100 dBm/
12.5 kHz receiver sensitivity and I/N
protection criteria of ¥6. For the
blocking interference analysis, because
the white space device would be
operating immediately adjacent to
channel 37, the Commission assumed 0
dB loss due to the receive filter and a
blocking threshold of ¥37.8 dBm/MHz.
The analysis showed that the protection
distances to protect from blocking
interference were larger than to protect
from out-of-band interference, so the
Commission is basing the adjacent
channel protection distances on the
distances shown in the final rules that
were calculated to protect WMTS from
blocking interference.
107. The Commission adopts adjacent
channel protection distances that apply
for any antenna height at a given power
level. Because the distances are so short,
the Commission assumes that it is likely
that the transmitter and receiver are
both at approximately the same antenna
height. Thus, under the assumed
condition of the WMTS receiver being
10 meters AGL, if a white space device
was operating at the maximum of 30
meters AGL allowed by the rules, they
would be at most 20 meters apart. Under
these conditions, that separation
distance is larger than necessary to
provide protection. However, to reduce
compliance burdens and to ensure that
WMTS receivers are protected in all
cases, such as when the antennas are
closer in height above ground level, the
Commission adopts the calculated
values for all instances at the various
power levels.
108. Finally, as with co-channel
separation distance, the Commission is
providing additional distance to be
added to fixed and Mode II white space
device separation distances when they
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
are controlling Mode I devices. When a
Mode II or fixed white space device is
providing channel lists for Mode I white
space devices, they must comply with
separation distances to 16 meters and 26
meters when serving 40 milliwatt and
100 milliwatt devices, respectively.
109. Because the white space
databases are already designed to
provide for polygonal exclusion zones,
and a building perimeter is a polygon
that can be defined as a series of latitude
and longitude coordinates, these
distances will apply from the perimeter
of each health care facility containing
channel 37 WMTS systems (or if several
facilities containing channel 37 WMTS
systems are clustered closely together,
the Commission will allow them to be
defined as a single entity). Obtaining the
coordinates defining the perimeter of a
facility will be a simple, straightforward
process.
110. Several commenters suggested
that a more nuanced approach that takes
into account site-specific propagation
conditions may best balance the
competing interests of health care
facilities and white space proponents.
The separation distance and protection
procedures set out here is a default
approach. There is ongoing dialogue
among the stakeholders and should
those parties reach a consensus that
differs from this approach, the
Commission invites those parties to
submit an alternative approach for
streamlined consideration. The
Commission will monitor the use of
channel 37 and may adjust the
separation distances as experience is
gained. If parties believe a distance
other than that provided in the rules
either over or under protects WMTS
systems, they may file waiver requests
with the Commission to modify the
distance for a particular facility or group
of similarly situated facilities. To ensure
that WMTS systems are protected from
the potential for harmful interference,
the Commission will immediately
require the database administrators to
expand the separation distance for
reasonable requests for a particular
facility, until it has completed its
analysis and can render a final decision
on the waiver. The Commission
commits to expeditiously resolving any
such waiver request.
111. To implement the necessary
protection, the Commission has strived
to provide a procedure that is simple,
straightforward, and easy to implement
for all parties. A health care facility will
register a representation of the perimeter
the building to a white space database
administrator. That information will be
entered into the database and shared
with the other white space database
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
73059
administrators. White space system
operators will then avoid operating
within the protection zones of health
care facilities through instructions from
the database.
112. While the Commission will not
generally prohibit operation in rural
areas, it recommends that unlicensed
devices should only operate in channel
37 in areas where there are fewer than
three channels available for unlicensed
use between the UHF channels and the
600 MHz guard bands, including the
duplex gap. The Commission expects
rural areas, where there are already
plenty of channels available for white
space devices, will continue to have
channels available after the incentive
auction. Thus, prioritizing the available
channels in this manner will balance
the interference protection needs of
WMTS facilities against the needs of
white space system operators to have
sufficient spectrum on which to operate.
113. The distances the Commission is
setting to protect WMTS systems will
generally protect against harmful
interference, but adjustments may be
necessary based on the unique
characteristics of a health care facility
and path loss relative to the potential
locations of the white space
deployment. The Commission
underscores for white space device
operators that in all cases, they always
have the obligation to protect WMTS
systems from harmful interference and
to eliminate such interference if it
should occur. As an added measure of
protection, the Commission will work
with the interested parties to explore
procedures whereby if interference to
WMTS occurs, white space devices
would be excluded from operating near
that health care facility until such time
as the interference has been fully
resolved.
114. To ensure that the separation
distances and procedures the
Commission adopts will provide the
intended protection to WMTS systems,
the Commission intends to limit initial
deployment of white space devices
using channel 37 to one or two areas. By
limiting initial roll-out to just a few
areas, the Commission jointly with the
FDA can work with white space device
operators and health care facilities to
validate and, if needed, adjust the
approach so that critical WMTS systems
do not experience harmful interference.
Once the rules become effective and the
deadline for health care facility
registration has passed, the Commission
encourages parties interested in
deploying white space devices on
channel 37 to contact OET to discuss
the intended deployment and a test
plan. At the successful conclusion of
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
73060
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
testing of these initial deployments, the
Commission will issue a public notice
to inform interested parties that they
may deploy white space devices
nationwide on channel 37.
c. Determination of RAS Separation
Distances
115. The Commission is adopting
criteria to protect the ten very long
baseline array (VLBA) radio astronomy
observatories. The Commission agrees
with commenters that a site specific
terrain based protection criteria is better
than a single fixed distance for each site
because these sites are often in rural
areas and constructed to take advantage
of terrain features to provide a very low
noise environment for radio
observations. To conduct the analysis,
the Commission used the Longley-Rice
version 1.2.2 propagation model and the
protection criteria of ITU–R RA–769–2
(¥212 dB (W/m2 Hz)) which assuming
an isotropic receive antenna equates to
¥131 dB (W/m2 6 MHz) or a receiver
interference threshold of 1.54 dBuV/m)
along with F(50,2) propagation. For each
VLBA receive site, the Commission used
the coordinates specified in § 15.713(h)
and a radio astronomy receive antenna
height of 27 meters AGL. To perform the
analysis, the Commission assumed
white space transmitters with 40
milliwatts EIRP, 3 meters antenna
height AGL, 611 MHz transmitter
frequency, and an omni-directional
transmit antenna pattern every 2
kilometers along 72 radials spaced every
5 degrees extending from the Radio
Astronomy (RA) receiver site out to 300
kilometers. Using F(50,2) propagation
along the path from each white space
transmitter to the radio astronomy site,
the Commission could determine, based
on the terrain profile of each path,
which transmit sites produced a field
strength above the protection criteria at
the radio astronomy receiver. Those
transmit sites are used to determine the
site specific protection zone for each
VLBA site. The use of the F(50,2)
propagation statistics for this analysis
provides a conservative determination
of protection zones to ensure that VLBA
sites do not receive interference from
white space devices.
116. For each site, the Commission
provides a best fit polygon connecting
the farthest points from each site
beyond which the protection criteria is
always satisfied. The Commission is
using this best fit polygon rather than
connecting a point along each radial to
reduce the burdens in implementation.
The Commission does not believe that
there would be much difference in
available spectrum for white space
devices if it were to create the polygons
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
based on connecting a point on each
radial (for a total of 72 points per
polygon). To avoid overprotecting VLBA
sites by prohibiting white space devices
within a large circle centered on each
site, the Commission is instead
requiring that white space devices be
prohibited from transmitting within a
polygon that encompasses only those
areas that are predicted to have the
potential to cause harmful interference.
The polygon approach is not
burdensome to implement, and white
space databases already possess the
capability to provide polygonal
exclusion zones. The final rules provide
the coordinates defining each polygon.
117. The Commission disagrees that it
needs to consider white space device
signal aggregation when fashioning the
separation distances. The VLBA is
comprised of 25-meter dish antennas
which have very high gain and very
narrow beamwidth, and these antennas
generally are aimed skyward. However,
in the instance that an antenna is
pointed towards the horizon, its antenna
beam is still so narrow that it is unlikely
that it will see more than a single white
space device.
118. The Commission will not
prohibit the use of channel 37 in rural
areas and areas where more than 10%
of the TV channels are available for
white space devices as requested by
CORF. As stated above, the Commission
is advising that white space systems
only use channel 37 in areas where
there are fewer UHF channels available
for unlicensed devices than would meet
that users spectrum requirements.
Because most RAS sites are located in
rural areas, the Commission expects that
in most cases white space device system
operators will have access to sufficient
spectrum so as to not need to use
channel 37. The Commission will
continue to require white space devices
operating on channels 36 and 38 to
comply with a separation distance of at
least 2.4 kilometers from VLBA sites.
119. The Commission will prohibit
white space devices from operating
within the quiet zone around the
National Radio Astronomy Observatory
at Green Bank West Virginia and on the
islands of Puerto Rico, Desecheo, Mona,
Vieques or Culebra. The Commission
believes that it would be unreasonable
for operators of white space devices to
coordinate with these observatories, and
the separation distances required to
protect these observatories would be
extremely large.
2. Guard Bands Adjacent to Channel 37
120. The Commission declines to
provide the ability for white space
devices to use the three megahertz guard
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
bands that may be created adjacent to
channel 37. The Commission has
decided in this proceeding that a three
megahertz guard band is necessary to
protect new 600 MHz mobile handsets
from harmful interference from white
space devices. If spectrum is recovered
in sufficient quantity to require the
creation of these guard bands adjacent
to channel 37, they will function to
provide this protection and will be
unavailable for use by white space
devices.
3. Out-of-Band Emission Limits on
Channels 36–38
121. The Commission is removing the
strict emission mask into channel 37
which also hampers the ability of white
space devices to operate on channels 35,
36, 38, and 39. The rules will require all
white space devices to meet the same
emission mask for all channels in the
TV and 600 megahertz bands, including
channel 37. The Commission has
determined the required separation
distances for various power levels and
rejects the WMTS Coalition’s position
that the adjacent channels should have
the same separation requirement as for
co-channel operations on channel 37.
This rule change, which eliminates the
need for additional filters to be
incorporated into devices, will reduce
development and manufacturing costs
and lead to lower prices to consumers.
E. White Space Databases
1. Expanding Location and Frequency
Information
a. 600 MHz Service Band Operations
122. The Commission is adopting the
proposed requirements for entering and
storing information on the locations
where 600 MHz Band licensees have
commenced operation in the white
spaces database. Specifically, it is
requiring that database administrators
allow 600 MHz Band licensees to enter
the coordinates of a minimum of eight
points and a maximum of 120 points
representing the corners of a polygon of
the minimum size necessary to
encompass all base stations or other
radio facilities used to determine the
area where a licensee is commencing
operations, consistent with the
Commission’s decision in a separate
future proceeding, as well as the
frequencies that a licensee will use in
that area. The white spaces databases
will use this information along with the
separation distances described to ensure
that white space devices operate at a
sufficient distance outside the border of
the defined polygon to prevent harmful
interference to wireless services. This
approach will provide wireless
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
licensees with sufficient flexibility to
describe different areas of operation. For
example, a licensee can enter the
coordinates of multiple polygons in
cases where it plans to commence
service in multiple non-contiguous
areas. A licensee can also specify shapes
more complex than an eight-sided
polygon to designate an area that
includes irregular boundaries within a
PEA or a PEA boundary so that the
protected area in the database stops at
the edge of a carrier’s licensed area.
123. The Commission will also
require that a 600 MHz service licensee
enter contact information (company
name, contact person’s name, address,
phone number) and the date it plans to
commence operations when it registers
a polygonal area and operating
frequencies with the white space
database. Requiring the database to
include this data will allow a licensee
to define its operations area well in
advance without limiting the ability of
white space devices to operate until the
actual date when the 600 MHz service
wireless licensee commences operation.
The database will disregard the
registration information prior to the
service commencement date when
determining which channels are
available for white space devices. Some
licensees may not wish to make
available details of their intended plans
far in advance, and they could register
their information closer to the actual
date when they intend to commence
operations.
124. The Commission will not require
database administrators to provide a
user interface to generate multi-sided
polygons for 600 MHz license areas, and
instead will require only that database
administrators make provisions to allow
600 MHz service licensees to upload the
required registration information,
including the polygon information
which a licensee can generate using
readily available software tools.
However, database administrators are
free to develop a user interface if they
choose. The Commission will also
require that white space database
administrators provide a means to
update or to remove and replace a
previous registration when it needs to
be updated or corrected. The
Commission will further require that
database administrators share on a daily
basis the data registered by 600 MHz
licensees, as they do for other services.
125. The Commission disagrees that
the requirement for 600 MHz service
licensees to notify the white space
database of the areas where they are
commencing operation is overly
burdensome or complicated. This
requirement does not diminish a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
licensee’s rights to provide service
anywhere in its licensed areas. It is
intended to ensure that licensees receive
the interference protection to which
they are entitled under the terms of their
license. The method the Commission is
adopting requires the submission of
only a minimal amount of information
to the database (geographic coordinates,
frequencies of operation, date of
commencement of operation, and
contact information), and this
information is well known to licensees.
600 MHz service licensees will need to
update this information as they
commence operations in additional
areas, but this is something that they
will need to do only when they increase
their coverage area. No additional
information will need to be submitted to
the white space database if a licensee
adds additional facilities within an area
that is already registered with the
database, since that entire area would
already be protected. The Commission
will work with the database
administrators as necessary to ensure
that this registration process works in an
efficient manner for all parties involved.
126. The Commission finds that the
safeguards associated with carriers’
provision of this information address
their concerns about competitively
sensitive information. 600 MHz service
licensees may provide certain
prescribed information—including
geographic coordinates specifying their
service area, frequencies of operation,
date of commencement of operation,
and contact information—to the white
space database administrator in order to
protect their operations from
interference from white space devices.
The licensees exercise significant
discretion as to when they make these
disclosures, and may choose to do so
directly before they commence
operations. The Commission also will
direct the database administrators not to
make information of the carriers’
operational areas publicly available. In
addition, database administrators are
prohibited from ‘‘us[ing] their capacity
as a database manager to engage in any
discriminatory or anti-competitive
practices or any practices that may
compromise the privacy of users.’’ The
Commission finds that the foregoing
factors mitigate concern over the
potential for anticompetitive use of 600
MHz service licensees’ deployment
information.
b. WMTS Location Information
127. The Commission will protect
registered WMTS operations on channel
37 from harmful interference from white
space devices operating on the same or
adjacent channels by requiring the
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
73061
unlicensed devices to comply with the
default separation distances that it is
adopting. The separation distances
specified in the rules are from the
perimeter of each health care facility or
from the combined perimeter of several
closely-spaced health care facilities. The
Commission will permit only the health
care facility that has registered with a
white space database to update its
record if any changes to the coordinates
that define its perimeter are warranted.
To implement the protection criteria,
the Commission will require that health
care facilities that operate WMTS
networks on channel 37 provide to a
white space database the following
information:
• Name and address of the health care
facility
• Name, address, phone number and
email address of a contact person
• Location of each facility where a
WMTS network is installed (i.e.,
multiple latitude and longitude
coordinates in NAD 83 that define the
perimeter of the facility)
128. The Commission concludes that
it cannot rely on the information in the
WMTS database to implement the
methodology it adopts for separation
distances because the WMTS database
does not in all cases have the geographic
location for each facility where a WMTS
network is installed, nor does it have
the coordinates that define the
perimeter of each facility. The
Commission staff will work with the
WMTS database coordinator and other
parties as necessary to develop a plan
for working with healthcare facilities to
register their information with the white
space databases.
129. Under the current rules, a
database administrator does not
function as a frequency coordinator and
thus is not responsible for resolving
interference claims. If there is a claim of
harmful interference, a database
administrator, upon request from the
Commission, must provide the white
space device’s identifying information.
If a device is found to be causing
harmful interference, the Commission
may then require that the party
responsible for the unlicensed device
take corrective actions or cease
operating the device until the
interference is resolved. If a
representative of the Commission is
unable to contact the person responsible
for a device that is causing harmful
interference, the Commission may
require the white space database to
return a message of ‘‘no channels
available’’ to the device at its next
scheduled re-check to shut it down until
the interference can be resolved. The
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
73062
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
Commission staff will work with the
WMTS database coordinator and other
parties as necessary to explore how
these procedures may be modified so
that a health care facility could notify
the database administrators to
immediately expand the protection zone
around its facility, effectively
suspending the operation of unlicensed
devices closer to its facility that could
be causing harmful interference until
the interference has been resolved.
c. RAS Location Information
130. The Commission will require the
databases administrators to modify their
databases to implement the polygonal
exclusion areas on channel 37 specified
above, which it believes should be
relatively easy to implement. The
database administrators will also be able
to easily accommodate the requirement
to protect the two single dish RAS
observatories by excluding white space
devices from operating within the
National Radio Quiet Zone at Green
Bank, WV and on the islands of Puerto
Rico, Desecheo, Mona, Vieques and
Culebra around the Arecibo observatory.
The Commission deletes from rule
§ 15.712(h)(3) the Allen Telescope Array
and the Very Large Array since they do
not receive signals in the TV bands or
the 600 MHz band.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
d. Canadian and Mexican Stations
131. The Commission makes no
change to the process by which it
receives information on Canadian TV
stations in the border areas that need to
be protected and passes the information
on to the white space database
administrators. Canada recently
finalized white space device rules but
has not yet authorized their use as no
databases have yet been approved.
Because the Commission has rules that
provide for registration and protection
of certain operations that are not in a
Commission database (e.g., cable
headends, BAS receive sites), an
efficient method for transferring this
data to Canadian database
administrators as well as passing such
information from Canada to U.S.
database administrators is needed to
ensure that such operations receive
interference protection. The
Commission will continue discussions
with its counterparts in Canada to
develop the most efficient procedures to
share registered entity information
among various databases and provide
information and procedures to the
database administrators as agreements
are reached. At such time that Mexico
develops white space device rules, the
Commission will engage with its
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
counterparts there to work out similar
arrangements.
removed from the database under this
provision but is later re-registered.
e. Private Land Mobile Radio Service
b. Unlicensed Wireless Microphone
Registration and Fees
135. The Commission will eliminate
the part 15 rule that permits unlicensed
wireless microphone users to register
their operating locations, channels and
times in the white space databases to
reserve channels for their use and to
protect these operations from possible
interference from white space devices.
This change will be effective 18 months
after the effective date of the rules but
in any event no later than the release of
the Channel Reassignment PN after the
conclusion of the incentive auction.
Unlicensed wireless microphones will
not be permitted to register channels for
protection in the TV bands, the 600
MHz guard bands or duplex gap, and
the 600 MHz service band.
136. In order for the database
administrators to provide unlicensed
wireless microphone users with
information about available frequencies
and required separation distances at the
location where they intend to operate,
the Commission will require that
microphone users register with a
database administrator and provide
their identifying information and
locations. Database administrators will
be permitted to charge a fee for
providing unlicensed microphone users
with information about available
frequencies and required separation
distances at the locations where they
intend to operate.
137. The Commission makes these
changes because in 2014 it expanded
eligibility for part 74 LPAS licenses to
include professional sound companies
and the owners and operators of large
venues that routinely use 50 or more
wireless microphones. The Commission
also makes these changes because it is
adopting new rules for unlicensed
wireless microphones that are
consistent with rules applicable to
white space devices in the 600 MHz
guard band, duplex gap and MHz
service band. Specifically, wireless
microphones will operate with similar
technical requirements to white space
devices (i.e., maximum power), operate
on a non-interference basis to
authorized services, and will be
required to access a database to
determine the available channels at
their location. The Commission finds
that it would be inequitable to continue
to provide interference protection to one
unlicensed user over another and it
would be unfair to licensed microphone
users because it would effectively
eliminate any distinction between
licensed and unlicensed microphone
132. The Commission is adopting its
proposal to modify the information
required to be included in the white
space database to protect PLMRS/CMRS
base stations in the TV bands that are
located more than 80 kilometers from
the geographic centers of the 13
metropolitan areas defined in
§ 90.303(a) of the rules. Specifically, it
is modifying § 15.713(h)(4) of the rules
to require the white space databases to
include the TV channel number on
which a PLMRS/CMRS base station
operates, and to remove the requirement
for the white space databases to include
the effective radiated power and
antenna height information for each
base station. The Commission finds that
the changes are needed to effectively
protect the PLMRS/CMRS and to avoid
the collection of unnecessary
information in the white space
databases.
2. Changes to Database Procedures
a. White Space Device Registration and
Fees
133. The Commission is adopting its
proposed requirement that fixed white
space devices must register with the
database if they operate in the 600 MHz
service band, the guard bands duplex
gap, or channel 37. It is also modifying
the rule that permits the white space
database administrators to charge a fee
for providing lists of available channels
to white space devices and registering
fixed white space devices to clearly
state that this rule applies to white
space devices that would operate in the
TV bands, the 600 MHz service band,
and the 600 MHz guard bands,
including the duplex gap, and channel
37. The Commission is taking these
actions for consistency with the current
part 15 rules which require that fixed
white space devices operating in the TV
bands must register with the white
space databases.
134. The Commission is also
modifying the rules to require that a
fixed white space device registration be
removed from the white space databases
if the device has not checked the
database for at least three months to
update its channel list. This rule will
help ensure the integrity of the white
space databases by requiring the
removal of entries for fixed devices that
are registered but are no longer in
operation. The Commission is also
clarifying that a database administrator
may charge a new registration fee for a
fixed white space device that is
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
users in gaining access to spectrum and
interference protection.
138. The purpose of the white space
database is two-fold: To protect
authorized services and facilities that
are entitled to interference protection
under the Commission’s rules, and to
identify for unlicensed devices channels
available for their use without causing
harmful interference to authorized
users. The database administrators incur
costs to not only maintain data but also
to calculate and provide lists of
available channels for unlicensed users.
Because both unlicensed white space
devices and unlicensed wireless
microphone users will benefit equally
from the information provided by the
databases, the Commission believes that
they should be equally responsible for
supporting the ongoing operation of the
databases. The database administrators
may charge fees to register fixed
unlicensed white space devices and to
provide lists of available channels to
white space devices. To enable
unlicensed wireless microphone users
to register with a database, the
Commission will require that they
provide a database administrator with
the same information that they have
provided to reserve a channel under
current rule § 15.713(h)(9), namely: (a)
Name of the individual or business that
owns the unlicensed wireless
microphone; (b) an address for the
contact person; (c) an email address for
the contact person; (d) a phone number
for the contact person; and (e)
coordinates where the device will be
used (latitude and longitude in NAD
83).
c. Frequency of White Space Device
Check Times and Databases Sharing
Registration Information
139. The Commission finds that
requiring all white space devices to recheck a database for a list of available
channels every twenty minutes as
proposed in the NPRM would
unnecessarily burden the database
administrators and white space device
users and is not necessary. The
Commission already has in place a
procedure whereby licensed wireless
microphone users can register with a
database and reserve channels for their
use well in advance of their intended
date of operation. The issue that needs
to be addressed is making channels
available for licensed wireless
microphone use for events that cannot
be anticipated, such as late-breaking
news events, within minutes or hours of
when they occur. When two vacant
channels above and below channel 37
are no longer available for exclusive use
by wireless microphones, licensed
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
wireless microphone users will have to
contact a database and request channels
for immediate use. The Commission
concludes that for these occasions, it
will require that database administrators
‘‘push’’ information to white space
devices in the area where the licensed
wireless microphones will be used,
notifying them of changes in channel
availability, rather than require all white
space devices to re-check a database
every twenty minutes. This approach
balances the needs of both white space
device and wireless microphone
proponents. It satisfies the objective of
the proposal to make spectrum available
for licensed wireless microphone use for
late-breaking events, but it does not
burden all white space users with
unnecessary frequent database rechecking in meeting this objective.
140. When a database administrator
receives a request for immediate access
to channels for licensed wireless
microphone use, the Commission will
require that the database administrators
share licensed wireless microphone’s
channel registration information among
themselves within ten minutes. The
Commission will also require that the
database administrators ‘‘push’’
information about changes in channel
availability for fixed and Mode II
personal/portable white space devices
within 20 minutes of receiving it,
identifying for the white space device
other vacant channels that it could use
instead. The database administrators
need to push this information only to
white space devices that are located
within the separation distances,
specified in rule § 15.712(f)(1), from the
location specified by the wireless
microphone registrant. To provide the
database administrators with sufficient
time to modify their systems, the
Commission will require their
compliance with these requirements 12
months after the effective date of these
new rules.
141. The Commission concludes that
requiring all white space devices in the
country to re-check channel availability
in their area every twenty minutes
would unnecessarily burden the white
space databases, drive up costs for
database management and white space
devices users, and is overly-broad in
satisfying the objective of the original
proposal to ensure that white space
devices clear a channel needed for
licensed wireless microphone users for
late-breaking events in a specific area.
The Commission also rejects the
suggestion to designate a few ‘‘fast
polling’’ channels because it could not
determine until after the post-auction
transition period which vacant channels
will be available for wireless
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
73063
microphones and white space devices in
any given area. Also, because only a few
channels would be designated for ‘‘fast
polling,’’ this approach is less flexible in
meeting the needs of wireless
microphone users for immediate access
to spectrum.
142. By adopting a requirement for
‘‘push’’ notifications to white space
devices of wireless microphone
registrations to enable more immediate
protection when reserving channels,
such as for late-breaking events, the
Commission concludes that it does not
need to eliminate § 15.711(b)(3)(iii)
which allows a white space device to
continue operating until 11:59 p.m. on
the following day if it cannot establish
contact with the database. The
Commission will continue to require
that white space devices re-check the
database at least once per day to obtain
the list of available TV channels at the
location where the device operates. This
way the channel lists they receive each
day will include those channels that
wireless microphone users reserve in
advance, and they will be able to
continue to operate on any of those
available channels unless they receive a
‘‘push’’ notification. The Commission
emphasizes that the ‘‘push’’ procedure
should only be used by wireless
microphone users when circumstances
prevent them from reserving vacant
channels in advance of their expected
use, because unnecessary and frequent
use of the ‘‘push’’ procedure would be
disruptive to broadband services being
provided by white space devices.
F. Equipment Certification and
Marketing
1. White Space Devices
143. The changes that the
Commission is adopting to require fixed
and Mode II personal/portable devices
to accept updated channel lists
‘‘pushed’’ by the database require
changes to devices that were previously
approved, since the method that a
device uses to communicate with the
database is a function of a device. Based
on the Commission’s experience with
certifying fixed white space devices and
testing white space databases prior to
permitting them to offer service, it
believes that this change can be
implemented through software updates
and no hardware changes, so only a
short transition time period is
necessary. Also, the Commission wants
these procedures in place well before
white space devices gain access to the
two vacant TV channels now reserved
for wireless microphone use, to reassure
licensed microphone users requiring
access to spectrum for late-breaking
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
73064
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
events. Accordingly, it is requiring that
devices for which a certification
application is filed beginning six
months after the effective date of the
rules comply with the new channel
push requirements. The Commission
will also require that within nine
months after the effective date of the
rules, all white space devices imported
and marketed within the United States
must comply with these requirements,
regardless of when they were certified.
It will further require that white space
devices that do not comply with the
new channel push requirements must
cease operating within one year of the
effective date of the rules.
2. Wireless Microphones
144. The Commission adopts
transition rules for the TV bands, the
guard bands (including the duplex gap),
and the 600 MHz service band that will
allow it to gradually phase out older
microphones and introduce new ones
that are compliant with the technical
rules for unlicensed and licensed
wireless microphones that it adopts in
this proceeding, and for licensed
wireless microphone that it adopts in
the Wireless Microphone R&O. The
Commission is aligning the transition
periods as closely as possible with the
post-auction transition schedule
because this will ensure compliance
with the post-auction 600 MHz Band
Plan and be less disruptive to wireless
microphone manufacturers and users.
145. Regarding unlicensed wireless
microphones, the Commission will
permit users of such equipment to
operate part 74 wireless microphones in
the TV bands under the waivers already
in place and in the 600 MHz service
band until they must cease those
operations no later than 39 months after
release of the Channel Reassignment
PN. Although these microphones are
certified as compliant with part 74
rules, the waiver requires that they be
operated consistent with the part 15
rules which the Commission is adopting
in this proceeding. Thus, their
continued use in the TV bands and in
the 600 MHz band during the postauction transition period is unlikely to
cause harmful interference to licensed
services.
146. The Commission will accept
applications to certify wireless
microphones under new Part 15 rules as
soon as those rules are effective, and
will require applications to certify
wireless microphones under new part
15 rules nine months after the release of
the Channel Reassignment PN or no
later than 24 months after the effective
date of the new rules, whichever occurs
first. The Commission will require that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
manufacturing and marketing of all
wireless microphones that would not
comply with the rules for operation in
the 600 MHz band cease 18 months after
release of the Channel Reassignment PN
or no later than 33 months after the
effective date of the new rules,
whichever occurs first. If a wireless
microphone is certified to operate in
any portion of the 600 MHz service
band, it may no longer be marketed or
operated after the specified cutoff dates
by an unlicensed wireless microphone
user, even if it could be tuned to operate
outside the 600 MHz service band.
147. The Commission recognizes that
it is important to provide manufacturers
with sufficient time to design new
products, obtain equipment
certification, and commence
manufacturing, and that it is equally
important to allow manufacturers to sell
existing devices that allow the public to
continue providing service until new
products are available in the
marketplace. The cutoff dates that the
Commission adopts for certification,
manufacturing and marketing of
wireless microphones appropriately
balance these two goals. Manufacturers
will not know what band plan they need
to design and manufacture to until after
the incentive auction is concluded, and
it would be unreasonable to require that
only certification applications
complying with the new rules be
accepted at the time the Channel
Reassignment PN is released. Broadcast
stations will be vacating the 600 MHz
band over a 39 month period after the
release of the Channel Reassignment
PN, and new wireless operations will be
built out gradually as broadcast stations
leave the band and most likely
continuing beyond the 39 month
transition period. It would be
unreasonable to cut off manufacturing
and marketing six months into the 39
month transition period since this
would deny the public access to devices
that would allow them to continue to
provide service. The Commission
concludes that the cutoff dates it has
chosen will encourage manufacturers to
concentrate on developing wireless
microphones that operate in compliance
with new rules and ensure that
manufacturers cease making and
marketing equipment that cannot be
legally used after a certain date.
148. The Commission is adopting
different transition rules for wireless
microphones in the 600 MHz service
band than for white space devices
because in the Incentive Auction R&O
the Commission decided that wireless
microphones would have a hard date for
ceasing operations in that band, but that
white space devices could continue
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
operating at locations where wireless
licenses have not commenced
operations. The Commission
understands that consumers may not
understand the need to forego the use of
equipment in the 600 MHz band that
could otherwise be used for many years,
but it had to balance this harm to
individual users against the need to
protect new wireless services from
harmful interference.
Procedural Matters
149. As required by the Regulatory
Flexibility Act of 1980, as amended
(RFA),1 an Initial Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis (IRFA) was incorporated in the
Notice of Proposed Rule Making
(NPRM).2 The Commission sought
written public comment on the
proposals in the NPRM, including
comment on the IRFA. This present
Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
(FRFA) conforms to the RFA.3
A. Need for, and Objectives of, the
Report and Order
150. The Report and Order maximizes
unlicensed white space devices’ access
to spectrum in the television
broadcasting band and the 600 MHz
band in a number of ways. It modifies
the Part 15 rules to permit fixed and
personal/portable devices to use TV
channels previously unavailable to them
while continuing to protect TV services
from harmful interference by adjusting
power limits, specifying separation
distances, and specifying antenna
heights. The Report and Order also
adopts technical rules for white space
device operations in the 600 MHz
band—including the duplex gap, guard
bands, repurposed 600 MHz band and
channel 37—by establishing power
limits and specifying frequency and
distance separations as needed to
protect authorized services in those
bands from harmful interference. White
space devices will continue to access
the white space databases for channel
assignments in the TV bands, as well as
in the 600 MHz band and channel 37.
The Report and Order also adopts rules
for unlicensed wireless microphones
1 See 5 U.S.C. 603. The RFA, see 5 U.S.C. 601
through 612, has been amended by the Small
Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of
1996 (SBREFA), Public Law 104–121, Title II, 110
Stat. 857 (1996).
2 See Amendment of part 15 of the Commission’s
Rules for Unlicensed Operations in the Television
Bands, Repurposed 600 MHz Guard Bands and
Duplex Gap, and Channel 37, and Amendment of
part 74 of the Commission’s Rules for Low Power
Auxiliary Stations in the Repurposed 600 MHz
Band and 600 MHz Duplex Gap; ET Docket No. 14–
165; Expanding the Economic and Innovation
Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive
Auctions, GN Docket No. 12–268.
3 See 5 U.S.C. 604.
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
operating in the TV bands, guard bands
and duplex, and for licensed wireless
microphones operating in the duplex
gap.
B. Summary of Significant Issues Raised
by Public Comments in Response to the
IRFA
151. There were no comments filed
that specifically addressed the rules and
policies proposed in the IRFA.
C. Response to Comments by the Chief
Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
Business Administration
152. Pursuant to the Small Business
Jobs Act of 2010, the Commission is
required to respond to any comments
filed by the Chief Counsel for Advocacy
of the Small Business Administration
(SBA), and to provide a detailed
statement of any change made to the
proposed rules as a result of those
comments. The Chief Counsel did not
file any comments in response to the
proposed rules in this proceeding.
D. Description and Estimate of the
Number of Small Entities to Which the
Rules Will Apply
153. The RFA directs agencies to
provide a description of, and where
feasible, an estimate of the number of
small entities that may be affected by
the proposed rules, if adopted.4 The
RFA generally defines the term ‘‘small
entity’’ as having the same meaning as
the terms ‘‘small business,’’ ‘‘small
organization,’’ and ‘‘small governmental
jurisdiction.’’ 5 In addition, the term
‘‘small business’’ has the same meaning
as the term ‘‘small business concern’’
under the Small Business Act.6 A
‘‘small business concern’’ is one which:
(1) Is independently owned and
operated; (2) is not dominant in its field
of operation; and (3) satisfies any
additional criteria established by the
Small Business Administration (SBA).7
154. Radio and Television
Broadcasting and Wireless
Communications Equipment
Manufacturing. The Census Bureau
defines this category as follows: ‘‘This
industry comprises establishments
primarily engaged in manufacturing
4 See
5 U.S.C. 603(b)(3).
5 U.S.C. 601(6).
6 See 5 U.S.C. 601(3) (incorporating by reference
the definition of ‘‘small-business concern’’ in the
Small Business Act, 15 U.S.C. 632). Pursuant to 5
U.S.C. 601(3), the statutory definition of a small
business applies ‘‘unless an agency, after
consultation with the Office of Advocacy of the
Small Business Administration and after
opportunity for public comment, establishes one or
more definitions of such term which are
appropriate to the activities of the agency and
publishes such definition(s) in the Federal
Register.’’
7 See 15 U.S.C. 632.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
5 See
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
radio and television broadcast and
wireless communications equipment.
Examples of products made by these
establishments are: Transmitting and
receiving antennas, cable television
equipment, GPS equipment, pagers,
cellular phones, mobile
communications equipment, and radio
and television studio and broadcasting
equipment.’’ 8 The SBA has developed a
small business size standard for Radio
and Television Broadcasting and
Wireless Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, which is: All such firms
having 750 or fewer employees.
According to Census Bureau data for
2007, there were a total of 939
establishments in this category that
operated for part or all of the entire year.
Of this total, 912 had less than 500
employees and 17 had more than 1000
employees.9 Thus, under that size
standard, the majority of firms can be
considered small.
155. Television Broadcasting. This
Economic Census category ‘‘comprises
establishments primarily engaged in
broadcasting images together with
sound. These establishments operate
television broadcasting studios and
facilities for the programming and
transmission of programs to the
public.’’ 10 The SBA has created the
following small business size standard
for Television Broadcasting firms: Those
having $38.5 million or less in annual
receipts.11 The Commission has
estimated the number of licensed
commercial television stations to be
1,388.12 In addition, according to
Commission staff review of the BIA
Advisory Services, LLC’s Media Access
Pro Television Database on March 28,
2012, about 950 of an estimated 1,300
commercial television stations (or
approximately 73 percent) had revenues
of $14 million or less.13 We therefore
estimate that the majority of commercial
8 The NAICS Code for this service 334220. See 13
CFR 121/201. See also https://factfinder.census.gov/
servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-fds_name=EC0700A1&geo_id=&-_skip=300&-ds_name=EC0731SG2&-_
lang=en.
9 See https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-fds_
name=EC0700A1&-_skip=4500&-ds_
name=EC0731SG3&-_lang=en.
10 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
515120 Television Broadcasting, (partial definition),
https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/
naicsrch?code=515120&search=2012 (last visited
May 6, 2014).
11 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 515120) (updated
for inflation in 2010).
12 See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station
Totals as of December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8,
2014), https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/
Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
13 We recognize that BIA’s estimate differs
slightly from the FCC total given.
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
73065
television broadcasters are small
entities.
156. We note, however, that in
assessing whether a business concern
qualifies as small under the above
definition, business (control) affiliations
must be included.14 Our estimate,
therefore, likely overstates the number
of small entities that might be affected
by our action because the revenue figure
on which it is based does not include or
aggregate revenues from affiliated
companies. In addition, an element of
the definition of ‘‘small business’’ is that
the entity not be dominant in its field
of operation. We are unable at this time
to define or quantify the criteria that
would establish whether a specific
television station is dominant in its field
of operation. Accordingly, the estimate
of small businesses to which rules may
apply does not exclude any television
station from the definition of a small
business on this basis and is therefore
possibly over-inclusive to that extent.
157. In addition, the Commission has
estimated the number of licensed
noncommercial educational (NCE)
television stations to be 396.15 These
stations are non-profit, and therefore
considered to be small entities.16
158. There are also 2,414 low power
television stations, including Class A
stations and 4,046 television translator
stations.17 Given the nature of these
services, we will presume that all of
these entities qualify as small entities
under the above SBA small business
size standard.
159. Manufacturers of unlicensed
devices. In the context of this FRFA,
manufacturers of Part 15 unlicensed
devices that are operated in the UHF–
TV band (channels 14–51) for wireless
data transfer fall into the category of
Radio and Television and Wireless
Communications Equipment
Manufacturing. The Census Bureau
defines this category as follows: ‘‘This
industry comprises establishments
primarily engaged in manufacturing
radio and television broadcast and
wireless communication equipment.
Examples of products made by these
establishments are: Transmitting and
receiving antennas, cable television
14 ‘‘[Business concerns] are affiliates of each other
when one concern controls or has the power to
control the other or a third party or parties controls
or has to power to control both.’’ 13 CFR
21.103(a)(1).
15 See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station
Totals as of December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8,
2014), https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/
Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
16 See generally 5 U.S.C. 601(4), (6).
17 See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station
Totals as of December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8,
2014), https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/
Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
73066
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
equipment, GPS equipment, pagers,
cellular phones, mobile
communications equipment, and radio
and television studio and broadcasting
equipment.’’ 18 The SBA has developed
the small business size standard for this
category as firms having 750 or fewer
employees.19 According to Census
Bureau data for 2007, there were a total
of 939 establishments in this category
that operated for the entire year.20 Of
this total, 912 had less than 500
employees and 17 had more than 1000
employees. Thus, under that size
standard, the majority of firms can be
considered small.
160. Radio Broadcasting. The SBA
defines a radio broadcast station as a
small business if such station has no
more than $38.5 million in annual
receipts.21 Business concerns included
in this industry are those ‘‘primarily
engaged in broadcasting aural programs
by radio to the public.’’ 22 According to
review of the BIA Publications, Inc.
Master Access Radio Analyzer Database
as of November 26, 2013, about 11,331
(or about 99.9 percent) of 11,341
commercial radio stations have
revenues of $35.5 million or less and
thus qualify as small entities under the
SBA definition. The Commission notes,
however, that, in assessing whether a
business concern qualifies as small
under the above definition, business
(control) affiliations 23 must be
included. This estimate, therefore, likely
overstates the number of small entities
that might be affected, because the
revenue figure on which it is based does
not include or aggregate revenues from
affiliated companies.
161. In addition, an element of the
definition of ‘‘small business’’ is that the
entity not be dominant in its field of
operation. The Commission is unable at
this time to define or quantify the
criteria that would establish whether a
specific radio station is dominant in its
field of operation. Accordingly, the
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
18 U.S.
Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
334220 Radio and Television Broadcasting and
Wireless Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/
sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334220&search=2012
(last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
19 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 334220).
20 U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3,
Manufacturing: Summary Series: General
Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors and
Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code
334220), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/
tableservices/jsf/pages/
productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3.
21 13 CFR 121.201, 2012 NAICS code 515112.
22 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
515112 Radio Broadcasting, https://
www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/
naicsrch?code=515112&search=2012 (last visited
Mar. 6, 2014).
23 See n.14.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
estimate of small businesses to which
rules may apply does not exclude any
radio station from the definition of a
small business on this basis and
therefore may be over-inclusive to that
extent. Also, as noted, an additional
element of the definition of ‘‘small
business’’ is that the entity must be
independently owned and operated.
The Commission notes that it is difficult
at times to assess these criteria in the
context of media entities and the
estimates of small businesses to which
they apply may be over-inclusive to this
extent.
162. Radio, Television, and Other
Electronics Stores. The Census Bureau
defines this economic census category
as follows: ‘‘This U.S. industry
comprises: (1) Establishments known as
consumer electronics stores primarily
engaged in retailing a general line of
new consumer-type electronic products
such as televisions, computers, and
cameras; (2) establishments specializing
in retailing a single line of consumertype electronic products; (3)
establishments primarily engaged in
retailing these new electronic products
in combination with repair and support
services; (4) establishments primarily
engaged in retailing new prepackaged
computer software; and/or (5)
establishments primarily engaged in
retailing prerecorded audio and video
media, such as CDs, DVDs, and
tapes.’’ 24 The SBA has developed a
small business size standard for
Electronic Stores, which is: All such
firms having $32.5 million or less in
annual receipts.25 According to Census
Bureau data for 2007, there were 11,358
firms in this category that operated for
the entire year.26 Of this total, 11,323
firms had annual receipts of under $25
million, and 35 firms had receipts of
$25 million or more but less than $50
million.27 Thus, the majority of firms in
this category can be considered small.
24 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions,
443142 Electronics, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/
sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=443142&search=2012
NAICS Search (last visited May 6, 2014).
25 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 443142.
26 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census,
Subject Series: Retail Trade, Estab & Firm Size:
Summary Statistics by Sales Size of Firms for the
United States: 2007, NAICS code 443142 (released
2010), https://www2.census.gov/econ2007/EC/
sector44/EC0744SSSZ4.zip (last visited May 7,
2014). Though the current small business size
standard for electronic store receipts is $30 million
or less in annual receipts, in 2007 the small
business size standard was $9 million or less in
annual receipts. In 2007, there were 11,214 firms in
this category that operated for the entire year. Of
this total, 10,963 firms had annual receipts of under
$5 million, and 251 firms had receipts of $5 million
or more but less than $10 million. Id.
27 Id. An additional 33 firms had annual receipts
of $50 million or more.
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E. Description of Projected Reporting,
Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance
Requirements for Small Entities
163. White space devices are
unlicensed devices that operate in the
TV bands at locations where frequencies
are not in use by licensed services.
These devices may be either fixed or
portable. Fixed devices may operate at
power levels up to four watts, and
portable devices operate at up to 100
milliwatts if they are outside the service
contours of adjacent channel TV
stations or 40 milliwatts within the
service contour of an adjacent channel
TV station. To prevent harmful
interference to broadcast television
stations and other authorized users of
these bands, white space devices must
obtain a list of available TV channels
that may be used at their location from
databases administered by private
entities selected by the Commission.
164. Wireless microphones also
operate in the TV bands. Certain entities
may be issued licenses under Subpart H
of part 74 of the rules to operate low
power auxiliary stations in the TV
bands. The Commission also allows the
operation of part 74 certified wireless
microphones in the VHF and UHF TV
bands on an unlicensed basis under a
waiver of the part 15 rules granted in
the 2010 TV Bands Wireless
Microphones R&O and Further NPRM.
165. In the Incentive Auction R&O,
the Commission decided to repurpose a
portion of the UHF TV spectrum for
licensed wireless services (the ‘‘600
MHz band’’). The Commission’s band
plan provides for a guard band between
television spectrum and 600 MHz
downlink services, a guard band
between 600 MHz uplink and downlink
services (a duplex gap), and guard bands
between 600 MHz downlink services
and channel 37. In the TV bands that are
repurposed for wireless services, the
Commission decided to allow white
space devices to continue operating
indefinitely in areas where a 600 MHz
band licensee has not commenced
operations, and to allow wireless
microphones to operate for 39 months
after release of a public notice
announcing channel reassignments as a
result of the incentive auction.
166. Most RF transmitting equipment,
including white space devices and
wireless microphones, must be
authorized through the certification
procedure. Certification is an equipment
authorization issued by the Commission
or by a designated TCB based on an
application and test data submitted by
the responsible party (e.g., the
manufacturer or importer). The Report
and Order does not change the
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
authorization procedure for white space
devices and wireless microphones.
However, it establishes new and
modified technical requirements for
white space devices and wireless
microphones, as well as certification,
marketing and operational cutoff dates
for certain equipment.
167. With regard to white space
devices, the Report and Order permits
their operation at lower power levels
and closer separation distances to TV
stations in all areas, and at higher power
with a greater separation distance from
TV stations in less congested areas. It
also permits the operation of white
space devices on additional channels
and frequencies where operation is not
currently permitted, including TV
channels 3 and 4 (fixed devices),
channels 14–20 (portable devices),
channel 37 (fixed and portable devices),
and the 600 MHz guard bands and
duplex gap (fixed and portable devices).
In addition, the Report and Order allows
for the operation of devices with less
precise geo-location capabilities. These
changes are permissive, meaning that
manufacturers of white space devices
may implement them in their
equipment, but are not required to do
so.
168. The Report and Order requires
that white space devices and databases
incorporate a ‘‘push’’ feature that allows
updated channel information to be sent
to a white space device in the event that
a previously available channel becomes
reserved for use by a wireless
microphone. White space devices for
which a certification application is filed
beginning six months after the effective
date of the rules must comply with the
new channel push requirement. The
Report and Order also requires that
within nine months after the effective
date of the rules, all white space devices
imported and marketed within the
United States must comply with these
requirements, regardless of when they
were certified. It further requires that
white space devices that do not comply
with the new channel push
requirements must cease operating
within one year of the effective date of
the rules.
169. With regard to unlicensed
wireless microphones, the Report and
Order establishes cutoff dates for the
certification, manufacturing and
marketing of unlicensed wireless
microphones in the TV bands, the guard
bands (including the duplex gap), and
the 600 MHz service band. It permits
unlicensed wireless microphone users
to continue to operate part 74 certified
wireless microphones in the TV bands
under waivers already in place and in
the 600 MHz service band until they
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
must cease those operations no later
than 39 months after release of the
Channel Reassignment PN. The
Commission will accept applications to
certify wireless microphones under new
part 15 rules as soon as those rules are
effective, and will require applicants to
certify wireless microphones under new
part 15 rules nine months after the
release of the Channel Reassignment
PN, or no later than 24 months after the
effective date of the new rules,
whichever occurs first. The Report and
Order also requires that manufacturing
and marketing of all wireless
microphones that would not comply
with the 600 MHz band cease 18 months
after release of the Channel
Reassignment PN or no later than 33
months after the effective date of the
new rules, whichever occurs first.
F. Steps Taken To Minimize the
Significant Economic Impact on Small
Entities, and Significant Alternatives
Considered
170. The RFA requires an agency to
describe any significant, specifically
small business, alternatives that it has
considered in reaching its proposed
approach, which may include the
following four alternatives (among
others): ‘‘(1) the establishment of
differing compliance or reporting
requirements or timetables that take into
account the resources available to small
entities; (2) the clarification,
consolidation, or simplification of
compliance and reporting requirements
under the rule for such small entities;
(3) the use of performance rather than
design standards; and (4) an exemption
from coverage of the rule, or any part
thereof, for such small entities.’’ 28
171. The rule changes adopted in the
Report and Order give greater flexibility
for fixed and personal/portable white
space device operation in the TV bands.
As noted above, the majority of these
changes are permissive, meaning that
manufacturers of white space devices
are not required to incorporate them
into previously approved equipment,
with the exception of the channel
‘‘push’’ requirement. The Commission
adopted this requirement as an
alternative to its proposal in the NPRM
to require that white space devices
check the database every 20 minutes to
determine which channels are available
for use. The Commission determined
that the push requirement would be less
burdensome on equipment
manufacturers, users, and white space
database administrators than a 20
minute re-check interval. This change
can be implemented in existing devices
28 See
PO 00000
5 U.S.C. 603(c)(1) through (c)(4).
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
73067
through a software update without
hardware changes, so only a short
transition time period is provided.
172. With regard to wireless
microphones, unlicensed users may
continue to use Part 74 certified
wireless microphones under an existing
waiver during the 39 month transition
period rather than using part 15
certified equipment. The Commission
took this action since manufacturers
need time to certify wireless
microphones under the new part 15
rules, and to permit users to continue
using their existing equipment until the
operational cutoff date previously
established by the Commission.
173. Incorporation by Reference. The
Office of Federal (OFR) recently revised
the regulations to require that agencies
must discuss in the preamble of the rule
ways that the materials the agency
incorporates by reference are reasonably
available to interested persons and how
interested parties can obtain the
materials. In addition, the preamble of
the rule must summarize the material. 1
CFR 51.5(b). In accordance with OFR’s
requirements, the discussion in this
section summarizes European
Telecommunications Standards Institute
(ETSI). Copies of ETSI are available free
of charge at www.etsi.org, or by
requesting the document by mail at the
following address: European
Telecommunications Standards
Institute, 650 Route des Lucioles, F–
06921 Sophia Antipolis Cedex, France,
or at https://www.etsi.org/deliver/etsi_en/
3004000_300499/30042201/01.04.02_
60/en_30042201v01010402p.pdf.
ETSI EN 300 422–1 V1.4.2 (2011–08):
Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio
spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless
microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz
frequency range; Part 1: Technical
characteristics and methods of measurement,
August 2011, IBR approved for § 15.236(g).
This standard requires wireless
microphones to meet certain emission
requirements which will protect
authorized services in adjacent bands
from harmful interference, and will
improve spectrum sharing by wireless
microphones.
174. Paperwork Reduction Act
Analysis. This document contains
modified information collection
requirements subject to the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), Public
Law 104–13. It will be submitted to the
Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) for review under section 3507(d)
of the PRA. OMB, the general public,
and other Federal agencies are invited to
comment on the new or modified
information collection requirements
contained in this proceeding. In
addition, we note that pursuant to the
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
73068
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of
2002, Public Law 107–198, see 44 U.S.C.
3506(c)(4), we previously sought
specific comment on how the
Commission might further reduce the
information collection burden for small
business concerns with fewer than 25
employees.
175. We have assessed the effects of
the policies adopted in this Report and
Order with regard to information
collection burdens on small business
concerns, and find that these policies
will benefit many companies with fewer
than 25 employees by providing
unlicensed white space devices and
unlicensed wireless microphones with
access to spectrum in the television
broadcasting band and the 600 MHz
band, while at the same time protecting
licensed users from harmful
interference. In addition, we have
described impacts that might affect
small businesses, which includes most
businesses with fewer than 25
employees, in the Final Regulatory
Flexibility Analysis.
176. Congressional Review Act. The
Commission will send a copy of this
Memorandum Opinion and Order in a
report to Congress and the Government
Accountability Office pursuant to the
Congressional Review Act, see 5 U.S.C.
801(a)(1)(A).
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Ordering Clauses
177. Pursuant to sections 4(i), 302,
303(e), 303(f), and 307 of the
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, and sections 6403 and 6407 of
the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job
Creation Act of 2012, Public Law 112–
96, 126 Stat. 156, 47 U.S.C. 154(i), 302,
303(e), 303(f), 307, 1452, and 1454, this
Report and Order is adopted.
178. Parts 2, 15, 27, 74 and 95 of the
Commission’s Rules, are amended, as
set forth in the Final Rules. These
revisions will be effective December 23,
2015 of this Report and Order, except
for §§ 15.713(b)(2)(iv) through (v),
15.713(j)(4), 15.713(j)(10), 15.713(j)(11),
15.715(n), 15.715(o), 15.715(p),
15.715(q), 27.1320 and 95.1111(d)
which contain new or modified
information collection requirements that
require approval by the OMB under the
PRA and will become effective after the
Commission publishes a notice
announcing such approval and the
relevant effective date.
179. The Commission’s Consumer and
Governmental Affairs Bureau, Reference
Information Center, shall send a copy of
the Report and Order, including the
Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, to
the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the
U.S. Small Business Administration.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
Communications equipment, Radio,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
MHz and shall be coordinated under the
requirements found in 47 CFR 95.1119.
2 White space devices shall not cause
harmful interference to radio astronomy
operations in the band 608–614 and shall not
operate within the areas described in 47 CFR
15.712(h).
47 CFR Part 15
*
Communications equipment,
Incorporation by reference, Radio,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
PART 15—RADIO FREQUENCY
DEVICES
List of Subjects
47 CFR Part 2
47 CFR Part 27
Communications equipment, Radio,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
47 CFR Part 74
Communications equipment, Radio,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
47 CFR Part 95
Communications equipment, Radio,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
Federal Communications Commission.
Marlene H. Dortch,
Secretary.
Final Rules
For the reasons discussed in the
preamble, the Federal Communications
Commission amends 47 CFR parts 2, 15,
27, 74, and 95 as follows:
PART 2—FREQUENCY ALLOCATIONS
AND RADIO TREATY MATTERS;
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. The authority citation for part 2
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, and
336, unless otherwise noted.
2. Section 2.106 is amended by
revising footnote US246 to the table of
allocations to read as follows:
■
§ 2.106
Table of Frequency Allocations.
*
*
*
*
*
US246 No station shall be authorized
to transmit in the following bands: 73–
74.6 MHz, 608–614 MHz, except for
medical telemetry equipment 1 and
white space devices,2 1400–1427 MHz,
1660.5–1668.4 MHz, 2690–2700 MHz,
4990–5000 MHz, 10.68–10.7 GHz,
15.35–15.4 GHz, 23.6–24 GHz, 31.3–
31.8 GHz, 50.2–50.4 GHz, 52.6–54.25
GHz, 86–92 GHz, 100–102 GHz, 109.5–
111.8 GHz, 114.25–116 GHz, 148.5–
151.5 GHz, 164–167 GHz, 182–185 GHz,
190–191.8 GHz, 200–209 GHz, 226–
231.5 GHz, 250–252 GHz.
1 Medical telemetry equipment shall not
cause harmful interference to radio
astronomy operations in the band 608–614
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
*
*
*
*
3. The authority citation for part 15
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 304,
307, 336, 544A, and 549.
4. Section 15.37 is amended by adding
paragraphs (i) and (j) to read as follows:
■
§ 15.37 Transition provisions for
compliance with the rules.
*
*
*
*
*
(i) Wireless microphones for which an
application for certification is filed
beginning nine months after the release
of the Channel Reassignment PN, as
defined in § 73.3700(a)(2) of this
chapter, or no later than December 26,
2017, whichever occurs first, must
comply with the requirements of
§ 15.236. Manufacturing and marketing
of wireless microphones that would not
comply with the rules for operation in
§ 15.236 of this part must cease 18
months after release of the Channel
Reassignment PN or no later than
September 24, 2018, whichever occurs
first. A wireless microphone that is
certified to operate in any portion of the
600 MHz service band as defined in
§ 15.236(a) may no longer be marketed
or operated after the specified cutoff
dates, even if it could be tuned to
operate on frequencies outside of this
band.
(j) White space devices for which a
certification application is filed
beginning June 23, 2016, must comply
with the channel push requirements in
§ 15.711(i) of this part. White space
devices that are imported or marketed
beginning September 23, 2016, must
comply with this requirement. White
space devices that do not comply with
this requirement must cease operation
no later than December 23, 2016.
■ 5. Section 15.38 is amended by
redesignating paragraphs (e) through (g)
as paragraphs (f) through (h) and by
adding a new paragraph (e) to read as
follows:
§ 15.38
Incorporation by reference.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) The following document is
available from the European
Telecommunications Standards
Institute, 650 Route des Lucioles, F–
06921 Sophia Antipolis Cedex, France,
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
or at https://www.etsi.org/deliver/etsi_en/
300400_300499/30042201/01.04.02_60/
en_30042201v010402p.pdf.
(1) ETSI EN 300 422–1 V1.4.2 (2011–
08): ‘‘Electromagnetic compatibility and
Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless
microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz
frequency range; Part 1: Technical
characteristics and methods of
measurement,’’ Copyright 2011, IBR
approved for § 15.236(g).
(2) [Reserved]
■ 6. Section 15.205 is amended by
adding paragraph (d)(10) to read as
follows:
§ 15.205
Restricted bands of operation.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(10) White space devices operating
under subpart H of this part are exempt
from complying with the requirements
of this section for the 608–614 MHz
band.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 7. Add § 15.236 to read as follows:
(2) 600 MHz duplex gap. An 11
megahertz guard band that separates
part 27 600 MHz service uplink and
downlink frequencies, in accordance
with the terms and conditions
established in GN Docket No. 12–268,
pursuant to section 6403 of the
Spectrum Act.
(3) 600 MHz guard bands. Designated
frequency bands that prevent
interference between licensed services
in the 600 MHz service band and either
the television bands or channel 37, in
accordance with the terms and
conditions established in GN Docket No.
12–268, pursuant to section 6403 of the
Spectrum Act.
(4) 600 MHz service band.
Frequencies that will be reallocated and
assigned for 600 MHz services pursuant
to part 27, in accordance with the terms
and conditions established in GN
Docket No. 12–268, pursuant to section
6403 of the Spectrum Act.
§ 15.236 Operation of wireless
microphones in the bands 54–72 MHz, 76–
88 MHz, 174–216 MHz, 470–608 MHz and
614–698 MHz.
Note to paragraphs (a)(2), (3) and (4): The
specific frequencies will be determined in
light of further proceedings pursuant to GN
Docket No. 12–268 and the rules will be
updated accordingly pursuant to a future
public notice.
(a) Definitions. The following
definitions apply in this section.
(1) Wireless Microphone. An
intentional radiator that converts sound
into electrical audio signals that are
transmitted using radio signals to a
receiver which converts the radio
signals back into audio signals that are
sent through a sound recording or
amplifying system. Wireless
microphones may be used for cue and
control communications and
synchronization of TV camera signals as
defined in § 74.801 of this chapter.
Wireless microphones do not include
auditory assistance devices as defined
in § 15.3(a) of this part.
(5) Spectrum Act. Title VI of the
Middle Class Tax Relief and Job
Creation Act of 2012 (Pub. L. 112–96).
(b) Operation under this section is
limited to wireless microphones as
defined in this section.
(c) Operation is permitted in the
following frequency bands.
(1) Channels allocated and assigned
for the broadcast television service. The
highest channel available will depend
on the outcome of the incentive auction.
(2) Frequencies in the 600 MHz
service band on which a 600 MHz
service licensee has not commenced
operations. Operation on these
frequencies must cease no later than the
73069
end of the post-auction transition period
as defined in § 27.4 of this chapter.
Operation must cease immediately if
harmful interference occurs to a 600
MHz service licensee.
(3) The upper six megahertz segment
of the 600 MHz duplex gap.
(4) The 600 MHz guard band between
television and 600 MHz service
downlink services, excluding the upper
one megahertz segment.
(5) The 600 MHz guard bands
adjacent to channel 37, excluding the
one megahertz segments furthest from
channel 37.
(6) Prior to operation in the
frequencies identified in paragraphs
(c)(2) through (5) of this section,
wireless microphone users shall rely on
the white space databases in part 15,
Subpart H to determine that their
intended operating frequencies are
available for unlicensed wireless
microphone operation at the location
where they will be used. Wireless
microphone users must register with
and check a white space database to
determine available channels prior to
beginning operation at a given location.
A user must re-check the database for
available channels if it moves to another
location.
(d) The maximum radiated power
shall not exceed the following values:
(1) In the bands allocated and
assigned for broadcast television and in
the 600 MHz service band: 50 mW EIRP
(2) In the 600 MHz guard bands
including the duplex gap: 20 mW EIRP
(e) Operation is limited to locations
separated from licensed services by the
following distances.
(1) Four kilometers outside the
following protected service contours of
co-channel TV stations.
Protected contour
Type of station
Contour
(dBu)
Channel
Analog: Class A TV, LPTV, translator and booster ..................................
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Digital: Full service TV, Class A TV, LPTV, translator and booster .........
Low VHF (2–6) ................................
High VHF (7–13) .............................
UHF (14–51) ....................................
Low VHF (2–6) ................................
High VHF (7–13) .............................
UHF (14–51) ....................................
(2) The following distances outside of
the area where a 600 MHz service
licensee has commenced operation.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
Propagation
curve
47
56
64
28
36
41
F(50,50)
F(50,50)
F(50,50)
F(50,90)
F(50,90)
F(50,90)
73070
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
Separation distance in
kilometers
Type of station
Co-channel
Base .........................................................................................................................................................................
Mobile ......................................................................................................................................................................
(f) The operating frequency within a
permissible band of operation as
defined in paragraph (c) must comply
with the following requirements.
(1) The frequency selection shall be
offset from the upper or lower band
limits by 25 kHz or an integral multiple
thereof.
(2) One or more adjacent 25 kHz
segments within the assignable
frequencies may be combined to form a
channel whose maximum bandwidth
shall not exceed 200 kHz. The operating
bandwidth shall not exceed 200 kHz.
(3) The frequency tolerance of the
carrier signal shall be maintained within
±0.005% of the operating frequency over
a temperature variation of ¥20 degrees
to +50 degrees C at normal supply
voltage, and for a variation in the
primary supply voltage from 85% to
115% of the rated supply voltage at a
temperature of 20 degrees C. Battery
operated equipment shall be tested
using a new battery.
(g) Emissions within the band from
one megahertz below to one megahertz
above the carrier frequency shall
comply with the emission mask in
Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300 422–1 V1.4.2
(2011–08) (incorporated by reference,
see § 15.38). Emissions outside this
band shall comply with the limit
specified at the edges of the ETSI mask.
8. Subpart H is revised to read as
follows:
■
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Subpart H—White Space Devices
Sec.
15.701 Scope.
15.703 Definitions.
15.705 Cross reference.
15.706 Information to the user.
15.707 Permissible channels of operation.
15.709 General technical requirements.
15.711 Interference avoidance methods.
15.712 Interference protection
requirements.
15.713 White space database.
15.714 White space database administration
fees.
15.715 White space database administrator.
15.717 White space devices that rely on
spectrum sensing.
§ 15.701
Scope.
This subpart sets forth the regulations
for unlicensed white space devices.
These devices are unlicensed
intentional radiators that operate on
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
available TV channels in the broadcast
television frequency bands, the 600
MHz band (including the guard bands
and duplex gap), and in 608–614 MHz
(channel 37).
§ 15.703
Definitions.
(a) 600 MHz duplex gap. An 11
megahertz frequency band that separates
part 27 600 MHz service uplink and
downlink frequencies, in accordance
with the terms and conditions
established in GN Docket No. 12–268,
pursuant to section 6403 of the
Spectrum Act.
(b) 600 MHz guard bands. Designated
frequency bands that prevent
interference between licensed services
in the 600 MHz service band and either
the television bands or channel 37, in
accordance with the terms and
conditions established in GN Docket No.
12–268, pursuant to section 6403 of the
Spectrum Act.
(c) 600 MHz service band.
Frequencies that will be reallocated and
assigned for 600 MHz band services
pursuant to part 27, in accordance with
the terms and conditions established in
GN Docket No. 12–268, pursuant to
section 6403 of the Spectrum Act.
Note to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c): The
specific frequencies will be determined in
light of further proceedings pursuant to GN
Docket No. 12–268 and the rules will be
updated accordingly pursuant to a future
public notice.
(d) Available channel. A channel
which is not being used by an
authorized service and is acceptable for
use by the device at its geographic
location under the provisions of this
subpart.
(e) Contact verification signal. An
encoded signal broadcast by a fixed or
Mode II device for reception by Mode I
devices to which the fixed or Mode II
device has provided a list of available
channels for operation. Such signal is
for the purpose of establishing that the
Mode I device is still within the
reception range of the fixed or Mode II
device for purposes of validating the list
of available channels used by the Mode
I device and shall be encoded to ensure
that the signal originates from the
device that provided the list of available
channels. A Mode I device may respond
only to a contact verification signal from
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
7
35
Adjacent
channel
0.2
31
the fixed or Mode II device that
provided the list of available channels
on which it operates. A fixed or Mode
II device shall provide the information
needed by a Mode I device to decode
the contact verification signal at the
same time it provides the list of
available channels.
(f) Fixed device. A white space device
that transmits and/or receives
radiocommunication signals at a
specified fixed location. A fixed device
may select channels for operation from
a list of available channels provided by
a white space database, and initiate and
operate a network by sending enabling
signals to one or more fixed devices
and/or personal/portable devices. Fixed
devices may provide to a Mode I
personal/portable device a list of
available channels on which the Mode
I device may operate, including
channels on which the Mode I device
but not the fixed device may operate.
(g) Geo-location capability. The
capability of a white space device to
determine its geographic coordinates
and geo-location uncertainty. This
capability is used with a white space
database approved by the FCC to
determine the availability of spectrum at
a white space device’s location.
(h) Less congested area. Geographic
areas where at least half of the TV
channels for the bands that will
continue to be allocated and assigned
only for broadcast service are unused for
broadcast and other protected services
and available for white space device
use. Less congested areas in the UHF TV
band are also considered to be less
congested areas in the 600 MHz service
band.
(i) Mode I personal/portable device. A
personal/portable white space device
that does not use an internal geolocation capability and access to a white
space database to obtain a list of
available channels. A Mode I device
must obtain a list of available channels
on which it may operate from either a
fixed white space device or Mode II
personal/portable white space device. A
Mode I device may not initiate a
network of fixed and/or personal/
portable white space devices nor may it
provide a list of available channels to
another Mode I device for operation by
such device.
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
(j) Mode II personal/portable device.
A personal/portable device that uses an
internal geo-location capability and
access to a white space database, either
through a direct connection to the
Internet or through an indirect
connection to the Internet by way of
fixed device or another Mode II device,
to obtain a list of available channels. A
Mode II device may select a channel
itself and initiate and operate as part of
a network of white space devices,
transmitting to and receiving from one
or more fixed devices or personal/
portable devices. A Mode II personal/
portable device may provide its list of
available channels to a Mode I personal/
portable device for operation on by the
Mode I device.
(k) Network initiation. The process by
which a fixed or Mode II white space
device sends control signals to one or
more fixed white space devices or
personal/portable white space devices
and allows them to begin
communications.
(l) Operating channel. An available
channel used by a white space device
for transmission and/or reception.
(m) Personal/portable device. A white
space device that transmits and/or
receives radiocommunication signals on
available channels at unspecified
locations that may change.
(n) Receive site. The location where
the signal of a full service television
station is received for rebroadcast by a
television translator or low power TV
station, including a Class A TV station,
or for distribution by a Multiple Video
Program Distributor (MVPD) as defined
in 47 U.S.C. 602(13).
(o) Sensing only device. A personal/
portable white space device that uses
spectrum sensing to determine a list of
available channels. Sensing only
devices may transmit on any available
channels in the frequency bands 512–
608 MHz (TV channels 21–36) and 614–
698 MHz (TV channels 38–51).
(p) Spectrum Act. Title VI of the
Middle Class Tax Relief and Job
Creation Act of 2012 (Pub. L. 112–96).
(q) Spectrum sensing. A process
whereby a white space device monitors
a television channel to detect whether
the channel is occupied by a radio
signal or signals from authorized
services.
(r) Television bands. The portions of
the broadcast television frequency
bands at 54–72 MHz (TV channels 2–4),
76–88 MHz (TV channels 5–6), 174–216
MHz (TV channels 7–13), 470–608 MHz
(channels 14–36) and 614–698 MHz
(channels 38–51) that will be allocated
and assigned to broadcast television
licensees consistent with the outcome of
the auction conducted pursuant to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
Expanding the Economic and
Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum
Through Incentive Auctions, Report and
Order, GN Docket No. 12–268 (FCC 14–
50) (rel. June 2, 2014). Channels 2–13
are in the VHF band, and channel 14–
51 are in the UHF band.
(s) White space database. A database
system approved by the Commission
that maintains records on authorized
services and provides lists of available
channels to white space devices and
unlicensed wireless microphone users.
§ 15.705
Cross reference.
(a) The provisions of subparts A, B,
and C of this part apply to white space
devices, except where specific
provisions are contained in this subpart.
(b) The requirements of this subpart
apply only to the radio transmitter
contained in the white space device.
Other aspects of the operation of a white
space device may be subject to
requirements contained elsewhere in
this chapter. In particular, a white space
device that includes a receiver that
tunes within the frequency range
specified in § 15.101(b) and contains
digital circuitry not directly associated
with the radio transmitter is also subject
to the requirements for unintentional
radiators in subpart B.
§ 15.706
Information to the user.
(a) In addition to the labeling
requirements contained in § 15.19, the
instructions furnished to the user of a
white space device shall include the
following statement, placed in a
prominent location in the text of the
manual:
This equipment has been tested and found
to comply with the rules for white space
devices, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC rules.
These rules are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful
interference. This equipment generates, uses
and can radiate radio frequency energy and,
if not installed and used in accordance with
the instructions, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications. If this
equipment does cause harmful interference
to radio or television reception, which can be
determined by turning the equipment off and
on, the user is encouraged to try to correct
the interference by one or more of the
following measures:
(1) Reorient or relocate the receiving
antenna.
(2) Increase the separation between the
equipment and receiver.
(3) Connect the equipment into an outlet
on a circuit different from that to which the
receiver is connected.
(4) Consult the manufacturer, dealer or an
experienced radio/TV technician for help.
(b) In cases where the manual is
provided only in a form other than
paper, such as on a computer disk or
over the Internet, the information
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
73071
required by this section may be
included in the manual in that
alternative form, provided the user can
reasonably be expected to have the
capability to access information in that
form.
§ 15.707 Permissible channels of
operation.
(a)(1) All white space devices are
permitted to operate on available
channels in the frequency bands 470–
698 MHz (TV channels 14–51), subject
to the interference protection
requirements in §§ 15.711 and 15.712,
except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of
this section.
(2) White space devices are not
permitted to operate on the first channel
above and below TV channel 37 (608–
614 MHz) that are available (i.e., not
occupied by an authorized service) until
June 23, 2017, but no later than release
of the Channel Reassignment Public
Notice upon completion of the
broadcast television spectrum incentive
auction, as defined in § 73.3700(a) of
this chapter. If a channel is not available
both above and below channel 37,
operation is prohibited on the first two
channels nearest to channel 37. These
channels will be identified and
protected in the white space database(s).
(3) 600 MHz guard band. In the 600
MHz guard band between television and
600 MHz service downlink bands, white
space devices may only operate
immediately adjacent to the television
band with a maximum bandwidth of 6
megahertz. White space devices are
prohibited from operating in the three
megahertz segment adjacent to the 600
MHz service band.
(4) 600 MHz duplex gap. In the 600
MHz duplex gap, white space devices
shall only operate in the 6 megahertz
segment immediately adjacent to the
600 MHz service uplink band.
(5) 600 MHz service band. White
space devices may operate on
frequencies in the 600 MHz service
band in areas where 600 MHz band
licensees have not commenced
operations, as defined in part 27 of this
chapter.
(6) Channel 37 guard band. White
space devices are not permitted to
operate in either three megahertz
segment above or below channel 37 if
that spectrum is adjacent to the 600
MHz service band.
(b) Only fixed white space devices
that communicate only with other fixed
white space devices may operate on
available channels in the bands 54–72
MHz (TV channels 2–4), 76–88 MHz
(TV channels 5 and 6), and 174–216
MHz (TV channels 7–13), subject to the
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
73072
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
interference protection requirements in
§§ 15.711 and 15.712.
§ 15.709
General technical requirements.
(a) Radiated power limits. The
maximum white space device EIRP per
6 MHz shall not exceed the limits of
paragraphs (a)(2) through (4) of this
section.
(1) General requirements. (i) White
space devices may be required to
operate with less power than the
maximum permitted to meet the cochannel and adjacent channel
separation requirements of § 15.712 of
this part.
(ii) Mode I personal/portable devices
are limited to 40 mW, if the white space
device that controls it is limited to 40
mW.
(2) TV bands and 600 MHz service
band. (i) Fixed devices: Up to 4 W (36
dBm) EIRP, and up to 10 W (40 dBm)
EIRP in less congested areas in the TV
bands and 600 MHz service band at
locations where they meet the cochannel and adjacent channel
separation distances of §§ 15.712(a)(2)
and 15.712(i) of this part, respectively.
Operation in the 602–620 MHz band is
limited to a maximum of 4 W (36 dBm)
EIRP.
(ii) Personal/Portable devices: Up to
100 mW (20 dBm) EIRP.
(3) 608–614 MHz band (channel 37).
(i) Fixed devices: Up to 4 W (36 dBm)
EIRP.
(ii) Personal/Portable devices: Up to
100 mW (20 dBm) EIRP.
Conducted power limit 1
(6 MHz)
EIRP (6 MHz)
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
(40 mW) ................................................
(100 mW) ..............................................
(250 mW) ..............................................
(625 mW) ..............................................
(1600 mW) ............................................
(4000 mW) ............................................
(10000 mW) ..........................................
10
14
18
22
26
30
30
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
(4) 600 MHz duplex gap and guard
bands. Up to 40 mW (16 dBm) EIRP.
(b) Technical limits—(1) Fixed white
space devices. (i) Technical limits for
fixed white space devices are shown in
the table and subject to the requirements
of this section.
(ii) For operation at EIRP levels of 36
dBm (4000 mW) or less, fixed white
space devices may operate at EIRP
levels between the values shown in the
table provided that the conducted
power and the conducted power
spectral density (PSD) limits are linearly
interpolated between the values shown
and the adjacent channel emission limit
of the higher value shown in the table
is met. Operation at EIRP levels above
36 dBm (4000 mW) shall follow the
requirements for 40 dBm (10,000 mW).
Conducted PSD limit
(100 kHz)
¥7.4
¥3.4
0.6
4.6
8.6
12.6
12.6
(10 mW) ................................................
(25 mW) ................................................
(63 mW) ................................................
(158 mW) ..............................................
(400 mW) ..............................................
(1000 mW) ............................................
(1000 mW) ............................................
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
Conducted
adjacent channel
emission limit
(100 kHz)
¥62.8
¥58.8
¥54.8
¥50.8
¥46.8
¥42.8
¥42.8
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
1 The conducted power spectral density from a fixed white space device shall not be greater than the values shown in the table when measured in any 100 kHz band during any time interval of continuous transmission, except that a 40 mW fixed white space device operating in a four
megahertz channel within a seven megahertz guard band must comply with a conducted power spectral density limit of ¥5.4 dBm.
(2) Personal/Portable white space
devices. Technical limits for personal/
portable white space devices are shown
in the table and subject to the
requirements of this section.
Radiated PSD
limit EIRP 1
(100 kHz)
EIRP
(6 MHz)
¥1.4 dBm
2.6 dBm
16 dBm (40 mW) .................................................................................................................................
20 dBm (100 mW) ...............................................................................................................................
Radiated adjacent
channel emission
limit EIRP
(100 kHz)
¥56.8 dBm
¥52.8 dBm
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
1 The radiated power spectral density from a personal/portable white space device shall not be greater than the values shown in the table
when measured in any 100 kHz band during any time interval of continuous transmission, except that a 40 mW white space device operating in
a four megahertz channel within a seven megahertz guard band must comply with a radiated power spectral density limit of 0.6 dBm.
(3) Sensing-only devices. Sensing-only
white space devices are limited to 17
dBm (50 mW) EIRP and are subject to
the requirements of this paragraph and
of § 15.717 of this part.
(i) Radiated PSD limit: ¥0.4 dBm
EIRP.
(ii) Adjacent channel emission limit:
¥55.8 dBm EIRP.
(c) Conducted power limits. (1) The
conducted power, PSD and adjacent
channel limits for fixed white space
devices operating at up to 36 dBm (4000
milliwatts) EIRP shown in the table in
paragraph (b)(1) of this section are based
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
on a maximum transmitting antenna
gain of 6 dBi. If transmitting antennas of
directional gain greater than 6 dBi are
used, the maximum conducted output
power shall be reduced by the amount
in dB that the directional gain of the
antenna exceeds 6 dBi.
(2) The conducted power, PSD and
adjacent channel limits for fixed white
space devices operating at greater than
36 dBm (4000 milliwatts) EIRP shown
in the table in paragraph (b)(1) of this
section are based on a maximum
transmitting antenna gain of 10 dBi. If
transmitting antennas of directional gain
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
greater than 10 dBi are used, the
maximum conducted output power
shall be reduced by the amount in dB
that the directional gain of the antenna
exceeds 10 dBi.
(3) Maximum conducted output
power is the total transmit power over
the occupied bandwidth delivered to all
antennas and antenna elements
averaged across all symbols in the
signaling alphabet when the transmitter
is operating at its maximum power
level. Power must be summed across all
antennas and antenna elements. The
average must not include any time
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
intervals during which the transmitter is
off or is transmitting at a reduced power
level. If multiple modes of operation are
possible (e.g., alternative modulation
methods), the maximum conducted
output power is the highest total
transmit power occurring in any mode.
(4) White space devices connected to
the AC power line are required to
comply with the conducted limits set
forth in § 15.207.
(d) Emission limits. (1) The adjacent
channel emission limits shown in the
tables in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this
section apply in the six megahertz
channel immediately adjacent to each
white space channel or group of
contiguous white space channels in
which the white space device is
operating.
(2) At frequencies beyond the six
megahertz channel immediately
adjacent to each white space channel or
group of contiguous white space
channels in which the white space
device is operating the white space
device shall meet the requirements of
§ 15.209.
(3) Emission measurements in the
adjacent bands shall be performed using
a minimum resolution bandwidth of 100
kHz with an average detector. A
narrower resolution bandwidth may be
employed near the band edge, when
necessary, provided the measured
energy is integrated to show the total
power over 100 kHz.
(e) Transmit power control. White
space devices shall incorporate transmit
power control to limit their operating
power to the minimum necessary for
successful communication. Applicants
for equipment certification shall include
a description of the device’s transmit
power control feature mechanism.
(f) Security. White space devices shall
incorporate adequate security measures
to prevent the devices from accessing
databases not approved by the FCC and
to ensure that unauthorized parties
cannot modify the device or configure
its control features to operate in a
manner inconsistent with the rules and
protection criteria set forth in this
subpart.
(g) Antenna requirements—(1) Fixed
white space devices—(i) Above ground
level. The transmit antenna height shall
not exceed 30 meters above ground
level, except that the antenna height
may not exceed 10 meters above ground
level for fixed white space devices
operating in the TV bands or guard band
at 40 mW EIRP or less or operating
across multiple contiguous TV channels
at 100 mW EIRP or less.
(ii) Height above average terrain
(HAAT). The transmit antenna shall not
be located where the height above
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
average terrain is more than 250 meters.
The HAAT is to be calculated by the
white space database using the
methodology in § 73.684(d) of this
chapter.
(2) Personal/portable white space
devices. Personal/portable devices shall
have permanently attached transmit and
receive antenna(s).
(3) Sensing-only white space devices
operating under the provisions of
§ 15.717 of this subpart. (i) The
provisions of § 15.204(c)(4) do not apply
to an antenna used for transmission and
reception/spectrum sensing.
(ii) Compliance testing for white
space devices that incorporate a
separate sensing antenna shall be
performed using the lowest gain
antenna for each type of antenna to be
certified.
(h) Compliance with radio frequency
exposure requirements—(1) Fixed white
space devices. To ensure compliance
with the Commission’s radio frequency
exposure requirements in §§ 1.1307(b),
2.1091 and 2.1093 of this chapter, fixed
white space devices shall be
accompanied by instructions on
measures to take to ensure that persons
maintain a distance of at least 40 cm
from the device, as well as any
necessary hardware that may be needed
to implement that protection. These
instructions shall be submitted with the
application for certification.
(2) Personal/portable white space
devices. Personal/portable white space
devices that meet the definition of
portable devices under § 2.1093 of this
chapter and that operate with a sourcebased time-averaged output of less than
20 mW will not be subject to routine
evaluation for compliance with the
radio frequency exposure guidelines in
§§ 1.1307(b), 2.1091, and 2.1093 of this
chapter, while devices that operate with
a source-based time-average output
power greater than 20 mW will be
subject to the routine evaluation
requirements.
§ 15.711
Interference avoidance methods.
Except as provided in § 15.717 of this
part, channel availability for a white
space device is determined based on the
geo-location and database access
method described in paragraphs (a)
through (e) of this section.
(a) Geo-location required. White space
devices shall rely on a geo-location
capability and database access
mechanism to protect the following
authorized service in accordance with
the interference protection requirements
of § 15.712: digital television stations,
digital and analog Class A, low power,
translator and booster stations;
translator receive operations; fixed
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
73073
broadcast auxiliary service links; private
land mobile service/commercial radio
service (PLMRS/CMRS) operations;
offshore radiotelephone service; low
power auxiliary services authorized
pursuant to §§ 74.801 through 74.882 of
this chapter, including licensed wireless
microphones; MVPD receive sites;
wireless medical telemetry service
(WMTS); radio astronomy service
(RAS); 600 MHz service band licensees
where they have commenced
operations; and unlicensed wireless
microphones used by venues of large
events and productions/shows as
provided under § 15.713(j)(9). In
addition, protection shall be provided in
border areas near Canada and Mexico in
accordance with § 15.712(g).
(b) Geo-location requirement—(1)
Accuracy. Fixed white space devices
that incorporate a geo-location
capability and Mode II devices shall
determine their location and their geolocation uncertainty (in meters), with a
confidence level of 95%.
(2) Reference datum. All geographic
coordinates shall be referenced to the
North American Datum of 1983 (NAD
83).
(c) Requirements for fixed white space
devices. (1) The geographic coordinates
and antenna height above ground level
of a fixed white space device shall be
determined at the time of installation
and first activation from a power-off
condition by either an incorporated geolocation capability or a professional
installer. This information may be
stored internally in the white space
device. In the case of professional
installation, the party who registers the
fixed white space device in the database
will be responsible for assuring the
accuracy of the entered coordinates and
antenna height. If a fixed white space
device is moved to another location or
if its stored coordinates become altered,
the operator shall re-establish the
device’s:
(i) Geographic location and antenna
height above ground level and store this
information in the white space device
either by means of the device’s
incorporated geo-location capability or
through the services of a professional
installer; and
(ii) Registration with the database
based on the device’s new coordinates
and antenna height above ground level.
(2)(i) Each fixed white space device
must access a white space database over
the Internet to determine the available
channels and the corresponding
maximum permitted power for each
available channel that is available at its
geographic coordinates, taking into
consideration the fixed device’s antenna
height above ground level and geo-
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
73074
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
location uncertainty, prior to its initial
service transmission at a given location.
(ii) Operation is permitted only on
channels and at power levels that are
indicated in the database as being
available for each white space device.
Operation on a channel must cease
immediately or power must be reduced
to a permissible level if the database
indicates that the channel is no longer
available at the current operating level.
(iii) Each fixed white space devices
shall access the database at least once a
day to verify that the operating channels
continue to remain available. Each fixed
white space device must adjust its use
of channels in accordance with channel
availability schedule information
provided by its database for the 48-hour
period beginning at the time the device
last accessed the database for a list of
available channels.
(iv) Fixed devices without a direct
connection to the Internet: A fixed
white space device may not operate on
channels provided by a white space
database for another fixed device. A
fixed white space device that has not yet
been initialized and registered with a
white space database consistent with
§ 15.713 of this part, but can receive the
transmissions of another fixed white
space device, may transmit to that other
fixed white space device on either a
channel that the other white space
device has transmitted on or on a
channel which the other white space
device indicates is available for use to
access the database to register its
location and receive a list of channels
that are available for it to use.
Subsequently, the newly registered
fixed white space device must only use
the channels that the database indicates
are available for it to use.
(d) Requirements for Mode II
personal/portable white space devices.
(1) The geographic coordinates of a
Mode II personal/portable white space
device shall be determined by an
incorporated geo-location capability
prior to its initial service transmission at
a given location and each time the
device is activated from a power-off
condition to determine the available
channels and the corresponding
maximum permitted power for each
available channel at its geographic
coordinates, taking into consideration
the device’s geo-location uncertainty.
The location must be checked at least
once every 60 seconds while in
operation, except while in sleep mode,
i.e., in a mode in which the device is
inactive but is not powered-down.
(2) Each Mode II personal/portable
white space device must access a white
space database over the Internet to
obtain a list of available channels for its
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
location. The device must access the
database for an updated available
channel list if its location changes by
more than 100 meters from the location
at which it last established its available
channel list.
(3) Operation is permitted only on
channels and at power levels that are
indicated in the database as being
available for the Mode II personal/
portable white space device. Operation
on a channel must cease immediately or
power must be reduced to a permissible
level if the database indicates that the
channel is no longer available at the
current operating level.
(4) A Mode II personal/portable white
space device that has been in a powered
state shall re-check its location and
access the database daily to verify that
the operating channel(s) and
corresponding power levels continue to
be available. Mode II personal/portable
devices must adjust their use of
channels and power levels in
accordance with channel availability
schedule information provided by their
database for the 48-hour period
beginning at the time of the device last
accessed the database for a list of
available channels.
(5) A Mode II personal/portable
device may load channel availability
information for multiple locations, (i.e.,
in the vicinity of its current location)
and use that information to define a
geographic area within which it can
operate on the same available channels
at all locations. For example a Mode II
personal/portable white space device
could calculate a bounded area in which
a channel or channels are available at all
locations within the area and operate on
a mobile basis within that area. A Mode
II white space device using such
channel availability information for
multiple locations must contact the
database again if/when it moves beyond
the boundary of the area where the
channel availability data is valid.
(e) Requirements for Mode I personal/
portable white space devices. (1) A
Mode I personal/portable white space
device may only transmit upon
receiving a list of available channels
from a fixed or Mode II white space
device. A fixed or Mode II white space
device may provide a Mode I device
with a list of available channels only
after it contacts its database, provides
the database the FCC Identifier (FCC ID)
of the Mode I device requesting
available channels, and receives
verification that the FCC ID is valid for
operation.
(2) A Mode II device must provide a
list of channels to the Mode I device
that is the same as the list of channels
available to the Mode II device.
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(3) A fixed device may provide a list
of available channels to a Mode I device
only if the fixed device HAAT as
verified by the white space database
does not exceed 106 meters. The fixed
device must provide a list of available
channels to the Mode I device that is the
same as the list of channels available to
the fixed device, except that a Mode I
device may operate only on those
channels that are permissible for its use
under § 15.707 of this part. A fixed
device may also obtain from a white
space database and provide to a Mode
I personal/portable white space device,
a separate list of available channels that
includes adjacent channels available to
a Mode I personal/portable white space
device, but not a fixed white space
device.
(4) To initiate contact with a fixed or
Mode II device, a Mode I device may
transmit on an available channel used
by the fixed or Mode II white space
device or on a channel the fixed or
Mode II white space device indicates is
available for use by a Mode I device. At
least once every 60 seconds, except
when in sleep mode (i.e., a mode in
which the device is inactive but is not
powered-down), a Mode I device must
either receive a contact verification
signal from the Mode II or fixed white
space device that provided its current
list of available channels or contact a
Mode II or fixed white space device to
re-verify/re-establish channel
availability. A Mode I device must cease
operation immediately if it does not
receive a contact verification signal or is
not able to re-establish a list of available
channels through contact with a fixed or
Mode II device on this schedule. If a
fixed or Mode II white space device
loses power and obtains a new channel
list, it must signal all Mode I devices it
is serving to acquire and use a new
channel list.
(f) Display of available channels. A
white space device must incorporate the
capability to display a list of identified
available channels and its operating
channels.
(g) Identifying information. Fixed
white space devices shall transmit
identifying information. The
identification signal must conform to a
standard established by a recognized
industry standards setting organization.
The identification signal shall carry
sufficient information to identify the
device and its geographic coordinates.
(h) Continuing operation. If a fixed or
Mode II personal/portable white space
device fails to successfully contact the
white space database during any given
day, it may continue to operate until
11:59 p.m. of the following day at which
time it must cease operations until it re-
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
73075
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
establishes contact with the white space
database and re-verifies its list of
available channels.
(i) Push notifications. White space
device manufacturers and database
administrators must implement the
push notification requirements of
paragraphs (i)(1) and (2) of this section,
and may also implement a system that
pushes additional updated channel
availability information from the
database to white space devices.
(1) In response to a request for
immediate access to a channel by a
licensed wireless microphone user,
white space database administrators are
required to share the licensed
microphone channel registration
information to all other white space
database administrators within 10
minutes of receiving each wireless
microphone registration.
(2) White space database
administrators shall push updated
available channel lists to fixed and
Mode II personal/portable white space
devices within 20 minutes of receiving
the notification required by paragraph
(i)(1) of this section. The information
need only be pushed to white space
devices that are located within the
separation distances, specified in
§ 15.712(f) of this part, for each licensed
wireless microphone registration
received.
(3) White space database
administrators must update their
systems to comply with these
requirements no later than December 23,
2016.
(j) Security. (1) White space devices
shall incorporate adequate security
measures to ensure that they are capable
of communicating for purposes of
obtaining lists of available channels
only with databases operated by
administrators authorized by the
Commission, and to ensure that
communications between white space
devices and databases are secure to
prevent corruption or unauthorized
interception of data. This requirement
includes implementing security for
communications between Mode I
personal portable devices and fixed or
Mode II devices for purposes of
providing lists of available channels.
This requirement applies to
communications of channel availability
and other spectrum access information
between the databases and fixed and
Mode II devices (it is not necessary for
white space devices to apply security
coding to channel availability and
channel access information where they
are not the originating or terminating
device and that they simply pass
through).
(2) Communications between a Mode
I device and a fixed or Mode II device
for purposes of obtaining a list of
available channels shall employ secure
methods that ensure against corruption
or unauthorized modification of the
data. When a Mode I device makes a
request to a fixed or Mode II device for
a list of available channels, the receiving
device shall check with the white space
database that the Mode I device has a
valid FCC Identifier before providing a
list of available channels. Contact
verification signals transmitted for
Mode I devices are to be encoded with
encryption to secure the identity of the
transmitting device. Mode I devices
using contact verification signals shall
accept as valid for authorization only
the signals of the device from which
they obtained their list of available
channels.
(3) A white space database shall be
protected from unauthorized data input
or alteration of stored data. To provide
this protection, the white space database
administrator shall establish
communications authentication
procedures that allow fixed and Mode II
white space devices to be assured that
the data they receive is from an
authorized source.
(4) Applications for certification of
white space devices shall include a high
level operational description of the
technologies and measures that are
incorporated in the device to comply
with the security requirements of this
section. In addition, applications for
certification of fixed and Mode II white
space devices shall identify at least one
of the white space databases operated by
a designated white space database
administrator that the device will access
for channel availability and affirm that
the device will conform to the
communications security methods used
by that database.
§ 15.712 Interference protection
requirements.
The separation distances in this
section apply to fixed and personal/
portable white space devices with a
location accuracy of ±50 meters. These
distances must be increased by the
amount that the location uncertainty of
a white space device exceeds ±50
meters.
(a) Digital television stations, and
digital and analog Class A TV, low
power TV, TV translator and TV booster
stations—(1) Protected contour. White
space devices must protect digital and
analog TV services within the contours
shown in the following table. These
contours are calculated using the
methodology in § 73.684 of this chapter
and the R–6602 curves contained in
§ 73.699 of this chapter.
Protected contour
Type of station
Contour
(dBu)
Channel
Analog: Class A TV, LPTV, translator and booster ..................................
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Digital: Full service TV, Class A TV, LPTV, translator and booster .........
(2) Required separation distance.
White space devices must be located
outside the contours indicated in
paragraph (a)(1) of this section of cochannel and adjacent channel stations
by at least the minimum distances
specified in the following tables.
(i) If a device operates between two
defined power levels, it must comply
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
Low VHF (2–6) ................................
High VHF (7–13) .............................
UHF (14–69) ....................................
Low VHF (2–6) ................................
High VHF (7–13) .............................
UHF (14–51) ....................................
with the separation distances for the
higher power level.
(ii) White space devices operating at
40 mW EIRP or less are not required to
meet the adjacent channel separation
distances.
(iii) Fixed white space devices
operating at 100 mW EIRP or less per 6
megahertz across multiple contiguous
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Propagation
curve
47
56
64
28
36
41
F(50,50)
F(50,50)
F(50,50)
F(50,90)
F(50,90)
F(50,90)
TV channels with at least 3 megahertz
separation between the frequency band
occupied by the white space device and
adjacent TV channels are not required to
meet the adjacent channel separation
distances.
(iv) Fixed white space devices may
only operate above 4 W EIRP in less
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
73076
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
congested areas as defined in
§ 15.703(h).
MODE II PERSONAL/PORTABLE WHITE SPACE DEVICES
Required separation in kilometers from co-channel digital
or analog TV (full service or
low power) protected contour
16 dBm
(40 mW)
Communicating with Mode II or Fixed device .........................................................................................................
Communicating with Mode I device ........................................................................................................................
20 dBm
(100 mW)
1.3
2.6
1.7
3.4
FIXED WHITE SPACE DEVICES
Antenna height above
average terrain of unlicensed devices
(meters)
Required separation in kilometers from co-channel digital or analog TV (full service or low power) protected contour *
16 dBm
(40 mW)
Less than 3 ..................
3–10 .............................
10–30 ...........................
30–50 ...........................
50–75 ...........................
75–100 .........................
100–150 .......................
150–200 .......................
200–250 .......................
20 dBm
(100 mW)
1.3
2.4
4.2
5.4
6.6
7.7
9.4
10.9
12.1
1.7
3.1
5.1
6.5
7.9
9.2
11.1
12.7
14.3
24 dBm
(250 mW)
28 dBm
(625 mW)
2.1
3.8
6.0
7.7
9.4
10.9
13.2
15.8
18.2
32 dBm
(1600 mW)
2.7
4.8
7.1
9.2
11.1
12.8
16.5
19.5
22.0
3.3
6.1
8.9
11.5
13.9
17.2
21.4
24.7
27.3
36 dBm
(4 W)
40 dBm
(10 W)
4.0
7.3
11.1
14.3
18.0
21.1
25.3
28.5
31.2
4.5
8.5
13.9
19.1
23.8
27.2
32.3
36.4
39.5
* When communicating with Mode I personal/portable white space devices, the required separation distances must be increased beyond the
specified distances by 1.3 kilometers if the Mode I device operates at power levels no more than 40 mW EIRP or 1.7 kilometers if the Mode I device operates at power levels above 40 mW EIRP.
PERSONAL/PORTABLE WHITE SPACE DEVICES
Required separation in kilometers from adjacent channel
digital or analog TV (full service or low power) protected
contour
20 dBm (100 mW)
Communicating with Mode II or Fixed device ...........................................................................................................
Communicating with Mode I device ..........................................................................................................................
0.1
0.2
FIXED WHITE SPACE DEVICES
Required separation in kilometers from adjacent channel digital or analog TV (full service or low
power) protected contour >*
Antenna height above average terrain of
unlicensed devices (meters)
20 dBm
(100 mW)
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Less than 3 ..............................................
3–10 .........................................................
10–30 .......................................................
30–50 .......................................................
50–75 .......................................................
75–100 .....................................................
100–150 ...................................................
150–200 ...................................................
200–250 ...................................................
24 dBm
(250 mW)
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.6
28 dBm
(625 mW)
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
32 dBm
(1600 mW)
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
0.9
1.0
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.1
1.2
36 dBm
(4 W)
40 dBm
(10 W)
0.2
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.5
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.7
* When communicating with a Mode I personal/portable white space device that operates at power levels above 40 mW EIRP, the required
separation distances must be increased beyond the specified distances by 0.1 kilometers.
(3) Fixed white space device antenna
height. Fixed white space devices must
comply with the requirements of
§ 15.709(g) of this part.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
(b) TV translator, Low Power TV
(including Class A) and Multi-channel
Video Programming Distributor (MVPD)
receive sites. (1) MVPD, TV translator
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
station and low power TV (including
Class A) station receive sites located
outside the protected contour of the TV
station(s) being received may be
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
registered in the white space database if
they are no farther than 80 km outside
the nearest edge of the relevant
contour(s). Only channels received over
the air and used by the MVPD, TV
translator station or low power/Class A
TV station may be registered.
(2) White space devices may not
operate within an arc of ±30 degrees
from a line between a registered receive
site and the contour of the TV station
being received in the direction of the
station’s transmitter at a distance of up
to 80 km from the edge of the protected
contour of the received TV station for
co-channel operation and up to 20 km
from the registered receive site for
adjacent channel operation, except that
the protection distance shall not exceed
the distance from the receive site to the
protected contour.
(3) Outside of the ±30 degree arc
defined in paragraph (b)(2) of this
section:
(i) White space devices operating at 4
watts EIRP or less may not operate
within 8 km from the receive site for cochannel operation and 2 km from the
receive site for adjacent channel
operation.
(ii) White Space devices operating
with more than 4 watts EIRP may not
operate within 10.2 km from the receive
site for co-channel operation and 2.5 km
from the receive site for adjacent
channel operation.
(iii) For purposes of this section, a TV
station being received may include a
full power TV station, TV translator
station or low power TV/Class A TV
station.
(c) Fixed Broadcast Auxiliary Service
(BAS) links. (1) For permanent BAS
receive sites appearing in the
Commission’s Universal Licensing
System or temporary BAS receive sites
registered in the white space database,
white space devices may not operate
within an arc of ±30 degrees from a line
between the BAS receive site and its
associated permanent transmitter within
a distance of 80 km from the receive site
73077
for co-channel operation and 20 km for
adjacent channel operation.
(2) Outside of the ±30 degree arc
defined in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section:
(i) White space devices operating at 4
watts EIRP or less may not operate
within 8 km from the receive site for cochannel operation and 2 km from the
receive site for adjacent channel
operation.
(ii) White Space devices operating
with more than 4 watts EIRP may not
operate within 10.2 km from the receive
site for co-channel operation and 2.5 km
from the receive site for adjacent
channel operation.
(d) PLMRS/CMRS operations. (1)
White space devices may not operate at
distances less than those specified in
the table below from the coordinates of
the metropolitan areas and on the
channels listed in § 90.303(a) of this
chapter.
Required separation in kilometers from areas
specified in § 90.303(a) of this chapter
White space device transmitter power
Co-channel
operation
Adjacent channel
operation
4 watts EIRP or less ................................................................................................................
Greater than 4 watts EIRP ......................................................................................................
(2) White space devices may not
operate at distances less than those
specified in the table below from
PLMRS/CMRS operations authorized by
134
136
131
131.5
waiver outside of the metropolitan areas
listed in § 90.303(a) of this chapter.
Required separation in kilometers from areas
specified in § 90.303(a) of this chapter
White space device transmitter power
Co-channel
operation
Adjacent channel
operation
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
4 watts EIRP or less ................................................................................................................
Greater than 4 watts EIRP ......................................................................................................
(e) Offshore Radiotelephone Service.
White space devices may not operate on
channels used by the Offshore Radio
Service within the geographic areas
specified in § 74.709(e) of this chapter.
(f) Low power auxiliary services,
including wireless microphones. Fixed
white space devices are not permitted to
operate within 1 km, and personal/
portable white space devices will not be
permitted to operate within 400 meters,
of the coordinates of registered low
power auxiliary station sites on the
registered channels during the
designated times they are used by low
power auxiliary stations.
(g) Border areas near Canada and
Mexico: Fixed and personal/portable
white space devices shall comply with
the required separation distances in
§ 15.712(a)(2) from the protected
contours of TV stations in Canada and
Mexico. White space devices are not
required to comply with these
separation distances from portions of
the protected contours of Canadian or
Mexican TV stations that fall within the
United States.
54
56
(h) Radio astronomy services. (1)
Operation of fixed and personal/
portable white space devices is
prohibited on all channels within 2.4
kilometers at the following locations.
(i) The Naval Radio Research
Observatory in Sugar Grove, West
Virginia at 38 30 58 N and 79 16 48 W.
(ii) The Table Mountain Radio
Receiving Zone (TMRZ) at 40 08 02 N
and 105 14 40 W.
(iii) The following facilities:
Latitude
(deg/min/sec)
Observatory
Arecibo Observatory ....................................................................................................................................
Green Bank Telescope (GBT) .....................................................................................................................
Very Long Baseline Array (VLBA) Stations:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
51
51.5
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
18 20 37 N
38 25 59 N
23NOR2
Longitude
(deg/min/sec)
066 45 11 W
079 50 23 W
73078
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
Latitude
(deg/min/sec)
Observatory
Pie Town, NM .......................................................................................................................................
Kitt Peak, AZ ........................................................................................................................................
Los Alamos, NM ...................................................................................................................................
Ft. Davis, TX .........................................................................................................................................
N. Liberty, IA .........................................................................................................................................
Brewster, WA ........................................................................................................................................
Owens Valley, CA ................................................................................................................................
St. Croix, VI ..........................................................................................................................................
Hancock, NH ........................................................................................................................................
Mauna Kea, HI .....................................................................................................................................
(2) Operation within the band 608–
614 MHz is prohibited within the areas
defined by the following coordinates (all
coordinates are NAD 83):
(i) Pie Town, NM
North latitude
(deg/min/sec)
35
35
33
33
33
34
34
35
25
15
52
22
57
04
27
15
56.28
57.24
14.16
39.36
38.52
46.20
20.88
30.24
107
107
107
107
109
109
109
108
44
41
30
49
36
34
12
25
56.40
27.60
25.20
26.40
10.80
12.00
43.20
55.20
(ii) Kitt Peak, AZ
34
33
32
31
33
34
08
54
09
29
20
09
18.24
10.08
25.56
15.72
36.60
20.52
42
41
41
41
41
41
41
42
West longitude
(deg/min/sec)
25
32
45
48
13
38
36
06
16
21
54.12
26.88
23.40
10.44
37.92
40.92
51.48
17.28
18.12
22.68
111
109
113
111
113
112
36
38
42
33
36
34
106
105
105
105
105
105
105
107
107
106
06
59
48
30
26
48
49
10
17
51
07.20
27.60
03.60
21.60
38.40
36.00
30.00
48.00
16.80
07.20
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
42
35
32
25
24
26
33
40
16.92
49.92
35.88
20.64
30.24
14.28
03.60
03.36
VerDate Sep<11>2014
90
90
90
90
91
92
92
91
54
46
51
58
07
03
36
44
16.56
49.44
11.16
58.80
18.84
44.64
20.16
35.16
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
103 55 22.80
103 41 52.80
103 43 04.80
103 49 48.00
103 52 30.00
103 57 54.00
104 09 10.80
104 05 9.60
Jkt 238001
00.36
40.08
20.52
26.64
51.96
44.64
44.40
06.60
48.72
49.68
59.64
08.52
35
34
34
34
34
34
36
37
39
59
46
43
27.60
51.60
33.60
08.40
33.60
48.00
03.60
40.80
03.60
06.00
04.80
22.80
North latitude
(deg/min/sec)
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
49.56
27.36
09.96
48.60
08.04
12.72
30.24
45.96
49.92
12.72
02
01
06
11
16
41
41
39
32
20
PO 00000
Fmt 4701
31.44
02.76
26.52
43.80
56.04
03.96
09.72
19.08
07.92
10.44
57.00
24.24
13.80
06
04
03
01
01
00
00
58
58
39
50
02
44
12.24
33.96
09.36
59.52
04.80
25.56
02.16
57.36
15.96
37.44
46.32
36.96
56.04
71
71
71
71
72
72
72
59.64
24.60
41.88
25.08
05.88
41.52
47.28
32
18
15
52
07
09
55
01.68
57.60
14.04
51.96
08.76
41.76
03.72
North latitude
(deg/min/sec)
West longitude
(deg/min/sec)
20
20
19
19
19
19
18
18
18
18
18
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
19
19
19
19
153
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
153
153
153
153
153
154
154
154
154
154
155
155
155
155
155
155
13.20
08.40
50.40
56.40
37.20
16.80
02.40
03.60
09.60
09.60
64 22 38.28
64 08 03.84
Sfmt 4700
08
46
58
29
34
34
55
(x) Mauna Kea, HI
West longitude
(deg/min/sec)
18 29 15.36
18 06 51.12
Frm 00036
04
02
59
56
53
51
48
42
39
42
43
07
16
44
43
42
42
42
42
42
(viii) St. Croix, VI
North latitude
(deg/min/sec)
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
West longitude
(deg/min/sec)
West longitude
(deg/min/sec)
37
37
36
36
36
37
37
37
37
37
West longitude
(deg/min/sec)
09
45
44
41
27
00
37
01
12
20
North latitude
(deg/min/sec)
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
05
03
29
30
37
25
27
44
59
46
07
36
14
56
34
41
16
35
59
27
(ix) Hancock, NH
West longitude
(deg/min/sec)
18
16
15
12
07
06
58
55
52
00
26
26
108
111
106
103
091
119
118
064
071
155
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
63
63
64
64
66
65
(vii) Owens Valley, CA
(iv) Ft. Davis, TX
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
48
48
48
48
48
48
47
47
47
48
48
48
46.80
20.40
03.60
43.20
14.40
37.20
West longitude
(deg/min/sec)
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
North latitude
(deg/min/sec)
27.00
03.12
19.20
27.12
09.96
51.24
03.12
50.16
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
18
18
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
18
18
West longitude
(deg/min/sec)
North latitude
(deg/min/sec)
(iii) Los Alamos, NM
36
36
36
36
36
35
35
34
34
35
03
59
34
19
02
07
50
28
04
23
30
06
17
52
54
24
01
05
West longitude
(deg/min/sec)
(v) N. Liberty, IA
North latitude
(deg/min/sec)
18
57
46
38
46
07
13
45
56
48
North latitude
(deg/min/sec)
103 58 48.00
(vi) Brewster, WA
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
North latitude
(deg/min/sec)
West longitude
(deg/min/sec)
30 43 11.28 ..................
West longitude
(deg/min/sec)
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
North latitude
(deg/min/sec)
North latitude
(deg/min/sec)
34
31
35
30
41
48
37
17
42
19
Longitude
(deg/min/sec)
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
11
00
46
32
18
04
51
38
25
13
02
52
42
35
27
21
16
11
08
07
23
29
47
48
48
23NOR2
01.32
52.92
42.60
33.36
31.68
44.04
16.56
15.72
46.56
55.20
46.68
26.40
57.96
20.04
52.20
27.00
08.40
57.84
57.48
09.12
53.52
13.92
53.88
52.92
58.68
03
35
35
36
38
42
46
52
59
07
17
27
38
50
03
16
29
43
58
12
27
36
29
27
27
43.20
56.40
34.80
28.80
38.40
07.20
51.60
44.40
49.20
55.20
06.00
14.40
16.80
45.60
10.80
15.60
49.20
51.60
08.40
43.20
21.60
21.60
27.60
39.60
14.40
73079
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
(3) Operation within the band 608–
614 MHz is prohibited within the
following areas:
(i) The National Radio Quiet Zone as
defined in § 1.924(a)(1) of this chapter.
(ii) The islands of Puerto Rico,
Desecheo, Mona, Vieques or Culebra
(i) 600 MHz service band. Fixed and
personal/portable devices operating in
the 600 MHz Service Band must comply
with the following co-channel and
adjacent channel separation distances
outside the defined polygonal area
encompassing the base stations or other
radio facilities deployed by a part 27
600 MHz Service Band licensee that has
commenced operation.
(1) Fixed white space devices may
only operate above 4 W EIRP in less
congested areas as defined in
§ 15.703(h).
(2) If a device operates between two
defined power levels, it must comply
with the separation distances for the
higher power level.
(3) For the purpose of this rule, cochannel means any frequency overlap
between a channel used by a white
space device and a five megahertz
spectrum block used by a part 27 600
MHz band licensee, and adjacent
channel means a frequency separation
of zero to four megahertz between the
edge of a channel used by a white space
device and the edge of a five megahertz
spectrum block used by a part 27 600
MHz band licensee.
(4) On frequencies used by wireless
uplink services:
MODE II PERSONAL/PORTABLE WHITE SPACE DEVICES
600 MHz band wireless uplink spectrum
Minimum co-channel separation distances in kilometers between white space devices and any
point along the edge of a polygon representing the
outer edge of base station or other radio facility
deployment
16 dBm (40 mW)
Communicating with Mode II or Fixed device .........................................................................
Communicating with Mode I device ........................................................................................
20 dBm (100 mW)
5
10
6
12
FIXED WHITE SPACE DEVICES
Antenna height above
average terrain of unlicensed devices (meters)
600 MHz band wireless uplink spectrum
Minimum co-channel separation distances in kilometers between white space devices and any point along the edge
of a polygon representing the outer edge of base station or other radio facility deployment *
16 dBm
(40mW)
Less than 3 ..................
3—10 ............................
10—30 ..........................
30—50 ..........................
50—75 ..........................
75—100 ........................
100—150 ......................
150—200 ......................
200–250 .......................
20 dBm
(100 mW)
5
9
15
20
24
27
33
39
43
24 dBm
(250mW)
6
11
19
24
30
34
42
49
54
28 dBm
(625 mW)
7
14
24
31
37
43
53
60
60
32 dBm
(1600 mW)
9
17
30
38
47
54
60
60
60
12
22
38
49
60
60
60
60
60
36 dBm
(4 W)
40 dBm
(10 W)
15
27
47
60
60
60
60
60
60
19
34
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
*When communicating with Mode I personal/portable white space devices, the required separation distances must be increased beyond the
specified distances by 5 kilometers if the Mode I device operates at power levels no more than 40 mW EIRP or 6 kilometers if the Mode I device
operates at power levels above 40 mW EIRP.
PERSONAL/PORTABLE WHITE SPACE DEVICES
600 MHz band wireless uplink
spectrum
Minimum adjacent channel separation distances in kilometers between
white space devices and any point
along the edge of a polygon representing the outer edge of base station or other radio facility deployment
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
20 dBm (100 mW)
Communicating with Mode II or Fixed device .................................................................................................
Communicating with Mode I device ................................................................................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
0.1
0.3
23NOR2
73080
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
FIXED WHITE SPACE DEVICES
Antenna height above average terrain of
unlicensed devices (meters)
600 MHz band wireless uplink spectrum
Minimum adjacent channel separation distances in kilometers between white space devices and any
point along the edge of a polygon representing the outer edge of base station or other radio facility
deployment *
20 dBm
(100 mW)
Less than 3 ..............................................
3–10 .........................................................
10–30 .......................................................
30–50 .......................................................
50–75 .......................................................
75–100 .....................................................
100–150 ...................................................
150–200 ...................................................
200–250 ...................................................
24 dBm
(250mW)
0.1
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.3
28 dBm
(625 mW)
0.2
0.3
0.6
0.7
0.9
1.0
1.3
1.4
1.6
32 dBm
(1600 mW)
0.2
0.4
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.6
1.8
2.0
36 dBm
(4 W)
0.3
0.5
0.9
1.2
1.4
1.6
2.0
2.3
2.6
40 dBm
(10 W)
0.4
0.6
1.1
1.4
1.8
2.0
2.5
2.9
3.2
0.4
0.8
1.4
1.8
2.2
2.6
3.1
3.6
4.1
* When communicating with Mode I personal/portable white space devices, the required separation distances must be increased beyond the
specified distances by 0.1 kilometers.
(5) On frequencies used by wireless
downlink services: 35 kilometers for cochannel operation, and 31 kilometers for
adjacent channel operation.
(j) Wireless Medical Telemetry
Service. (1) White space devices
operating in the 608–614 MHz band
(channel 37) are not permitted to
operate within an area defined by the
polygon described in § 15.713(j)(11)
plus the distances specified in the tables
below:
MODE II PERSONAL/PORTABLE WHITE SPACE DEVICES
Required co-channel separation distances in
kilometers from WMTS sites
16 dBm (40 mW)
Communicating with Mode II or Fixed device .........................................................................
Communicating with Mode I device ........................................................................................
20 dBm (100 mW)
0.38
0.76
0.48
0.96
FIXED WHITE SPACE DEVICES
Required co-channel separation distances in kilometers from WMTS sites *
Antenna height above average terrain of
unlicensed devices (meters)
16 dBm
(40 mW)
Less than 3 ..............................................
3–10 .........................................................
10–30 .......................................................
30–50 .......................................................
50–75 .......................................................
75–100 .....................................................
100–150 ...................................................
150–200 ...................................................
200–250 ...................................................
0.38
0.70
1.20
1.55
1.90
2.20
2.70
3.15
3.50
20 dBm
(100 mW)
24 dBm
(250 mW)
0.48
0.88
1.55
2.00
2.45
2.80
3.45
3.95
4.40
28 dBm
(625 mW)
0.60
1.10
1.95
2.50
3.05
3.55
4.35
5.00
5.60
32 dBm
(1600 mW)
0.76
1.38
2.45
3.15
3.85
4.45
5.45
6.30
7.00
36 dBm
(4 watts)
0.96
1.74
3.05
3.95
4.85
5.60
6.85
7.90
8.80
1.20
2.20
3.80
4.95
6.10
7.05
8.65
9.95
11.00
* When communicating with Mode I personal/portable white space devices, the required separation distances must be increased beyond the
specified distances by 0.38 kilometers if the Mode I device operates at power levels no more than 40 mW EIRP, or 0.48 kilometers if the Mode I
device operates at power levels above 40 mW EIRP.
(2) White space devices operating in
the 602–608 MHz band (channel 36) and
614–620 MHz band (channel 38) are not
permitted to operate within an area
defined by the polygon described in
§ 15.713(j)(11) plus the distances
specified in the tables below:
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
MODE II PERSONAL/PORTABLE WHITE SPACE DEVICES
Required adjacent channel separation distances in
meters from WMTS sites
16 dBm (40 mW)
Communicating with Mode II or Fixed device .........................................................................
Communicating with Mode I device ........................................................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
20 dBm (100 mW)
8
16
23NOR2
13
26
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
73081
FIXED WHITE SPACE DEVICES
Required adjacent channel separation distances in meters from WMTS sites *
20 dBm
(100 mW)
16 dBm (40 mW)
8 ...........................................................................................
24 dBm
(250 mW)
13
28 dBm
(625 mW)
20
32 dBm
(1600 mW)
32
50
36 dBm
(4 watts)
71
* When
communicating with Mode I personal/portable white space devices, the required separation distances must be increased beyond the
specified distances by 8 meters if the Mode I device operates at power levels no more than 40 mW EIRP, or 13 meters if the Mode I device operates at power levels above 40 mW EIRP.
(k) 488–494 MHz band in Hawaii.
White space devices are not permitted
to operate in the 488–494 MHz band in
Hawaii.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
§ 15.713
White space database.
(a) Purpose. The white space database
serves the following functions:
(1) To determine and provide to a
white space device, upon request, the
available channels at the white space
device’s location in the TV bands, the
600 MHz guard bands, the 600 MHz
duplex gap, the 600 MHz service band,
and channel 37. Available channels are
determined based on the interference
protection requirements in § 15.712. A
database must provide fixed and Mode
II personal portable white space devices
with channel availability information
that includes scheduled changes in
channel availability over the course of
the 48 hour period beginning at the time
the white space devices make a re-check
contact. In making lists of available
channels available to a white space
device, the white space database shall
ensure that all communications and
interactions between the white space
database and the white space device
include adequate security measures
such that unauthorized parties cannot
access or alter the white space database
or the list of available channels sent to
white space devices or otherwise affect
the database system or white space
devices in performing their intended
functions or in providing adequate
interference protections to authorized
services operating in the TV bands. In
addition, a white space database must
also verify that the FCC identifier (FCC
ID) of a device seeking access to its
services is valid; under this requirement
the white space database must also
verify that the FCC ID of a Mode I
device provided by a fixed or Mode II
device is valid. A list of devices with
valid FCC IDs and the FCC IDs of those
devices is to be obtained from the
Commission’s Equipment Authorization
System.
(2) To determine and provide to an
unlicensed wireless microphone user,
upon request, the available channels at
the microphone user’s location in the
600 MHz guard bands, the 600 MHz
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
duplex gap, and the 600 MHz service
band. Available channels are
determined based on the interference
protection requirements in § 15.236.
(3) To register the identification
information and location of fixed white
space devices and unlicensed wireless
microphone users.
(4) To register protected locations and
channels as specified in paragraph (b)(2)
of this section, that are not otherwise
recorded in Commission licensing
databases.
(b) Information in the white space
database. (1) Facilities already recorded
in Commission databases. Identifying
and location information will come
from the official Commission database.
These services include:
(i) Digital television stations.
(ii) Class A television stations.
(iii) Low power television stations.
(iv) Television translator and booster
stations.
(v) Broadcast Auxiliary Service
stations (including receive only sites),
except low power auxiliary stations.
(vi) Private land mobile radio service
stations.
(vii) Commercial mobile radio service
stations.
(viii) Offshore radiotelephone service
stations.
(ix) Class A television station receive
sites.
(x) Low power television station
receive sites.
(xi) Television translator station
receive sites.
(2) Facilities that are not recorded in
Commission databases. Identifying and
location information will be entered
into the white space database in
accordance with the procedures
established by the white space database
administrator(s). These include:
(i) MVPD receive sites.
(ii) Sites where low power auxiliary
stations, including wireless
microphones and wireless assist video
devices, are used and their schedule for
operation.
(iii) Fixed white space device
registrations.
(iv) 600 MHz service band operations
in areas where the part 27 600 MHz
service licensee has commenced
operations.
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(v) Locations of health care facilities
that use WMTS equipment operating on
channel 37 (608–614 MHz).
(c) Restrictions on registration. (1)
Television translator, low power TV and
Class A station receive sites within the
protected contour of the station being
received are not eligible for registration
in the database.
(2) MVPD receive sites within the
protected contour or more than 80
kilometers from the nearest edge of the
protected contour of a television station
being received are not eligible to register
that station’s channel in the database.
(d) Determination of available
channels. The white space database will
determine the available channels at a
location using the interference
protection requirements of § 15.712, the
location information supplied by a
white space device, and the data for
protected stations/locations in the
database.
(e) White space device initialization.
(1) Fixed and Mode II white space
devices must provide their location and
required identifying information to the
white space database in accordance
with the provisions of this subpart.
(2) Fixed and Mode II white space
devices shall not transmit unless they
receive, from the white space database,
a list of available channels and may
only transmit on the available channels
on the list provided by the database.
(3) Fixed white space devices register
and receive a list of available channels
from the database by connecting to the
Internet, either directly or through
another fixed white space device that
has a direct connection to the Internet.
(4) Mode II white space devices
receive a list of available channels from
the database by connecting to the
Internet, either directly or through a
fixed or Mode II white space device that
has a direct connection to the Internet.
(5) A fixed or Mode II white space
device that provides a list of available
channels to a Mode I device shall notify
the database of the FCC identifier of
such Mode I device and receive
verification that that FCC identifier is
valid before providing the list of
available channels to the Mode I device.
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
73082
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
(6) A fixed device with an antenna
height above ground that exceeds 30
meters or an antenna height above
average terrain (HAAT) that exceeds 250
meters shall not be provided a list of
available channels. The HAAT is to be
calculated using computational software
employing the methodology in
§ 73.684(d) of this chapter.
(f) Unlicensed wireless microphone
database access. Unlicensed wireless
microphone users in the 600 MHz band
may register with and access the
database manually via a separate
Internet connection. Wireless
microphone users must register with
and check a white space database to
determine available channels prior to
beginning operation at a given location.
A user must re-check the database for
available channels if it moves to another
location.
(g) Fixed white space device
registration. (1) Prior to operating for the
first time or after changing location, a
fixed white space device must register
with the white space database by
providing the information listed in
paragraph (g)(3) of this section.
(2) The party responsible for a fixed
white space device must ensure that the
white space device registration database
has the most current, up-to-date
information for that device.
(3) The white space device
registration database shall contain the
following information for fixed white
space devices:
(i) FCC identifier (FCC ID) of the
device;
(ii) Manufacturer’s serial number of
the device;
(iii) Device’s geographic coordinates
(latitude and longitude (NAD 83));
(iv) Device’s antenna height above
ground level (meters);
(v) Name of the individual or business
that owns the device;
(vi) Name of a contact person
responsible for the device’s operation;
(vii) Address for the contact person;
(viii) Email address for the contact
person;
(ix) Phone number for the contact
person.
(h) Mode II personal/portable device
information to database. A personal/
portable device operating in Mode II
shall provide the database its FCC
Identifier (as required by § 2.926 of this
chapter), serial number as assigned by
the manufacturer, and the device’s
geographic coordinates (latitude and
longitude (NAD 83)).
(i) Unlicensed wireless microphone
registration. Unlicensed wireless
microphone users in the 600 MHz band
shall register with the database prior to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
operation and include the following
information:
(1) Name of the individual or business
that owns the unlicensed wireless
microphone
(2) Address for the contact person
(3) Email address for the contact
person
(4) Phone number for the contact
person; and
(5) Coordinates where the device will
be used (latitude and longitude in NAD
83).
(j) White space database information.
The white space database shall contain
the listed information for each of the
following:
(1) Digital television stations, digital
and analog Class A, low power,
translator and booster stations,
including stations in Canada and
Mexico that are within the border
coordination areas as specified in
§ 73.1650 of this chapter (a white space
database is to include only TV station
information from station license or
license application records. In cases
where a station has records for both a
license application and a license, a
white space database should include the
information from the license application
rather than the license. In cases where
there are multiple license application
records or license records for the same
station, the database is to include the
most recent records, and again with
license applications taking precedence
over licenses.):
(i) Transmitter coordinates (latitude
and longitude in NAD 83);
(ii) Effective radiated power (ERP);
(iii) Height above average terrain of
the transmitting antenna (HAAT);
(iv) Horizontal transmit antenna
pattern (if the antenna is directional);
(v) Amount of electrical and
mechanical beam tilt (degrees
depression below horizontal) and
orientation of mechanical beam tilt
(degrees azimuth clockwise from true
north);
(vi) Channel number; and
(vii) Station call sign.
(2) Broadcast Auxiliary Service.
(i) Transmitter coordinates (latitude
and longitude in NAD 83).
(ii) Receiver coordinates (latitude and
longitude in NAD 83).
(iii) Channel number.
(iv) Call sign.
(3) Metropolitan areas listed in
§ 90.303(a) of this chapter.
(i) Region name.
(ii) Channel(s) reserved for use in the
region.
(iii) Geographic center of the region
(latitude and longitude in NAD 83).
(iv) Call sign.
(4) PLMRS/CMRS base station
operations located more than 80 km
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
from the geographic centers of the 13
metropolitan areas defined in
§ 90.303(a) of this chapter (e.g., in
accordance with a waiver).
(i) Transmitter location (latitude and
longitude in NAD 83) or geographic area
of operations.
(ii) TV channel of operation.
(iii) Call sign.
(5) Offshore Radiotelephone Service:
For each of the four regions where the
Offshore Radiotelephone Service
operates.
(i) Geographic boundaries of the
region (latitude and longitude in NAD
83 for each point defining the boundary
of the region.
(ii) Channel(s) used by the service in
that region.
(6) MVPD receive sites: Registration
for receive sites is limited to channels
that are received over-the-air and are
used as part of the MVPD service.
(i) Name and address of MVPD
company;
(ii) Location of the MVPD receive site
(latitude and longitude in NAD 83,
accurate to ±50 m);
(iii) Channel number of each
television channel received, subject to
the following condition: channels for
which the MVPD receive site is located
within the protected contour of that
channel’s transmitting station are not
eligible for registration in the database;
(iv) Call sign of each television
channel received and eligible for
registration;
(v) Location (latitude and longitude)
of the transmitter of each television
channel received;
(7) Television translator, low power
TV and Class A TV station receive sites:
Registration for television translator,
low power TV and Class A receive sites
is limited to channels that are received
over-the-air and are used as part of the
station’s service.
(i) Call sign of the TV translator
station;
(ii) Location of the TV translator
receive site (latitude and longitude in
NAD 83, accurate to ±/¥ 50 m);
(iii) Channel number of the retransmitted television station, subject to
the following condition: a channel for
which the television translator receive
site is located within the protected
contour of that channel’s transmitting
station is not eligible for registration in
the database;
(iv) Call sign of the retransmitted
television station; and
(v) Location (latitude and longitude)
of the transmitter of the retransmitted
television station.
(8) Licensed low power auxiliary
stations, including wireless
microphones and wireless assist video
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
devices: Use of licensed low power
auxiliary stations at well-defined times
and locations may be registered in the
database. Multiple registrations that
specify more than one point in the
facility may be entered for very large
sites. Registrations will be valid for no
more than one year, after which they
may be renewed. Registrations must
include the following information:
(i) Name of the individual or business
responsible for the low power auxiliary
device(s);
(ii) An address for the contact person;
(iii) An email address for the contact
person (optional);
(iv) A phone number for the contact
person;
(v) Coordinates where the device(s)
are used (latitude and longitude in NAD
83, accurate to ±50 m);
(vi) Channels used by the low power
auxiliary devices operated at the site;
(vii) Specific months, weeks, days of
the week and times when the device(s)
are used (on dates when microphones
are not used the site will not be
protected); and
(viii) The stations call sign.
(9) Unlicensed wireless microphones
at venues of events and productions/
shows that use large numbers of
wireless microphones that cannot be
accommodated in the two reserved
channels and other channels that are not
available for use by white space devices
at that location. Prior to June 23, 2017,
but no later than release of the Channel
Reassignment Public Notice upon
completion of the broadcast television
spectrum incentive auction, as defined
in § 73.3700(a) of this chapter, sites of
large events and productions/shows
with significant unlicensed wireless
microphone use at well-defined times
and locations may be registered in the
database. Entities responsible for
eligible event venues registering their
site with a TV bands data base are
required to first make use of the two
reserved channels and other channels
that are not available for use by white
space devices at that location. As a
benchmark, at least 6–8 wireless
microphones should be operating in
each channel used at such venues (both
licensed and unlicensed wireless
microphones used at the event may be
counted to comply with this
benchmark). Multiple registrations that
specify more than one point in the
facility may be entered for very large
sites. Sites of eligible event venues
using unlicensed wireless microphones
must be registered with the Commission
at least 30 days in advance and the
Commission will provide this
information to the data base managers.
Parties responsible for eligible event
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
venues filing registration requests must
certify that they are making use of all
TV channels not available to white
space devices and on which wireless
microphones can practicably be used,
including channels 7–51 (except
channel 37). The Commission will make
requests for registration of sites that use
unlicensed wireless microphones public
and will provide an opportunity for
public comment or objections.
Registrations will be valid for one year,
after which they may be renewed. The
Commission will take actions against
parties that file inaccurate or incomplete
information, such as denial of
registration in the database, removal of
information from the database pursuant
to paragraph (i) of this section, or other
sanctions as appropriate to ensure
compliance with the rules. Registrations
must include the following information:
(i) Name of the individual or business
that owns the unlicensed wireless
microphones;
(ii) An address for the contact person;
(iii) An email address for the contact
person (optional);
(iv) A phone number for the contact
person;
(v) Coordinates where the device(s)
are used (latitude and longitude in NAD
83, accurate to ±50 m);
(vi) Channels used by the wireless
microphones operated at the site and
the number of wireless microphones
used in each channel. As a benchmark,
least 6–8 wireless microphones must be
used in each channel. Registration
requests that do not meet this criteria
will not be registered in the TV bands
data bases;
(vii) Specific months, weeks, days of
the week and times when the device(s)
are used (on dates when microphones
are not used the site will not be
protected); and
(viii) The name of the venue.
(10) 600 MHz service in areas where
the part 27 600 MHz band licensee has
commenced operations:
(i) Name of 600 MHz band licensee;
(ii) Name and address of the contact
person;
(iii) An email address for the contact
person (optional);
(iv) A phone number for the contact
person;
(v) Area within a part 27 600 MHz
band licensee’s Partial Economic Areas
(PEA), as defined in § 27.6 of this
chapter, where it has commenced
operation. This area must be delineated
by at minimum of eight and a maximum
of 120 geographic coordinates (latitude
and longitude in NAD 83, accurate to
±50 m);
(vi) Date of commencement of
operations;
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
73083
(vii) Identification of the frequencies
on which the part 27 600 MHz band
licensee has commenced operations;
(viii) Call sign.
(11) Location of health care facilities
operating WMTS networks on channel
37 (608–614 MHz):
(i) Name and address of the health
care facility;
(ii) Name and address of a contact
person;
(iii) Phone number of a contact
person;
(iv) Email address of a contact person;
(v) Latitude and longitude coordinates
referenced to North American Datum
1983 (NAD 83) that define the perimeter
of each facility. If several health care
facilities using 608–614 MHz wireless
medical telemetry equipment are
located in close proximity, it is
permissible to register a perimeter to
protect all facilities in that cluster.
(k) Commission requests for data. (1)
A white space database administrator
must provide to the Commission, upon
request, any information contained in
the database.
(2) A white space database
administrator must remove information
from the database, upon direction, in
writing, by the Commission.
(l) Security. The white space database
shall employ protocols and procedures
to ensure that all communications and
interactions between the white space
database and white space devices are
accurate and secure and that
unauthorized parties cannot access or
alter the database or the list of available
channels sent to a white space device.
(1) Communications between white
space devices and white space
databases, and between different white
space databases, shall be secure to
prevent corruption or unauthorized
interception of data. A white space
database shall be protected from
unauthorized data input or alteration of
stored data.
(2) A white space database shall verify
that the FCC identification number
supplied by a fixed or personal/portable
white space device is for a certified
device and may not provide service to
an uncertified device.
(3) A white space database must not
provide lists of available channels to
uncertified white space devices for
purposes of operation (it is acceptable
for a white space database to distribute
lists of available channels by means
other than contact with white space
devices to provide list of channels for
operation). To implement this
provision, a white space database
administrator shall obtain a list of
certified white space devices from the
FCC Equipment Authorization System.
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
73084
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
§ 15.714 White space database
administration fees.
(a) A white space database
administrator may charge a fee for
provision of lists of available channels
to fixed and personal/portable devices
and for registering fixed devices. This
provision applies to devices that operate
in the TV bands, 600 MHz service band,
and the 600 MHz guard bands and
duplex gap.
(b) A white space database
administrator may charge a fee for
provision of lists of available channels
to wireless microphone users.
(c) The Commission, upon request,
will review the fees and can require
changes in those fees if they are found
to be excessive.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
§ 15.715 White space database
administrator.
The Commission will designate one or
more entities to administer the white
space database(s). The Commission
may, at its discretion, permit the
functions of a white space database,
such as a data repository, registration,
and query services, to be divided among
multiple entities; however, it will
designate specific entities to be a
database administrator responsible for
coordination of the overall functioning
of a database and providing services to
white space devices. Each database
administrator designated by the
Commission shall:
(a) Maintain a database that contains
the information described in § 15.713.
(b) Establish a process for acquiring
and storing in the database necessary
and appropriate information from the
Commission’s databases and
synchronizing the database with the
current Commission databases at least
once a week to include newly licensed
facilities or any changes to licensed
facilities.
(c) Establish a process for registering
fixed white space devices and
registering and including in the
database facilities entitled to protection
but not contained in a Commission
database, including MVPD receive sites.
(d) Establish a process for registering
facilities where part 74 low power
auxiliary stations are used on a regular
basis.
(e) Provide accurate lists of available
channels and the corresponding
maximum permitted power for each
available channel to fixed and personal/
portable white space devices that
submit to it the information required
under § 15.713(e), (g), and (h) based on
their geographic location and provide
accurate lists of available channels and
the corresponding maximum permitted
power for each available channel to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
fixed and Mode II devices requesting
lists of available channels for Mode I
devices. Database administrators may
allow prospective operators of white
space devices to query the database and
determine whether there are vacant
channels at a particular location.
(f) Establish protocols and procedures
to ensure that all communications and
interactions between the white space
database and white space devices are
accurate and secure and that
unauthorized parties cannot access or
alter the database or the list of available
channels sent to a white space device
consistent with the provisions of
§ 15.713(l).
(g) Make its services available to all
unlicensed white space device users on
a non-discriminatory basis.
(h) Provide service for a five-year
term. This term can be renewed at the
Commission’s discretion.
(i) Respond in a timely manner to
verify, correct and/or remove, as
appropriate, data in the event that the
Commission or a party brings claim of
inaccuracies in the database to its
attention. This requirement applies only
to information that the Commission
requires to be stored in the database.
(j) Transfer its database along with the
IP addresses and URLs used to access
the database and list of registered fixed
white space devices, to another
designated entity in the event it does
not continue as the database
administrator at the end of its term. It
may charge a reasonable price for such
conveyance.
(k) The database must have
functionality such that upon request
from the Commission it can indicate
that no channels are available when
queried by a specific white space device
or model of white space devices.
(l) If more than one database is
developed, the database administrators
shall cooperate to develop a
standardized process for providing on a
daily basis or more often, as
appropriate, the data collected for the
facilities listed in § 15.713(b)(2) to all
other white space databases to ensure
consistency in the records of protected
facilities.
(m) Provide a means to make publicly
available all information the rules
require the database to contain,
including fixed white space device
registrations and voluntarily submitted
protected entity information, except the
information provided by 600 MHz band
licensees pursuant to § 15.713(j)(10)(v)
and (vi) of this part shall not be made
publicly available.
(n) Establish procedures to allow part
27 600 MHz service licensees to upload
the registration information listed in
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 15.713(j)(10) for areas where they have
commenced operations and to allow the
removal and replacement of registration
information in the database when
corrections or updates are necessary.
(o) Remove from the database the
registrations of fixed white space
devices that have not checked the
database for at least three months to
update their channel lists. A database
administrator may charge a new
registration fee for a fixed white space
device that is removed from the
database under this provision but is
later re-registered.
(p) Establish procedures to allow
health care facilities to register the
locations of facilities where they operate
WMTS networks on channel 37.
(q) Establish procedures to allow
unlicensed wireless microphone users
in the 600 MHz band to register with the
database and to provide lists of channels
available for wireless microphones at a
given location.
§ 15.717 White space devices that rely on
spectrum sensing.
(a) Applications for certification.
Parties may submit applications for
certification of white space devices that
rely solely on spectrum sensing to
identify available channels. Devices
authorized under this section must
demonstrate with an extremely high
degree of confidence that they will not
cause harmful interference to incumbent
radio services.
(1) In addition to the procedures in
subpart J of part 2 of this chapter,
applicants shall comply with the
following.
(i) The application must include a full
explanation of how the device will
protect incumbent authorized services
against interference.
(ii) Applicants must submit a preproduction device, identical to the
device expected to be marketed.
(2) The Commission will follow the
procedures below for processing
applications pursuant to this section.
(i) Applications will be placed on
public notice for a minimum of 30 days
for comments and 15 days for reply
comments. Applicants may request that
portions of their application remain
confidential in accordance with § 0.459
of this chapter. This public notice will
include proposed test procedures and
methodologies.
(ii) The Commission will conduct
laboratory and field tests of the preproduction device. This testing will be
conducted to evaluate proof of
performance of the device, including
characterization of its sensing capability
and its interference potential. The
testing will be open to the public.
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
(iii) Subsequent to the completion of
testing, the Commission will issue by
public notice, a test report including
recommendations. The public notice
will specify a minimum of 30 days for
comments and, if any objections are
received, an additional 15 days for reply
comments.
(b) Power limit for devices that rely on
sensing. The white space device shall
meet the requirements for personal/
portable devices in this subpart except
that it will be limited to a maximum
EIRP of 50 mW per 6 megahertz of
bandwidth on which the device
operates and it does not have to comply
with the requirements for geo-location
and database access in § 15.711(b), (d),
and (e). Compliance with the detection
threshold for spectrum sensing in
§ 15.717(c), although required, is not
necessarily sufficient for demonstrating
reliable interference avoidance. Once a
device is certified, additional devices
that are identical in electrical
characteristics and antenna systems may
be certified under the procedures of part
2, Subpart J of this chapter.
(c) Sensing requirements—(1)
Detection threshold. (i) The required
detection thresholds are:
(A) ATSC digital TV signals: ¥114
dBm, averaged over a 6 MHz
bandwidth;
(B) NTSC analog TV signals: ¥114
dBm, averaged over a 100 kHz
bandwidth;
(C) Low power auxiliary, including
wireless microphone, signals: ¥107
dBm, averaged over a 200 kHz
bandwidth.
(ii) The detection thresholds are
referenced to an omnidirectional receive
antenna with a gain of 0 dBi. If a receive
antenna with a minimum directional
gain of less than 0 dBi is used, the
detection threshold shall be reduced by
the amount in dB that the minimum
directional gain of the antenna is less
than 0 dBi. Minimum directional gain
shall be defined as the antenna gain in
the direction and at the frequency that
exhibits the least gain. Alternative
approaches for the sensing antenna are
permitted, e.g., electronically rotatable
antennas, provided the applicant for
equipment authorization can
demonstrate that its sensing antenna
provides at least the same performance
as an omnidirectional antenna with 0
dBi gain.
(2) Channel availability check time. A
white space device may start operating
on a TV channel if no TV, wireless
microphone or other low power
auxiliary device signals above the
detection threshold are detected within
a minimum time interval of 30 seconds.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
(3) In-service monitoring. A white
space device must perform in-service
monitoring of an operating channel at
least once every 60 seconds. There is no
minimum channel availability check
time for in-service monitoring.
(4) Channel move time. After a TV,
wireless microphone or other low power
auxiliary device signal is detected on a
white space device operating channel,
all transmissions by the white space
device must cease within two seconds.
PART 27—MISCELLANEOUS
WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS
SERVICES
9. The authority citation for part 27
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 301, 302a, 303,
307, 309, 332, 336, 337, 1403, 1404, 1451,
and 1452, unless otherwise noted.
■
10. Add § 27.1320 to read as follows:
§ 27.1320 Notification to white space
database administrators.
To receive interference protection,
600 MHz licensees shall notify one of
the white space database administrators
of the areas where they have
commenced operation pursuant to
§§ 15.713(j)(10) and 15.715(n) of this
chapter.
PART 74—EXPERIMENTAL RADIO,
AUXILIARY, SPECIAL BROADCAST
AND OTHER PROGRAM
DISTRIBUTIONAL SERVICES
11. The authority citation for part 74
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 307,
309, 336 and 554.
12. Section 74.802 is amended by
adding paragraph (a)(2) and by revising
paragraphs (c) introductory text and (f)
to read as follows:
■
§ 74.802
Frequency assignment.
(a)(1) * * *
(2) The four megahertz segment from
one to five megahertz above the lower
edge of the 600 MHz duplex gap may be
assigned for use by low power auxiliary
stations.
Note to paragraph (a)(2): The specific
frequencies for the 600 MHz duplex gap will
be determined in light of further proceedings
pursuant to GN Docket No. 12–268 and the
rule will be updated accordingly pursuant to
a future public notice.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Specific frequency operation is
required when operating within the 600
MHz duplex gap or the bands allocated
for TV broadcasting.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
73085
Note to paragraph (c): The specific
frequencies for the 600 MHz duplex gap will
be determined in light of further proceedings
pursuant to GN Docket No. 12–268 and the
rule will be updated accordingly pursuant to
a future public notice.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) Operations in 600 MHz band
assigned to wireless licensees under part
27 of this chapter. A low power
auxiliary station that operates on
frequencies in the 600 MHz band
assigned to wireless licensees under
part 27 of this chapter must cease
operations on those frequencies no later
than the end of the post-auction
transition period as defined in § 27.4 of
this chapter. During the post-auction
transition period, low power auxiliary
stations will operate on a secondary
basis to licensees of part 27 of this
chapter, i.e., they must not cause to and
must accept harmful interference from
these licensees, and must comply with
the distance separations in
§ 15.236(e)(2) of this chapter outside the
areas where a licensee has commenced
operations as specified pursuant to
§ 15.713(j)(10).
13. Section 74.861 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a), (e) introductory
text, (e)(1) introductory text, and
(e)(1)(iii) to read as follows:
■
§ 74.861
Technical requirements.
(a) Except as specified in paragraph
(e) of this section, transmitter power is
the power at the transmitter output
terminals and delivered to the antenna,
antenna transmission line, or any other
impedance-matched, radio frequency
load. For the purpose of this subpart,
the transmitter power is the carrier
power.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) For low power auxiliary stations
operating in the 600 MHz duplex gap
and the bands allocated for TV
broadcasting, the following technical
requirements apply:
(1) The power may not exceed the
following values.
*
*
*
*
*
(iii) 600 MHz duplex gap: 20 mW
EIRP
*
*
*
*
*
PART 95—PERSONAL RADIO
SERVICES
14. The authority citation for part 95
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 301, 302(a), 303,
and 307(e).
15. Section 95.1111 is amended by
adding paragraph (d) to read as follows:
■
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
73086
§ 95.1111
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
Frequency coordination.
*
*
*
*
(d) To receive interference protection,
parties operating WMTS networks on
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
*
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:07 Nov 20, 2015
Jkt 238001
channel 37 shall notify one of the white
space database administrators of their
operating location pursuant to
PO 00000
§§ 15.713(j)(11) and 15.715(p) of this
chapter.
[FR Doc. 2015–29496 Filed 11–20–15; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712–01–P
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
E:\FR\FM\23NOR2.SGM
23NOR2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 80, Number 225 (Monday, November 23, 2015)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 73043-73086]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2015-29496]
[[Page 73043]]
Vol. 80
Monday,
No. 225
November 23, 2015
Part II
Federal Communications Commission
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
47 CFR Parts 2, 15, 27, et al.
Unlicensed Use of TV Band and 600 MHz Band Spectrum; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 80 , No. 225 / Monday, November 23, 2015 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 73044]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
47 CFR Parts 2, 15, 27, 74, and 95
[ET Docket No. 14-165; FCC 15-99]
Unlicensed Use of TV Band and 600 MHz Band Spectrum
AGENCY: Federal Communications Commission.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Commission recently adopted rules to repurpose broadcast
television spectrum for new wireless services via an incentive auction.
This document modifies Commission rules for unlicensed wireless devices
and wireless microphones in the reconstituted TV bands and the new 600
MHz band. This document modifies the Commission's rules for unlicensed
operations in the frequency bands that are now and will continue to be
allocated and assigned to broadcast television services (TV bands),
including fixed and personal/portable white space devices and
unlicensed wireless microphones. It adopts technical and operational
rules for unlicensed devices and wireless microphones in the 600 MHz
guard bands, including the duplex gap, and in the 600 MHz band that
will be repurposed for new wireless services. It also adopts rules for
fixed and personal/portable white space device operation on channel 37
and for the operation of unlicensed wireless microphones in the TV
bands. This document modify the white space database rules to implement
certain decisions, including protecting areas where new 600 MHz service
licensees commence operation and areas used by incumbent services on
channel 37.
DATES: Effective December 23, 2015, except for the amendments to
Sec. Sec. 15.713(b)(2)(iv) through (v), (j)(4), (j)(10), and (j)(11),
15.715(n) through (q), 27.1320, and 95.1111(d), which contain new or
modified information collection requirements that require approval by
the OMB under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA). The Commission will
publish a document in the Federal Register announcing the effective
date when approved by OMB. The incorporation by reference listed in the
rules is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of
December 23, 2015.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Hugh L. Van Tuyl, Office of
Engineering and Technology, (202) 418-7506, email:
Hugh.VanTuyl@fcc.gov, TTY (202) 418-2989.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a summary of the Commission's Report
& Order (R&O), ET Docket No. 14-165, FCC 15-99, adopted August 6, 2015,
and released August 11, 2015. The full text of this document is
available for inspection and copying during normal business hours in
the FCC Reference Center (Room CY-A257), 445 12th Street SW.,
Washington, DC 20554. The full text may also be downloaded at:
www.fcc.gov. People with Disabilities: To request materials in
accessible formats for people with disabilities (braille, large print,
electronic files, audio format), send an email to fcc504@fcc.gov or
call the Consumer & Governmental Affairs Bureau at 202-418-0530
(voice), 202-418-0432 (tty).
Summary of Report and Order
1. The R&O makes rule changes for unlicensed white space devices in
the television broadcasting band and the 600 MHz band, while protecting
licensed users from harmful interference. It modifies the Commission's
part 15 rules to permit fixed and personal/portable devices to use TV
channels previously unavailable to them while continuing to protect TV
services from harmful interference by adjusting the technical and
operational rules. It also adopts rules for white space device
operations in the 600 MHz band--including the duplex gap, guard bands,
600 MHz service band and channel 37. White space devices will continue
to access the white space databases for channel assignments in the TV
bands, as well as in the 600 MHz band and channel 37.
2. The R&O also takes actions that will continue to accommodate
unlicensed wireless microphone use in the TV bands and the 600 MHz
band, while protecting licensed users from harmful interference. By
codifying part 15 rules for unlicensed wireless microphone use, it
brings these devices under the traditional policy tenets for unlicensed
devices, i.e., they are not entitled to interference protection and
they must not cause harmful interference to authorized services.
Unlicensed wireless microphones will access the white space databases
to identify frequencies available for their use in the TV bands, duplex
gap, guard bands and 600 MHz service band.
3. The R&O reserves four megahertz of spectrum in the duplex gap
for wireless microphones licensed under part 74 of the Commission's
rules where they can operate on an as-needed basis that is not shared
with white space devices. Operation will be limited to the same
technical requirements as unlicensed wireless microphones operating in
the guard bands. It also adopts rules to permit, for a limited time,
operation of licensed wireless microphones in the new 600 MHz service
band.
4. The R&O also expands location and frequency information in the
white space databases and makes other changes to database procedures.
Finally, it adopts transition periods for the certification,
manufacturing and marketing of white space devices and unlicensed
wireless microphones to comply with the new requirements.
A. TV Bands
5. The Commission modifies the part 15 rules to specify technical
requirements for fixed device operation at power levels below four
watts permitting them to operate closer to or adjacent to occupied TV
channels. The Commission expands the permissible frequencies for fixed
operation to include TV channels 3 and 4 and for personal/portable
operation to include spectrum below TV channel 20. Both types of
devices may also operate on the vacant channels above and below channel
37 that are now available only for wireless microphone use. The
Commission also adopts part 15 rules for unlicensed wireless microphone
operations in the TV bands. In addition, the Commission modifies the
part 15, Subpart H rules to replace the terms ``television band
device'' or ``TVBD'' with the term ``white space device'' throughout.
1. Fixed White Space Devices
a. Operation in Less Spectrum
6. Adjacent to occupied channels. The Commission will allow fixed
white space devices to operate adjacent to occupied TV channels (within
their service contour) at a power level of 40 milliwatts EIRP. This
action provides consistent treatment of similarly powered fixed and
portable devices and will allow the use of fixed devices in more
locations than the current rules allow, i.e., where there are fewer
than three contiguous vacant channels, while at the same time
protecting licensed users from harmful interference. It will also allow
fixed white space devices to operate in the 600 MHz guard band
immediately adjacent to the remaining TV spectrum. The Commission will
limit the height of 40 milliwatt fixed devices to 10 meters above
ground level (AGL) to limit their interference potential to TV
reception on adjacent channels. This provides for comparable rules
(i.e. 40 milliwatts) between fixed and personal portable white space
devices for adjacent to TV channel operation. By limiting antenna
height to
[[Page 73045]]
10 meters AGL rather than 30 meters AGL as the rules currently allow,
the Commission can limit the distance at which a fixed white space
device could potentially cause interference to television reception.
7. There are additional factors that will limit fixed devices'
potential for causing harmful interference to TV reception. The
situation where a directional TV antenna and a directional fixed white
space device antenna would be oriented such that the maximum white
space signal would be received by a TV antenna is a low probability
event, and the height disparity between TV receive and white space
transmit antennas will ensure some additional discrimination between
the two signals. Also, the Commission is requiring 40 milliwatt fixed
devices to meet the same out-of-band emission as 40 milliwatt personal/
portable devices and to incorporate transmit power control to operate
at the minimum power necessary, which will reduce the likelihood of
harmful interference to adjacent channel TV reception to short
distances, making identification of a fixed device that may be causing
harmful interference fairly straightforward since those devices'
locations must be registered in the database.
8. Two contiguous vacant channels. To increase spectrum efficiency
while protecting incumbent TV broadcast operations, the Commission will
allow fixed white space devices to operate with a maximum of 100
milliwatts EIRP at locations where there are at least two contiguous
vacant TV channels and the white space device's signal occupies one or
more six megahertz bands, provided that there is at least three
megahertz separating the white space emissions from the edge of lowest
and highest vacant TV channels on which it is operating. This
corresponds to a white space device operating with 50 milliwatts EIRP
in a three megahertz segment of the lowest and highest vacant TV
channel being used, leaving a frequency separation of three megahertz
between the white space device's operating frequency and the edges of a
adjacent TV channel being used for broadcast services.
9. The 100 milliwatt power level that the Commission adopts for
operation across multiple vacant TV channels is based on a 2.9 dB lower
susceptibility of television receivers to harmful interference from a
white space signal three megahertz away from the edge of an occupied
television channel than to a white space signal with no frequency
separation from an occupied TV channel. This limit (50 milliwatts in a
three megahertz segment of the highest and lowest channel being used)
is only 1 dB higher than the 40 milliwatt limit the Commission is
allowing for fixed devices operating with no frequency separation from
occupied TV channels and is therefore within the margin of additional
interference protection provided by the three megahertz separation. The
out-of-band emissions limit for white space devices will serve to
reduce the amount of out-of-band emissions that appear in the pass-band
of a television receiver and further reduce the potential for
interference. To provide an additional measure of interference
protection to TV reception, the Commission is limiting such operation
to antenna heights of 10 meters AGL or less, consistent with its
decision to limit 40 milliwatt fixed devices operating adjacent to an
occupied TV channel to antenna heights of 10 meters or less.
10. The Commission is not adopting its proposed four watt EIRP
limit for white space device operation at the center of two contiguous
vacant channels. However, should new studies and information become
available in the future showing that higher power operation is possible
without causing interference to TV reception, the Commission may
revisit this issue.
11. The Commission will allow fixed white space devices to
aggregate multiple available channels and transmit at a maximum of 100
milliwatts EIRP per channel so long as the white space signal occupies
only three megahertz of the lowest and highest channel and the power
spectral density (PSD) requirements, the antenna AGL limit of 10
meters, and all separation criteria are met for each occupied channel.
Where available, such operation will greatly increase the data rates
available to white space device users.
b. Operation at Lower Power Levels
12. The Commission is providing flexibility for white space device
users by defining a number of lower power levels for fixed white space
devices with correspondingly shorter separation distances than the
current rules allow, and defining maximum conducted, PSD and adjacent
channel emission limits at each power level. The Commission is defining
separation distances for fixed devices at EIRP levels of 40 milliwatts,
100 milliwatts, 250 milliwatts, 625 milliwatts and 1600 milliwatts
(i.e.,16 dBm, 20 dBm, 24 dBm, 28 dBm and 32 dBm, respectively) in
addition to the current separation distances at 4000 milliwatts (36
dBm).
13. The Commission is adopting a requirement to adjust the
conducted power limits when higher gain antennas (greater than 6 dBi)
are used to limit the maximum radiated emissions. Specifically, it will
require that when the maximum gain of a fixed device antenna exceeds 6
dBi, the maximum conducted power, PSD and adjacent channel emission
limits for each EIRP level be reduced by the amount in dB that the
maximum antenna gain exceeds 6 dBi. This requirement is consistent with
the current white space rules and is necessary to limit the maximum
radiated power from white space devices. The Commission is also
adopting a requirement that when a white space device operates between
defined EIRP levels, the conducted power and PSD limits must be
linearly interpolated between the defined values. This requirement
provides flexibility to operate at precise power levels appropriate for
an application while taking advantage of a 6 dBi gain antenna. The
Commission is also adopting a requirement that when a white space
device operates between two defined power levels, it comply with the
adjacent channel emission limit for the higher power level. This
requirement is consistent with the adjacent channel emission limits
previously adopted by the Commission. The Commission does not believe
that a reduction in adjacent channel emission limits will significantly
affect equipment costs because the lower emission limits apply only to
equipment operating at lower power levels, so there is no increase in
the amount of attenuation required to comply with the limits.
14. The Commission will require that fixed white space devices
supply their geographic coordinates and antenna height AGL when
querying a database for the list of available channels at their
location. The database will supply the list of available channels and
the maximum power level for each channel. The Commission believes that
this approach is more efficient than the proposed requirement that
devices specify a power level in advance, because it will allow devices
to obtain a list of all available channels at a location along with the
maximum permissible power levels in a single query. The Commission will
also require that white space devices not contain an interface that
would allow users to select higher power levels than the database
indicates are available for a channel at a given location.
[[Page 73046]]
c. Channel Bonding
15. The Commission is making several rule changes that will enable
devices to use multiple contiguous and non-contiguous vacant channels
(channel ``bonding'' or ``aggregation'') which will permit the
development of devices that transmit at higher data rates, thus making
higher speed equipment available to consumers. With respect to channel
bonding, the Commission is modifying Sec. 15.709 to specify that the
adjacent channel emissions limits do not apply within an adjacent
channel that is being used by the same white space device, since in
such cases there would be no TV station or other authorized service to
protect on the adjacent channel. Instead, the Commission will require
that white space devices meet these limits within the six megahertz
bands immediately above and below the edges of the band of contiguous
channels used by the white space device. It is also modifying the rules
to require that a white space device must meet the Sec. 15.209 limits
at frequencies more than six megahertz above and below the edges of the
highest and lowest channels used in the device, except when the device
uses multiple non-contiguous channels. These requirements will also
apply to fixed devices that operate centered on the boundary of two
channels as discussed above, since that is a form of channel bonding.
With respect to channel aggregation, the modified rules in Sec.
15.709(d)(1) require that when a white space device transmits on
multiple non-contiguous channels simultaneously, it must comply with
the adjacent channel emission limits in the six megahertz bands above
and below each of the single channels or channel groups used by the
white space device, and with the Sec. 15.209 limits beyond these six
megahertz bands.
d. Operation in Less Congested Areas
16. The Commission is modifying the rules to allow fixed white
space devices in less congested areas to operate up to 10 watts EIRP to
increase their service range. This power increase will provide
increased opportunities for white space operators to serve more distant
customers at less cost and provide point to point backhaul services,
while at the same time protecting authorized operations from harmful
interference and avoiding any adverse effect on the ability of white
space devices to successfully share spectrum among themselves. The
Commission is using the term ``less congested'' to describe areas where
television spectrum is largely available to white space devices, rather
than relying on a population based metric which may not correlate to
the same areas. In the TV bands, fixed white space devices will be
allowed to operate in the low VHF, high VHF, and UHF bands under the
higher power limit in less congested locations where, within the TV
band of intended operation, at least half the allocated television
channels are unused for broadcast services and available for white
space use, and the fixed white space devices are sufficiently separated
from protected operations to avoid causing interference to them.
17. The Commission is also allowing operation at up to 10 watts
EIRP in the 600 MHz service band in areas where licensees have not yet
commenced operation. As this band will have been repurposed from the
current television band, it will be similar in propagation
characteristics to the UHF television band. The Commission is defining
``less congested'' areas in this band to be the same areas that will be
available in the newly repacked UHF television band. In addition, fixed
white space devices in the 600 MHz service band will need to adhere to
the separation distances specified in the rules to protect new mobile
broadband services.
18. The Commission is not modifying the rule limiting transmitter
conducted power to one watt, which necessitates the use of high gain
antennas to achieve radiated power levels up to 10 watts in less
congested areas. It is also not altering the rules limiting antenna
height above ground or HAAT to 30 meters and 250 meters respectively.
To ensure that television stations, 600 MHz service licensees, and
other protected operations are protected from interference due to a
fixed white space device operating at more than four watts EIRP, the
Commission is increasing the minimum separation distances between those
services and the locations where fixed white space devices operate at
higher power. The Commission is not increasing the maximum allowable
power for personal/portable white space devices in less congested
areas.
19. For purposes of calculating less congested areas, the
Commission includes as ``broadcast services'' broadcast TV--including
full power, Class A, low power television, and TV booster stations--and
the registered protected receive sites of broadcast auxiliary, TV
translator, and Multi-channel Video Programming Distributor (MVPD)
services. The Commission does not include non-broadcast services such
as land mobile operations in the 11 metropolitan areas where such use
is permitted under Sec. 90.303 of the rules, nor any areas where such
operations are permitted by waiver; the offshore radio service; channel
37; or channel 17 in Hawaii. It is not including licensed low power
auxiliary devices such as wireless microphones in the definition of
broadcast service for this limited purpose because such equipment
typically is used on a transient basis and thus is not licensed to a
specific transmitter site. White space databases will determine whether
a location is a less congested area based on whether at least half the
total number of TV channels in the band of intended operation in an
area are unused for broadcast services and are available for fixed
devices operating with 40 milliwatts at 3 meters HAAT, which will
provide the greatest opportunity for operation at the higher power
levels.
20. Because white space device operations are controlled by the
white space database in all bands, white space devices will be able to
operate at higher power in less congested areas that will be allocated
and assigned for 600 MHz service after the incentive auction, both
during and after the post-auction transition period. The database will
be updated to include the required separation distances from base
stations or other radio facilities deployed by the 600 MHz service
licensees, and, after the licensees provide the polygonal shape
encompassing those facilities, the database will be able to determine
whether frequencies in the 600 MHz service band are available for white
space use at the device's location. As television stations are repacked
and 600 MHz service licensees commence operations, there may be a
change in which areas are less congested and on which channels in those
areas white space devices are permitted to operate with higher power,
but those changes will be transparent to users.
21. The interference potential of fixed white space devices
operating at EIRP levels up to 10 watts will extend somewhat farther
than that of fixed devices operating at four watts EIRP. Thus, the
Commission is adding provisions for the 10 watt EIRP limit in Sec.
15.712 of the rules, which contains the protection criteria and
separation distances for each of the services operating in the TV
bands. The distances for 10 watt EIRP operation were calculated using
the same method that the Commission previously used in calculating the
minimum separation distances between white space fixed devices and
television contours.
22. Private land mobile radio services (PLMRS) and commercial
mobile radio service operations on TV channels 14-20 in 11 major
markets and some additional areas under waivers of the
[[Page 73047]]
rules are protected from interference from white space devices through
circular exclusion zones. Using the same methodology previously used to
determine the protection zones for four watt operation, the Commission
finds that fixed white space devices operating at 10 watts EIRP in less
congested areas must not operate within a circular exclusion zone of
136 kilometers co-channel and 131.5 kilometers adjacent channel for the
11 major markets where PLMRS stations are permitted to operate, and
within 56 kilometers co-channel and 51.5 kilometers adjacent channel
from PLMRS base stations operating outside the 11 major markets under a
waiver.
23. The rules also protect the receive sites of broadcast auxiliary
service (BAS) facilities, TV translators, low power TV stations, Class
A TV stations and multichannel video program distributors (MVPDs) by
prohibiting white space devices from operating within a keyhole shaped
exclusion zone with the long end of the keyhole aligned between the
protected receiver and its associated transmitter. To protect these
sites from white space devices that are located outside the main beam
of the receive antenna (i.e., the long end of the keyhole), the
Commission is adjusting those distances to prohibit fixed devices
operating at 10 watts EIRP from operating within 10.2 kilometers co-
channel and 2.5 kilometers adjacent channel from the protected received
site.
24. To protect sensitive radio astronomy operations and safety-of-
life wireless medical telemetry devices that use channel 37, the
Commission is not allowing fixed devices to operate with EIRP higher
than four watts on channel 37 or channels 36 and 38 at any locations.
2. Calculating White Space Device Separation Distances From a TV
Station Contour
a. Fixed and Personal/Portable Devices
25. The Commission is amending the table of separation distances in
Sec. 15.712(a)(2) to reflect a range of fixed device power levels
below four watts EIRP and modifying the separation distances for
personal/portable devices based on 40 milliwatts and 100 milliwatts
EIRP at the lowest antenna HAAT. The Commission is also specifying
separate tables for co-channel and adjacent channel separation
distances and adding entries showing which separation distances apply
to personal/portable devices. The changes the Commission is adopting
will permit fixed white space devices to operate in more locations than
the current rules allow without causing harmful interference, i.e.,
closer to a television station service contour, since the current
separation distances were based on the assumption that a fixed device
always operates at the maximum power level of four watts. In addition,
since the current separation distances for personal/portable devices
were also based on four watts EIRP, they are greater than necessary
since personal/portable devices may operate with a maximum EIRP of 100
milliwatts, or 40 milliwatts if they are on a channel adjacent to an
occupied channel. Thus, these changes will also permit personal/
portable devices to operate in more locations.
26. The Commission declines to allow the use of the Longley-Rice
methodology or other alternative methodologies for determining white
space channel availability as a number of parties requested. The
Commission did not propose any change in the use of the F(50,50) and
F(50,90) curves for calculating the protected contours of TV stations,
and stated that the use of the Longley-Rice methodology was not
appropriate for determining whether a white space device would cause
harmful interference to TV reception as it is computationally intensive
and would significantly slow the ongoing real-time determination of
available TV channels by the white space databases. No parties provided
technical analyses showing how other alternative methodologies could be
used to determine white space channel availability.
27. The Commission declines to allow white space device operators
and databases to consider the directivity of fixed white space device
antennas in determining channel availability since there is not
sufficient information in the record to show how it could be used
without causing harmful interference to authorized services. The
Commission could consider this issue again in the future if parties are
able to develop a standard to address implementation and the Commission
gains experience with the more flexible, but more complex, rules it is
adopting herein.
b. Mode I Operation
28. The Commission finds that its decision to allow lower power
white space devices to operate at closer distances to TV station
contours necessitates some modifications to the rules for Mode I
devices. By adopting more realistic separation distances based on a
range of operating power, the separation distances for lower power
operations become shorter than those currently in the rules, and thus
the location uncertainty inherent in a Mode I device becomes more
significant. That is, because their controlling station may now operate
closer to TV contours than under current rules, the Mode I device could
locate such that it is even closer to those same TV contours,
increasing its potential to cause harmful interference to TV reception.
The Commission will require that a fixed or Mode II device that
provides a list of available channels to a Mode I device comply with
slightly greater separation distances from the TV contours of stations
on the channel or channels that it indicates are available to the Mode
I device.
29. The rules require white space devices to operate with the
minimum power necessary for communications. Under this condition, to
have a balanced link, the Commission assumes that Mode I devices
communicating with Mode II devices will operate at similar power
levels. Thus, the necessary separation to protect TV reception from a
Mode I device will be identical to the necessary separation for the
controlling Mode II device. Given the location uncertainty of a Mode I
device, the Commission can ensure that a Mode I device complies with
the separation distance rules by requiring the Mode II controlling
device to operate at twice the required distance in the table of
separation distances for a personal/portable white space device at the
allowed power levels. In this manner, a Mode I device operating at its
maximum range from a controlling Mode II device should still comply
with the minimum distance separation required to protect TV reception.
This action will ensure that Mode I devices operate sufficiently far
outside the protected contours of co-channel TV stations to prevent
harmful interference. The Commission will similarly require Mode II
personal/portable white space devices to double the adjacent channel
separation distance when operating at 100 milliwatts and serving Mode I
devices.
30. The Commission finds that increasing the separation distance
from a co-channel protected TV contour by a factor of two for a fixed
device controlling a Mode I personal/portable white space device would
be overly protective since Mode I devices are portable and would
operate at low antenna heights, thus limiting the range at which they
could communicate with a fixed device. Instead, the Commission will
increase the separation distances that a fixed device must meet on
channels provided to a Mode I device by the same amount as added for a
controlling Mode II device, i.e., 1.7
[[Page 73048]]
kilometers greater for 100 milliwatt Mode I devices and 1.3 kilometers
greater for 40 milliwatt Mode I devices. Similarly, the Commission will
require such fixed devices to also exceed the adjacent channel
separation distances specified in the table by 0.1 kilometers. The
Commission is not changing the requirement that only fixed devices with
an HAAT of 106 meters or less may provide lists of available channels
to Mode I devices.
c. Location Accuracy
31. The Commission will allow fixed and Mode II personal/portable
devices to use location technologies that have a lower degree of
accuracy than 50 meters. This change will expand the areas
in which white space devices may operate without causing harmful
interference to licensed services by permitting their use at indoor or
other locations where a GPS signal that can provide location
information to 50 meters is not available. The Commission
will require fixed and Mode II devices to inform the database of their
location uncertainty with a 95% confidence level when requesting a list
of available channels, and require that the database consider this
uncertainty in determining the list of available channels at the
device's location. This requirement is consistent with the standard
adopted for use across Europe and implemented by Ofcom in the United
Kingdom. The Commission anticipates that its adoption of the same
requirement will lead to harmonized devices and lower equipment costs
for consumers.
32. To implement this requirement, the databases will increase the
minimum separation distances from all protected services by the amount
that the location uncertainty exceeds 50 meters. For
example, no increase in separation distances will be required for a
device that meets the 50 meter level of accuracy, while an
adjustment of 50 meters would be required for a device with an accuracy
of 100 meters. The Commission will work with the white
space database administrators to ensure that separation distances are
calculated appropriately. It will require that applicants for
certification of fixed and Mode II devices provide details regarding
the technologies used by a device to determine its location and how, in
the case of technologies other than GPS, the location uncertainty is
calculated with a 95% confidence level. As part of the certification
process, the Commission will test to ensure that these parameters are
correctly transmitted to the databases.
3. Frequencies of Operation for White Space Devices
33. Fixed devices on channels 3 and 4. The Commission modifies the
part 15 rules to permit fixed white space devices to operate on TV
channels 3 and 4. This action makes available an additional 12
megahertz of contiguous spectrum for their use in areas where they are
not occupied by authorized users. Because this spectrum is immediately
adjacent to channel 2, this rule change provides an opportunity for
fixed devices to use the lower VHF band at maximum permitted power in
areas where all three channels are not occupied.
34. The Commission originally prohibited white space device
operation on channels 3 and 4 to protect TV interface devices and TV
receivers from direct pickup interference on channels 3 and 4. The
number of these devices has been declining since 2008. The transition
from analog to digital TV in 2009 spurred many consumers to replace
their old analog TV receivers with digital receivers that have multiple
inputs that allow the connection of external devices without requiring
the use of a channel 3 or 4 input signal, and the price of new TV
receivers has dropped significantly since that time, resulting in many
more consumers replacing their old analog TV receivers. TV receivers
also have been required to come equipped with digital TV tuners for a
number of years, thus eliminating the need to use an external converter
box to receive over-the-air signals.
35. Personal/portable devices on channels 14-20. The Commission
modifies the part 15 rules to permit personal/portable white space
devices to operate on TV channels 14-20, but will not permit them to
operate below TV channel 14. This decision will make an additional 42
megahertz of spectrum potentially available for personal/portable
devices. In adopting the prohibition on personal/portable white space
devices on TV channels 14-20 in 2008, the Commission anticipated that
channels 21-51 would provide adequate spectrum resources for personal/
portable white space devices. In light of the repurposing of the TV
bands, this conclusion is no longer valid. Moreover, the Commission
concludes that continuing the prohibition on personal/portable device
use on channels 14-20 is not necessary to protect PLMRS/CMRS
operations. Several white space databases have become operational over
the past few years, and the locations where the PLMRS/CMRS is used are
already in the databases since that information is used to protect
those operations from fixed white space operations. Personal/portable
devices rely on database access to determine their list of available
channels, so they can protect the PLMRS/CMRS in the same manner as
fixed devices.
36. The Commission will not permit personal/portable white space
devices to operate below channel 14, including channels 3 and 4, as
requested by many unlicensed proponents. The Commission believes that
it is better to maintain the current overall scheme, which limits the
frequencies where both personal/portable and fixed white space devices
may operate, with personal/portable devices operating in higher
frequency channels than fixed devices. Devices that operate at the
lower frequencies typically require larger antennas that are better
suited for use by fixed white space devices than personal/portable
devices; thus there is no clear advantage to permitting personal/
portable devices below channel 14.
37. White space devices on channels above and below channel 37. The
Commission will permit white space devices to operate on the vacant
channels above and below channel 37 that are now available only for
wireless microphone use, beginning 18 months after the effective date
of this rule, but no later than release of the Channel Reassignment
Public Notice (PN) at the conclusion of the incentive auction. Before
this rule change becomes effective, the Commission will have
implemented the revised procedures for the immediate reservation and
notification of wireless microphone use of vacant channels that it
adopts in this proceeding. This will ensure that licensed wireless
microphone users, particularly broadcasters and others who cover
breaking news events, will have a procedure in place that will enable
them to get immediate access to needed spectrum.
38. The Commission does not revisit is decision in the Incentive
Auction R&O to permit unlicensed white space devices to operate on
these two vacant channels. NAB's suggestion that the Commission hold
out two vacant TV channels until the end of the post-auction transition
period is not practical because the Commission will not know until
after the incentive auction how much spectrum will be repurposed and
which frequency bands will remain allocated to broadcasting services.
The transition from broadcasting to wireless services will occur market
by market over a period of time, and the now vacant TV channels for
microphone use will be phased out as markets transition, making it
impossible to identify
[[Page 73049]]
channels in each market for exclusive microphone use. The Commission
concludes that it is better to modify the procedures for microphone
users to reserve vacant TV channels for immediate use because such a
procedure is adaptable to the changing circumstances across the TV
bands and the 600 MHz band during the post-auction transition period.
4. Unlicensed Wireless Microphones
39. Definition of unlicensed wireless microphones in part 15. The
Commission adopts its proposed definition of wireless microphone as a
device that converts sound into electrical audio signals that are
transmitted using radio signals to a receiver which converts the radio
signals back into audio signals that are sent through a sound recording
or amplifying system. The Commission also adopts its proposals that
wireless microphones may be used for cue and control communications and
synchronization of TV camera signals as defined in section 74.801 of
the rules, and that the definition of wireless microphone does not
include auditory assistance devices as defined in Sec. 15.3(a) of the
rules. This definition encompasses the types of wireless microphones
that currently operate within the TV bands, but is not so broad as to
encompass other types of unlicensed devices that already have
provisions in part 15 for operation outside the TV bands. The
Commission declines the request of the Nuclear Energy Institute and
Utilities Telecom Council to expand the definition of unlicensed
wireless microphone to specifically include wireless headsets used at
nuclear power plants for bi-directional audio communications between
and among personnel. To the extent that a party wishes to use wireless
microphones for specialized uses that would not be acceptable under the
Commission's definition, such uses would be more appropriately
authorized through a waiver rather than by adopting a broader
definition of wireless microphone.
40. Permissible frequencies of operation. The Commission will allow
unlicensed wireless microphones to operate in the TV spectrum on
channels 2-51, excluding channel 37 in all locations and channel 17 in
Hawaii, which is allocated for non-broadcast purposes. This action will
make the maximum number of TV channels available for unlicensed
wireless microphones. The Commission is also adding an advisory to the
rules indicating that the highest channel available for unlicensed
wireless microphones will ultimately be determined by the outcome of
the incentive auction, and the rules will be modified consistent with
the auction results. Consistent with the rules for wireless microphones
licensed under part 74, the Commission will require unlicensed wireless
microphones to operate at least four kilometers outside the protected
service contours of co-channel TV stations as defined in the final
rules.
41. The Commission will not prohibit the operation of wireless
microphones on channels 14-20 to protect the Private Land Mobile Radio
and Commercial Mobile Radio Services (PLMRS/CMRS) because both licensed
and unlicensed wireless microphones have operated on these channels for
years without interference to the PLRMS/CMRS.
42. Technical requirements for unlicensed wireless microphones.
Consistent with the current technical rules that apply to unlicensed
wireless microphones under the existing part 15 waiver, the Commission
will permit wireless microphones to operate with a power level of up to
50 milliwatts EIRP in both the VHF and UHF TV bands. The Commission is
specifying the power limit in terms of EIRP, which it bases on a 50
milliwatt conducted power limit and an assumed antenna gain of 0 dBi.
The Commission expects that this power level is appropriate for most
users, particularly because parties using part 15 wireless microphones
will commonly be entities operating in smaller venues that do not
require the longer range operation that higher power allows. The
Commission is specifying EIRP rather than conducted power as proposed
in the Notice of Proposed Rule Making (NPRM) for several reasons.
First, specifying the power limit in terms of EIRP ensures uniformity
in the maximum radiated power for all unlicensed wireless microphones.
If the Commission were to specify a conducted power limit without any
antenna gain requirement, different devices operating at the same
conducted power level could in fact be radiating at higher or lower
power levels depending on their antenna gain. Specifying the power
limit in terms of EIRP will be particularly beneficial in the VHF band,
where the efficiency of antennas is lower due to the longer radio
wavelengths, since this approach will allow manufacturers to adjust the
radiated power to partially compensate for low antenna efficiency.
Also, specifying EIRP is consistent with other part 15 rules, which
generally specify radiated emission limits in a form that considers
both power and antenna gain, e.g., field strength, EIRP, or a
combination of conducted power and antenna gain. To reduce the
compliance burden on wireless microphone operators, the Commission is
specifying power limits for these devices only in terms of EIRP, rather
than allowing the use of either EIRP or conducted measurements as Shure
suggests.
43. As proposed in the NPRM, the Commission will require unlicensed
wireless microphones to comply with the same channelization, frequency
stability, and bandwidth requirements as part 74 wireless microphones.
Specifically, it will require that operation be offset from the upper
or lower channel edge by 25 kHz or an integral multiple thereof and
that the operating frequency tolerance be 0.005 percent. The Commission
will permit the combination of multiple adjacent 25 kHz segments within
a TV channel to form an operating channel with a maximum bandwidth not
to exceed 200 kHz. Consistent with the measurement requirements for
other part 15 transmitters, the Commission will require that the
frequency tolerance be maintained over a temperature variation of -20
degrees to +50 degrees C at normal supply voltage, for a variation in
the supply voltage from 85 percent to 115 percent of the rated supply
voltage at a temperature of 20 degrees C, and that battery operated
equipment be tested using a new battery. The 25 kHz offset requirement
will prevent wireless microphones from operating at the edge of a TV
channel where they could interfere with TV stations on adjacent
channels, and the frequency tolerance requirement will ensure that
devices do not drift from the designated frequencies. The limit on the
bandwidth that a wireless microphone may occupy will leave room for the
operation of multiple microphones within a TV channel.
44. The Commission will require that unlicensed wireless
microphones comply with the same emission mask as licensed part 74
wireless microphones. Specifically, it will require that emissions from
analog and digital unlicensed wireless microphones comply with the
emission masks in section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300 422-1 v1.4.2 (2011-08),
Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM);
Wireless microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range; Part 1:
Technical characteristics and methods of measurement. Requiring
wireless microphones to meet these tighter emission requirements will
protect authorized services in adjacent bands from harmful
interference, and will improve spectrum sharing by wireless
microphones. Outside of the
[[Page 73050]]
frequency range where the ETSI masks are defined (one megahertz above
and below the wireless microphone carrier frequency), the Commission
will require that emissions comply with same limit as the edge of the
ETSI masks, specifically, 90 dB below the level of the unmodulated
carrier. The Commission is incorporating the ETSI EN 300 422-1 standard
into the part 15 rules by reference and adding it to the list of
measurement procedures in Sec. Sec. 15.31 and 15.38.
B. 600 MHz Guard Bands and Duplex Gap
1. Guard Bands
a. Protecting Adjacent TV Bands
45. White space devices. The Commission is adopting its proposal to
allow fixed and personal/portable white space devices to operate at 40
milliwatts EIRP in a six megahertz frequency band within the guard
bands and duplex gap. This power level and bandwidth will be useful for
unlicensed devices, and the Commission's analysis shows that operation
at this power level will not cause harmful interference to television
services in adjacent bands. As discussed fixed white space devices can
operate in the TV bands with a power level of 40 milliwatts EIRP and an
antenna height of 10 meters AGL on channels immediately adjacent to
occupied TV channels. The Commission will therefore also allow fixed
white space devices to operate in the guard band adjacent to the
remaining TV spectrum at the same power level and antenna height as in
the TV bands. In the event that market variation necessitates placing
TV stations in the guard bands in some markets, the Commission will
require that white space devices operating in the guard bands comply
with the same requirements (e.g., minimum separation distances) that
apply to white space devices operating in the TV bands.
46. Wireless microphones. The Commission will allow wireless
microphones to operate in the guard bands and duplex gap with a maximum
power of 20 milliwatts EIRP. Consistent with the treatment of
unlicensed wireless microphones in the TV bands, the Commission is
specifying the power limit in terms of EIRP rather than conducted
power. However, wireless microphone power limits in the guard bands
will be lower than the levels permitted under the current part 74 rules
(50 milliwatts in the VHF TV band and 250 milliwatts in the UHF TV
band) or under the part 15 waiver (50 milliwatts in both the VHF and
UHF TV bands). This power level is necessary to protect adjacent band
wireless downlink services from harmful interference. Where the guard
band is immediately adjacent to TV spectrum, wireless microphones
operating at 20 milliwatts EIRP or less will not cause harmful
interference to TV reception because they already operate in such a
manner (i.e., with no frequency separation) at the higher 50 milliwatt
power level without causing interference.
b. Protecting Adjacent Wireless Downlink Bands
(i) White Space Devices
47. The Commission is adopting its proposal to require that white
space devices operating at 40 milliwatts EIRP in a six megahertz
frequency band within the guard bands provide at least a three
megahertz frequency separation from wireless downlink spectrum. The
Commission is selecting three megahertz as the minimum frequency
separation because filter attenuation increases beyond a three
megahertz frequency separation, thus reducing the potential for white
space devices to cause harmful interference to wireless downlink
services. In addition, the out-of-band emissions from white space
devices, which are a potential source of harmful interference to
wireless handsets, tend to fall further below the limits required by
the rules as the frequency separation from a white space device
increases. Thus, a frequency separation of three megahertz will reduce
the likelihood of a wireless handset receiving harmful interference.
48. As explained the rules the Commission is adopting create an
environment where the potential for white space devices to cause
harmful interference to adjacent wireless downlink bands is low.
Accordingly, the Commission finds no basis to adopt significantly
tighter out-of-band emission limits, lower power levels, or a five
megahertz frequency buffer to protect wireless downlink receivers from
harmful interference from white space devices, as advocated by CTIA and
AT&T.
49. The Commission assesses the potential for harmful interference
from 40 milliwatt white space devices to wireless downlink services in
adjacent bands. Because there are neither 600 MHz band wireless devices
nor portable white space devices currently available, the analyses are
based on the predicted performance of such equipment. The analyses also
rely on predictions of other factors, including propagation and body
losses, which affect whether harmful inference will occur. These losses
can vary significantly in practice, so the Commission must make
reasonable assumptions concerning these factors based on its
experience. The purpose of the analyses is to determine whether the
rules the Commission is adopting comply with the Spectrum Act's
requirement that the Commission not permit any use of a guard band that
it determines would cause harmful interference to licensed services.
50. Harmful interference is defined by the Commission's part 2
rules as ``interference which endangers the functioning of a
radionavigation service or of other safety services or seriously
degrades, obstructs, or repeatedly interrupts a radiocommunication
service operating in accordance with [the ITU] Regulations.'' The
Commission finds it appropriate to use the existing definition of
harmful interference. Applying this definition to the Spectrum Act, the
Commission finds that it may not permit any use of the guard bands that
it determines would cause serious degradation, obstruction, or repeated
interruption to new 600 MHz service. The Commission further finds that
it need not set technical rules so restrictive as to prevent all
instances of interference, as opposed to harmful interference.
Determining ex ante when operations in one band will seriously degrade,
obstruct, or repeatedly interrupt operations in another band
necessarily involves the Commission examining the particular
interference scenario that is likely to arise and exercising its
predictive judgment. In this circumstance, the Commission establishes
technical rules for white space devices and microphones that will
permit their use without causing harmful interference (although not
necessarily eliminating all interference) to new 600 MHz service
licensees.
51. The Commission's analyses show little potential for harmful
interference to wireless handsets from portable white space devices. It
believes that portable devices represent the worst case for harmful
interference because these types of devices would operate in the
closest proximity to each other. By contrast, the Commission expects
that white space devices used in fixed applications, such as access
points or for providing point-to-point communications, would typically
have a greater physical separation distance from licensed wireless
handsets, thus posing even less risk of harmful interference. The
Commission first considers the impact of out-of-band emissions from
white space devices into the frequency bands that are received by
wireless handsets, since out-of-band emissions from a transmitter in an
[[Page 73051]]
adjacent band appear as co-channel emissions within the band of a
service potentially receiving harmful interference. Second, the
Commission considers the effect of ``blocking'' from a white space
transmitter to wireless receivers in the adjacent wireless downlink
band. Blocking interference occurs because a receiver has limits on the
level of adjacent channel emissions it can tolerate due to the
selectivity of its internal filters.
52. Out-of-band emission interference. With respect to harmful
interference to wireless handsets from white space device out-of-band
emissions, the Commission makes several assumptions detailed below. For
the reference sensitivity of the handset receiver, the Commission used
-97 dBm at the antenna input as specified the applicable 3GPP standard.
This is the weakest signal level at which a receiver can meet a minimum
specified throughput. It is not unreasonable to assume that a handset
will typically operate at a level that is at least 10 dB higher than
the minimum. Thus, using the -97 dBm reference sensitivity specified in
the 3GPP standard is conservative.
53. An LTE handset will typically use an antenna with a gain of
less than 0 dBi due to size and efficiency constraints, so the
Commission assumes an antenna gain of -6 dBi. Antennas built into
deployed equipment are often mass produced and do not conform to the
same exacting specification as a 0 dBi reference antenna, and embedded
handset antennas can experience several dBs of loss because they are
not one hundred percent efficient. In addition, antennas may also
experience some loss due to impedance mismatch, and the radiation
pattern of an antenna is not uniform in all directions and will have
less than the maximum gain (or loss) in many directions. For these
reasons, the Commission believes that assuming -6 dBi of antenna gain
represents a realistic representation of the embedded antenna that will
be installed on LTE handsets in the 600 MHz band.
54. Because the separation distances between unlicensed and
licensed devices the Commission is considering are short (i.e., on the
order of several meters maximum), a free space signal propagation model
is appropriate. Free space path loss is the propagation loss that
results from a line of sight path through space. When the transmitter
and receiver are very close together, there is a high probability that
they have a clear line of sight, and free space path loss provides a
bound on the loss of the transmission system.
55. The Commission assumes several other factors will attenuate the
signal transmitted from the unlicensed device. First, it assumes that
there will be 2 dB signal loss due to polarization mismatch between
transmit and receive antennas due to the orientation of transmit and
receive antennas not being in the same plane. Second, the Commission
assumes that there will be 3 dB body loss at both the unlicensed
transmitter and at the LTE handset since the analysis considers
portable devices that are typically held in the hand or carried on a
person. In the case where a device may be placed on a table and not
held, other losses, such as absorption and reflection from the table,
often in excess of the 6 dB assumed here (3 dB each for the white space
device and the LTE device) substitute for body loss. Third, the
Commission assumes that there will typically be 3.5 dB or more in
propagation losses due to multipath (0.5 dB) and shadowing (3 dB) from
nearby walls, objects or persons in the room. Taken together, the
losses described will be present to varying degrees and in most cases
at values above the conservative values chosen for analysis purposes.
56. To account for the reduction in emissions level of white space
devices in the LTE channel, the Commission conservatively assumes a 3
dB slope loss. The white space out-of-band emission mask requires the
emissions to attenuate to the Sec. 15.209 levels within six megahertz
of the channel on which it is operating, so these emissions will
attenuate over the three, to five megahertz buffer provided by the
guard bands and duplex gap to a level below the Commission's limit
before reaching the edge of the LTE channel.
57. The Commission believes that using a 3 dB desensitization level
as the interference threshold is more appropriate than a 1 dB level.
The Commission stated in the H Block Order, WT Docket No. 12-357, 78 FR
50214, August 16, 2013, that a 1 dB desensitization criterion is too
restrictive for modern cellular systems. It further noted that the 3GPP
standard for UMTS and LTE devices specifies an in-band blocking
requirement that sets the interfering signal level 6 dB or more above
the reference sensitivity level. In that proceeding, for determining
mobile interference, the Commission found that the 3 dB desensitization
level is a more appropriate metric for determining the presence of
harmful interference.
58. Based on the foregoing assumptions, and using the out-of-band
emission limits for 40 milliwatt white space devices, the Commission
calculates that for a 3 dB desensitization level, interference could
begin to occur at 0.8 meters. In the interest of completeness, the
Commission notes that this distance rises to 1.7 meters for a 1 dB
desensitization level. Thus, the Commission believes that using even
the more stringent 1 dB desensitization criterion, the probability of
harmful interference occurring would be an extremely unlikely event due
to a variety of factors that would need to occur simultaneously. For
example, a wireless device would have to be receiving in a frequency
block immediately adjacent to the guard band or duplex gap, the
received wireless signal would have to be at an extremely low level, a
white space device would have to be located in very close proximity to
a wireless device, the antenna patterns of both the transmitter and
receiver would have to be closely aligned to maximize the white space
device signal at the receiver, and there would have to be very low body
and other propagation losses. While situations like this could occur,
the Commission believes that the probability is very low. Even in such
situations, there are other mitigating factors that could prevent
harmful interference from occurring. For example, white space devices
must incorporate transmit power control, so they often operate below
the maximum allowable power, and wireless networks manage operating
channels and handset power in noisy conditions to ensure the best
possible quality of service. Thus, the Commission believes that the
criteria it is adopting for white space devices will protect the 600
MHz service from harmful interference.
59. Blocking interference. With respect to blocking interference,
the Commission also considers interference between portable devices.
Blocking interference results from limitations on a receiver's ability
to reject signals in an adjacent band. The Commission once again
assumes a reference sensitivity for the LTE receiver of -97 dBm/5 MHz.
The Commission also considered the 3GPP standard which specifies a
minimum receiver adjacent channel selectivity of 33 dB. The Commission
further assumed an additional 10 dB for adjacent channel selectivity
beyond the edge of the channel in which a white space device operates
(three to five megahertz removed from the edge of the wireless downlink
band).
60. The Commission makes many of the same assumptions as in the
out-of-band emission interference analysis, including the use of a free
space propagation model, 2 dB for antenna polarization mismatch, 3 dB
body loss at both the white space device and the
[[Page 73052]]
wireless handset, 3.5 dB loss for shadowing and multipath, 3 dB for
OOBE slope loss, and a receiver antenna gain of -6 dBi. Consistent with
the analysis above, the Commission also assumed that real-world devices
would operate with a 10 dB stronger signal than the minimum in the 3GPP
standard. Using a 3 dB desensitization criterion, the Commission
assumes that interference will begin to occur to a handset at a level
greater than -54 dBm (the reference sensitivity plus the adjacent
channel selectivity plus 10 dB). The Commission calculates that an LTE
handset would receive an adjacent channel signal level of -54 dBm at a
distance of 3.4 meters. For a 1 dB desensitization level, this distance
would increase to 6.8 meters. This result requires some context. First,
the 3GPP standard defines blocking as the point at which throughput
falls below 95% of the maximum throughput. As Google showed in their
measurements, variations of greater than 5% throughput typically occur
under normal usage conditions. This can be due to a variety of reasons,
such as movement of a handset and a continuously changing
electromagnetic environment. Therefore, even though an LTE handset may
experience some blocking interference from a white space device as
close as 3.4 meters (or even 6.8 meters), the Commission does not
believe this rises to the level of harmful interference as the LTE
handset will continue to function, just at a slightly slower data rate,
which it believes in the vast majority of instances would not be
perceptible to the user, since a user would likely experience similar
fluctuations in data rates under normal usage conditions.
61. In sum, the Commission finds that the likelihood of harmful
interference from 40 milliwatt white space devices to wireless downlink
services is extremely low. It is not possible to ensure that harmful
interference will never occur, as wireless interests apparently
request. The part 15 rules recognize this fact, indicating that the
limits in part 15 will not prevent harmful interference under all
circumstances and that it is the obligation of the unlicensed device to
eliminate the interference or cease operations. Nevertheless, as
described above, the Commission finds that actual harmful interference
from white space devices to wireless systems at the technical limits it
is adopting would be an extremely unlikely event due to a variety of
factors that would need to occur simultaneously. For example, one
factor noted above is that white space devices must incorporate
transmit power control, so they often operate below the maximum
allowable power to conserve battery power. The Commission does not
believe it is appropriate to establish technical requirements for white
space devices based on the absolute worst case situation which will
happen only rarely in the real world.
62. While the Commission's technical analysis shows that there is a
low probability that unlicensed devices will cause harmful interference
to licensed wireless services, it nonetheless reminds parties that the
rules prohibit unlicensed devices from causing harmful interference,
even devices that comply with the technical rules. In the event white
space devices cause harmful interference to licensed wireless services,
there are steps that the Commission could take to eliminate the
interference. If a licensed wireless service provider believes that an
unlicensed device is causing harmful interference to its licensed
service, the Commission requires all relevant parties to work
collaboratively and in good faith to address those concerns in a timely
manner. To that end, the Commission plans on providing guidance in the
future about how a licensed wireless service provider can contact a
party responsible for the unlicensed device to discuss interference
concerns. In addition, a licensed wireless provider can ask the
Commission to adjudicate any claims of harmful interference and the
Commission can take immediate corrective action upon determining that
there is harmful interference, including by directing the database
administrator(s) to deny the offending device(s) access to spectrum.
63. Finally, the Commission concludes that because its analysis
shows that out-of-band emissions from white space devices have a low
probability of causing harmful interference to wireless services, there
is no need for tighter out-of-band emissions from white space devices.
Additionally, the Commission observes that the out-of-band emission
limits that licensed wireless handsets must meet are higher than the
out-of-band emission limits it is requiring white space devices to
meet. No party has addressed the inconsistency of why these higher out-
of-band emission limits from handsets are not problematic while white
space device emissions will allegedly cause harmful interference.
Therefore, the Commission finds it both unnecessary and inequitable to
require white space devices to meet even tighter out-of-band emission
limits.
64. The Commission further concludes that based on its analysis, it
need not designate any 600 MHz service spectrum blocks as ``impaired''
due to the potential presence of unlicensed white space devices
operating in the guard bands or duplex gap. The analysis provided above
shows that 600 MHz service licensees will not experience harmful
interference due to the presence of unlicensed devices operating in the
guard bands or duplex gap. The Commission believes licensees operating
on those bands will enjoy a similar spectrum environment as 600 MHz
service licensees operating on non-adjacent spectrum blocks and be able
to deliver competitive broadband service to the U.S. public free from
harmful interference.
(ii) Wireless Microphones
65. The Commission will allow unlicensed wireless microphones to
operate in the guard bands with a maximum power of 20 milliwatts EIRP
and at least one megahertz frequency separation from wireless downlink
spectrum. This power level will be useful for wireless microphone
operators because many wireless microphones operate at power levels
between 10 and 20 milliwatts. The Commission finds that this power
limit for wireless microphones is necessary in the guard bands and
duplex gap to protect licensed wireless services outside these
frequency bands. In addition, because the Commission is allowing white
space devices to operate in the guard bands and duplex gap at power
levels of 40 milliwatts EIRP, limiting the power of unlicensed wireless
microphones can help enable coexistence between unlicensed wireless
microphones and white space devices by making both types of devices
operate at more comparable power levels. The fact that the Commission
is specifying wireless microphone power in terms of EIRP, rather than
conducted power as proposed in the NPRM, will benefit wireless
microphone manufacturers by ensuring that they can design equipment
that operates with a maximum radiated power of 20 milliwatts, even if
the design of a device requires the use of a less efficient antenna.
66. The Commission rejects arguments that a nine megahertz
frequency buffer is necessary to protect wireless downlink spectrum
from wireless microphones. It is requiring a one megahertz buffer
because the ETSI out-of-band emission limits that it is requiring
wireless microphones to meet specifies that out-of-band emissions roll
off over a one megahertz frequency
[[Page 73053]]
span. Thus, a one megahertz buffer ensures that wireless microphone
out-of-band emissions will be at or below the ETSI limits in the
wireless downlink band. The Commission performed analyses on the
interference potential of wireless microphones to wireless downlinks
that are similar to those for white space devices. Specifically, the
Commission considered both interference from out-of-band emissions as
well as blocking interference.
67. Out-of-band emissions interference. With respect to harmful
interference to wireless handsets from wireless microphone out-of-band
emissions, the Commission uses many of the same assumptions it used in
its analysis of white space device emissions into the wireless downlink
band. Specifically, it uses a handset receiver reference sensitivity of
-97 dBm at the antenna input and assumes a handset antenna gain of -6
dBi. It also uses a free space signal propagation model and assumes
that several factors will act to attenuate the signal transmitted from
the wireless microphone, including a 2 dB signal loss due to
polarization mismatch between the transmit and receive antennas, 3.5 dB
in propagation losses due to multipath and shadowing from nearby walls,
objects or nearby people, and 3 dB of body loss at the wireless
handset. Based on information submitted into the record regarding
wireless microphone body loss, the Commission assumes a larger body
loss for a wireless microphone (8 dB for a body worn wireless
microphone and 18 dB for a handheld wireless microphone) than it
assumes for a white space device (3 dB). In addition, a wireless
microphone's frequency band of operation will be at least one megahertz
removed from the LTE downlink band where emissions are at the ETSI
limit. The Commission expects that wireless microphone emissions will
continue to roll-off beyond the ETSI limit as frequency separation
continues, but because equipment certification measurement reports do
not currently contain measurement data based on the ETSI limits, the
Commission is not assuming a 3 dB slope loss for wireless microphones
as it does for white space devices. Finally, as with white space
devices, the Commission bases its analysis on an interference criterion
of a 3 dB rise in the noise floor.
68. Based on the foregoing assumptions, and using the ETSI -90 dBc
out-of-band emission limits for a 20 milliwatt (13 dBm) 200 kilohertz
wireless microphone at a frequency separation of one megahertz and
greater, the Commission calculates the distance at which the
interference criterion is exceeded. These distances (less than a tenth
of a meter) are so short that the Commission believes OOBE interference
from wireless microphones poses little risk of causing harmful
interference to 600 MHz service downlinks even when multiple wireless
microphones are used in close proximity. Because the necessary
separation distances are so short, it is unlikely that multiple
wireless microphones could be used in such close proximity to a 600 MHz
service band handset. Even if several microphones were to be used near
a wireless handset, they could not all use the same frequency in order
to avoid causing interference to other wireless microphones. As
wireless microphones spread throughout the guard bands and duplex gap,
they will use frequencies farther from wireless downlink spectrum and
the Commission predicts that out-of-band emissions from those
additional wireless microphones will decline as the emission levels
roll-off due to increased frequency separation.
69. Blocking interference. With respect to blocking interference
from wireless microphones, the Commission again assumes a reference
sensitivity for the LTE receiver of -97 dBm and an adjacent channel
selectivity of 33 dB. Because the Commission is allowing wireless
microphones to operate at a closer frequency separation than white
space devices (one megahertz instead of three megahertz), it is
assuming a conservative handset receive filter rejection of 3 dB. In
addition, the Commission makes many of the same assumptions as in the
out-of-band emission interference analysis for wireless microphones,
including the use of a free space propagation model, 3 dB body loss at
the wireless handset, 8 dB of body loss for body worn wireless
microphones and 18 dB of body loss for handheld wireless microphones,
3.5 dB loss for shadowing and multipath, and a receiver antenna gain of
-6 dBi. Consistent with the analyses above, the Commission also assumes
that real world devices would operate with a 10 dB stronger signal than
the minimum specified in the 3GPP standard. Also, the Commission
assumes a 3 dB rise in the noise floor as the appropriate interference
criterion. In this case, the distances at which the interference
criterion may be exceeded are 6.6 meters for body worn microphones, and
2.1 meters for hand held microphones. For a 1 dB rise in the noise
floor, the distances at which the interference criterion may be
exceeded are 13.2 meters for body worn microphones and 4.2 meters for
hand held microphones.
70. As with white space devices, this result requires some context.
The Commission again points out that the 3GPP standard defines blocking
as the point at which throughput falls below 95% of the maximum
throughput, and as Google showed in their measurements, variations of
greater than 5% throughput typically occur under normal usage
conditions. Therefore, even though an LTE handset may experience some
blocking interference from a wireless microphone as close as 6.6
meters, the Commission does not believe this rises to the level of
harmful interference. Handsets will continue to function, albeit at a
slightly slower data rate, which the Commission believes would
generally not be perceptible to the user as that user would likely
experience similar fluctuations in data rates under normal usage
conditions. In addition, the Commission does not believe that even with
multiple microphones operating within a close area, 600 MHz service
handsets would experience harmful interference. First, the wireless
microphones would themselves need to spread over many different
frequencies to avoid interfering with each other. Thus, it is unlikely
that more than one microphone would be operating at the frequency next
to the one megahertz buffer in the guard bands or duplex gap within a
given area. Second, to conserve battery power, wireless microphones,
like white space devices and mobile handsets, generally operate below
the maximum allowable power which reduces the likelihood of
interference. Third, as with the analysis for white space devices, the
analysis here considers the worst case which is unlikely to actually
occur. Aside from the analysis assuming the wireless microphone is
operating at maximum power, inherent in the worst case situation is
that the mobile handset is operating at the edge of coverage near its
sensitivity level, on the frequency closest to the guard bands or
duplex gap, the antenna patterns of both the wireless microphone and
wireless receiver would have to be closely aligned to maximize the
wireless microphone signal at the receiver, and there would have to be
de minimis body and other propagation losses; a scenario that is not
likely to occur often, if at all. Finally, the Commission notes that
wireless microphones are generally used in specific places--theaters,
arenas, churches, etc. and not likely to be found in all areas where
mobile handsets are in heavy use. Even at breaking news events, where
there may be a mix of mobile handsets and wireless microphones, the
Commission believes
[[Page 73054]]
it unlikely that all the factors needed to cause interference would
occur simultaneously. Thus, the Commission finds that the likelihood of
wireless microphones in the guard bands and duplex gap causing harmful
interference to 600 MHz wireless downlink service to be very low.
c. Frequencies of Operation
71. White space devices. In the case of a nine megahertz guard
band, a white space device with three megahertz separation from
wireless downlink spectrum will be immediately adjacent to a TV
channel. Such operation is consistent with the analysis detailed above
showing that a three megahertz guard band will protect wireless
handsets from white space devices and that no guard band is needed to
protect adjacent channel TV operations. If the guard band is 11
megahertz, the Commission will apportion the spectrum such that white
space devices will be required to operate at the lower end of the guard
band, immediately adjacent to TV spectrum and five megahertz from
wireless handsets. This will correspondingly provide a contiguous four
megahertz block of spectrum not shared with white space devices for
wireless microphone use and a one megahertz guard band between wireless
microphones and wireless handsets. Distributing usage across an 11
megahertz guard band reduces the burden on white space devices, which
will always operate in the same portion of the guard band, thus making
channel availability checks simpler than if white space devices could
operate anywhere within the guard band where they maintain at least a
three megahertz separation from wireless downlink spectrum. Finally,
this plan is consistent with the plan the Commission is adopting for
the 11 megahertz duplex gap.
72. The Commission is also adopting rules to allow white space
device operation in a seven megahertz guard band. It will permit 40
milliwatt white space devices to operate in the lower four megahertz
portion of a seven megahertz guard band, i.e., the portion immediately
adjacent to television spectrum. This will leave a three megahertz
frequency separation from wireless downlink spectrum above the guard
band. The Commission will require that white space devices operating
under these provisions comply with the same technical requirements as
40 milliwatt white space devices in nine or 11 megahertz guard bands,
with the exception of the channel bandwidth and the PSD limit. The
current PSD limit would prevent a white space device in a four
megahertz channel from attaining the full 40 milliwatts EIRP because
the power is concentrated in a narrower bandwidth than was used in
establishing the limit. The Commission will therefore allow such
devices to comply with a PSD limit of 0.6 dBm/100 kHz EIRP. It will
also require that a 40 milliwatt fixed device operating in a four
megahertz channel comply with a conducted PSD limit of -5.4 dBm, since
the conducted power limit for fixed devices is 6 dB less than the EIRP
limit. These limits are about 2 dB higher than the limits for white
space devices in a six megahertz channel. Because the out-of-band
emission limits are not being modified for this narrower white space
channel, the total radiated power adjacent to TV remains at 40
milliwatts. The Commission also maintaining the three megahertz
separation to 600 MHz band wireless downlinks. Thus, Commission does
not believe that white space devices operating in a seven megahertz
guard band will cause harmful interference to either television
reception or wireless downlinks.
73. The Commission does not adopt rules to allow white space
devices to operate in a three megahertz guard band adjacent to channel
37. A guard band that size would be too small to permit white space
device operation, because at least a three megahertz frequency
separation is required to protect wireless downlink services.
74. Wireless microphones. The Commission will allow unlicensed
wireless microphones to operate in certain segments of the guard bands.
In the guard band between television and wireless downlink spectrum,
the Commission will allow unlicensed wireless microphones to operate
across the guard band regardless of its eventual size (determined by
the results of the auction) with the exception of a one megahertz
segment at the upper end that would act as a buffer between unlicensed
wireless microphone operations and wireless downlink services. If the
guard band is 11 megahertz wide, unlicensed wireless microphones will
be allowed to operate in the lower ten megahertz segment of the band;
if the guard band is nine megahertz wide, unlicensed wireless
microphones will be allowed to operate in the lower eight megahertz
segment; and if the guard band is seven megahertz wide, unlicensed
wireless microphones will be allowed to operate in the lower six
megahertz segment.
75. In the three megahertz guard bands adjacent to channel 37, the
Commission will allow unlicensed wireless microphones to operate in the
two megahertz segment closest to channel 37, leaving a one megahertz
buffer to protect wireless downlink services adjacent to these guard
bands. Wireless microphones currently operate on channels 36 and 38 at
up to 250 milliwatts without causing harmful interference to WMTS and
RAS operations on channel 37. The Commission thus concludes that there
is no need for any frequency separation between unlicensed wireless
microphones operating in the guard bands and channel 37 because it is
limiting the maximum permitted power in this spectrum to 20 milliwatts
to protect wireless downlink services.
2. Duplex Gap
a. Protecting Adjacent Wireless Downlink and Uplink Bands
76. Wireless downlink bands will be protected from harmful
interference by requiring that unlicensed white space devices operate
at 40 milliwatts EIRP with at least three megahertz frequency
separation from wireless downlink bands and that wireless microphones
operate at 20 milliwatts EIRP with at least one megahertz separation
from wireless downlink bands. The Commission will require that licensed
wireless microphones operating in the duplex gap comply with the same
technical requirements as unlicensed wireless microphones in the guard
bands. The split of the duplex gap described below will provide for a
one megahertz frequency separation between licensed wireless
microphones and wireless downlink spectrum. It will also provide for a
frequency separation of five megahertz, rather than three megahertz,
from wireless downlink spectrum. Thus, wireless downlink services will
be protected from harmful interference.
77. Regarding wireless uplink bands, the Commission concludes that
that it is not necessary to provide any frequency separation between
white space devices and unlicensed wireless microphones and wireless
uplink spectrum to prevent harmful interference to base station
receivers. Base station antennas are generally mounted high on a tower,
providing distance separation between them and white space devices and
wireless microphones. Also, base stations can take advantage of better
receive filters to minimize the potential for adjacent channel
interference. These factors lead to very little risk of harmful
interference to wireless base stations even when white space devices
and unlicensed wireless microphones operate immediately adjacent to
wireless uplink spectrum.
[[Page 73055]]
b. Frequencies of Operation
78. The Commission is adopting the proposed 1-4-6 split of the
duplex gap. A six megahertz band for unlicensed devices, which will be
used by both unlicensed white space devices and unlicensed wireless
microphones, is supported by the record and is consistent with the
current white space device rules. Additionally, a four megahertz
segment of the duplex gap is designated for licensed wireless
microphones users only, thus enabling them to access spectrum for
quick-breaking events without having to reserve channels in the white
space databases. This plan maximizes the frequency separation between
the six megahertz segment of the duplex gap for white space device use
and wireless downlink spectrum, thereby reducing the risk of harmful
interference to those adjacent band services as required by the
Spectrum Act. The one megahertz buffer at the lower end of the duplex
gap provides a margin of interference protection to wireless handsets
from licensed wireless microphones. The Commission will allow
unlicensed wireless microphones to operate in the same six megahertz
portion of the duplex gap as white space devices, and licensed wireless
microphone use will be permitted in the four megahertz segment of the
lower duplex gap designated for their operation. This plan balances the
spectrum needs of unlicensed white space and wireless microphone users,
by making spectrum available for both wireless microphones and white
space devices, while minimizing the likelihood of harmful interference
to licensed wireless services.
79. The Commission concludes that it is not necessary to provide a
guard band between the four megahertz designated for licensed wireless
microphones and the six megahertz designated for unlicensed white space
devices and unlicensed wireless microphones. Recognizing that the rules
require low emissions from white space devices outside their channel of
operation, the record indicates that the risk of adjacent channel
interference to licensed wireless microphones is low. Wireless
microphones currently operate adjacent to white space devices as well
as full power television stations with no adverse effects as their
narrow bandwidths and receiver selectivity provide interference
protection. Thus, there is a low risk of unlicensed white space devices
or unlicensed wireless microphones causing harmful interference to
licensed wireless microphones in the adjacent band.
80. The Commission disagrees with parties requesting a one
megahertz buffer at the upper end of the duplex gap to protect white
space devices from possible interference from wireless uplinks (handset
transmitters) in the adjacent band. As discussed, a one megahertz
frequency separation is necessary to protect licensed operations in
wireless downlink spectrum (handset receivers) from wireless
microphones operating in an adjacent frequency band, and the Commission
declines to eliminate this buffer from the lower end of the duplex gap.
To add a one megahertz buffer at the upper end of the duplex gap would
reduce the spectrum available for licensed wireless microphones in
order to maintain six megahertz for white space devices. Given the
Commission's objective to balance the interests of different users, it
is not reducing the amount of spectrum designated for licensed wireless
microphones in the duplex gap.
3. Database Access
81. The Commission will require that unlicensed white space devices
and unlicensed wireless microphones operating in the 600 MHz guard
bands, including the duplex gap, rely on database access to identify
vacant channels for their use. This requirement is necessary because
the Spectrum Act requires that unlicensed use of the guard bands ``must
rely on a database or subsequent methodology as determined by the
Commission.'' The Commission concludes that this requirement is not
unduly burdensome because there are several white space databases
available, and unlicensed wireless microphone users will have an
incentive to check a database to identify available frequencies for
their use. The Commission will not require that licensed wireless
microphone users in the duplex gap rely on the white space databases to
determine if those frequencies are available for their use at their
location prior to operation.
82. Because the Spectrum Act does not define the terms ``rely on a
database'' or ``subsequent methodology,'' the Commission concludes that
the Spectrum Act gives it discretion to determine how unlicensed white
space devices and unlicensed wireless microphone users should ``rely
on'' the white space databases to identify available frequencies in the
guard bands for their use. Unlicensed white space devices will rely on
a database for identifying channels available for their use in the
guard bands and duplex gap as they do now in the TV bands.
83. The Commission concludes that unlicensed wireless microphone
users can satisfy the Spectrum Act's requirement to ``rely on'' a
database by manually checking it via a separate Internet connection
which can be done using a smart phone, laptop, or other similar
telecommunications devices. The Commission will require that unlicensed
microphone users check the databases prior to beginning operation at a
given location (e.g., prior to beginning a performance). Because the
databases will identify available channels based on the location where
a microphone will be used (latitude and longitude), the user will need
to re-check the databases for available channels if it moves from the
earlier location.
84. The Commission will not require licensed wireless microphone
users of the four megahertz segment in the duplex gap to access a
database before beginning operation. During the post-auction transition
period while TV stations are in the process of vacating their channels
in the 600 MHz band, a licensed wireless microphone user may need to
determine whether the duplex gap is available in an area. After the end
of this transition period, the duplex gap will generally be available
nationwide, except possibly in a limited number of locations if the
auction outcome necessitates repacking some TV stations into the duplex
gap. Broadcasters and cable programming network entities that will be
licensed to operate in the duplex gap are sophisticated users that are
capable of determining whether the duplex gap is available at their
location. Since the Commission is limiting operation in this four
megahertz segment to licensed users, the Spectrum Act's requirement
that unlicensed devices rely on database access or a subsequent
methodology as determined by the Commission does not apply.
C. 600 MHz Service Band
1. White Space Devices
a. Permissible Types of Operation
85. The Commission will allow fixed, Mode I and Mode II white space
devices to operate in the 600 MHz service band under the same technical
requirements (e.g., power, antenna height, database access) that apply
to operation in the TV bands. Additionally, it will require that white
space devices comply with separation distances from the areas where a
wireless licensee has commenced operations.
86. The Commission rejects arguments that white space devices in
the duplex gap and 600 MHz service band should have the same power
limit.
[[Page 73056]]
White space devices will be limited to 40 milliwatts in the duplex gap
because they will operate in the same geographic areas where 600 MHz
service licensees have commenced operation, and on frequencies adjacent
to wireless uplink and downlink spectrum with small or no frequency
separations and, potentially, at short physical separation distances
from wireless handsets. In contrast, white space devices will be
allowed to operate in the 600 MHz service band only at locations where
a wireless licensee has not commenced operations, so the Commission can
allow higher power levels for white space devices in the 600 MHz
service band than in the duplex gap. Issues pertaining to the
definition of ``commence operations'' will be addressed separately in
response to the Commence Operations PN.
87. The Commission rejects arguments that the Spectrum Act
prohibits unlicensed use of the 600 MHz service band. The Spectrum Act
specifically permits unlicensed use of the guard bands, but does not
contain any prohibition on continued unlicensed use of the 600 MHz
service spectrum prior to a 600 MHz service licensee commencing
operations. Thus, the Commission finds that such operations are not
prohibited by the Spectrum Act.
b. Protection Criteria
(i) Wireless Uplinks
88. The Commission adopts the proposed minimum separation distances
that white space devices must meet when operating in spectrum that is
also used for licensed 600 MHz wireless uplinks or downlinks. While
these distances were calculated by determining the minimum separation
from base stations that white space devices must meet to avoid causing
harmful interference, consistent with the proposals in the Notice, the
Commission is requiring that white space devices comply with these
distances from any point along the edge of the polygon representing the
outer edge of base station deployment, rather than from just the points
that define the polygon in the database. This requirement is necessary
because the points defining a polygon could in some instances be
farther apart than the protection distances, thus possibly under-
protecting base stations that are just inside the polygon and between
the defined points. The co-channel and adjacent channel separation
distances to protect wireless uplinks are listed in the final rules.
89. The Commission adopts its proposals to define co-channel
operation as any frequency overlap between a TV channel used by a white
space device and a five megahertz spectrum block used by a 600 MHz
service licensee, and adjacent channel operation as a frequency
separation of zero to four megahertz between the edge of a channel used
by a white space device and the edge of a five megahertz spectrum block
used by a 600 MHz service licensee. Consistent with the rules for
operation in the duplex gap, the Commission is not requiring adjacent
channel separation distances to protect wireless uplink services from
white space devices operating at 40 milliwatts since it determined that
adjacent channel separation distances are not necessary in that case.
However, the Commission is requiring adjacent channel separation
distances for white space devices operating at higher power levels.
90. In addition, consistent with the rules for operation in the TV
bands, the Commission is requiring that a fixed or Mode II device that
supplies a list of available channels to a Mode I device must comply
with increased separation distances on any channels that are indicated
as available to the Mode I device. As with operation in the TV bands,
the Commission will base the increases in separation distance on the
minimum co-channel separation distances at 40 and 100 milliwatts.
Therefore, if a Mode I device operates at greater than 40 milliwatts,
the co-channel and adjacent channel separation distances must be
increased by 6 kilometers and 0.14 kilometers, respectively. Similarly,
if a Mode I device operates 40 milliwatts or less, the co-channel
separation distance must be increased by 5 kilometers.
91. The Commission reject arguments that use of the TM-91-1 model
is inappropriate due to the range of distances and antenna heights over
which it is defined. While TM-91-1 was specifically developed for a
limited range of distances and antenna heights, it has a broader range
of application by the virtue of the fact that it is identical to the
Egli model, which is valid over a greater range of distances and
antenna heights than specified in TM 91-1.
92. The Commission also rejects arguments that it should use the
Longley-Rice model instead of the TM-91-1 model for consistency with
the ISIX methodology. The Longley-Rice methodology uses detailed, site
specific terrain information and performs complex, computational
intensive calculations to determine signal coverage. In contrast, the
Commission here develops a general table of separation distances that
can be used by the white space databases to protect licensed wireless
services in a wide variety of locations, so the simpler TM-91-1 model
is more appropriate for this purpose. The Commission rejects arguments
that it should protect wireless base stations from white space devices
at distances beyond 60 kilometers and no specific larger distances were
suggested in the record.
(ii) Wireless Downlinks
93. The Commission adopts the proposed minimum separation distances
of 35 kilometers (co-channel) and 31 kilometers (adjacent channel)
between white space devices operating in spectrum used by 600 MHz band
wireless downlinks and the boundary of a polygon representing the outer
edge of base station deployment. The Commission also adopts the same
definitions of co-channel and adjacent channel operation that apply
with respect to wireless uplinks. The separation distances that the
Commission adopts do not vary with EIRP or HAAT because analysis showed
that increasing the EIRP or HAAT has only a small effect on the total
required separation distance. These distances are also sufficient to
provide protection from white space devices operating at 10 watts EIRP.
94. The Commission will require 40 milliwatt white space devices to
meet adjacent channel separation distances from the service areas where
a wireless licensee has commenced operations, at any frequency
separation from zero to four megahertz from wireless downlink spectrum.
This is because the Commission is allowing fixed devices to operate
with antenna heights of up to 250 meters HAAT, which increases their
potential for causing harmful interference to wireless services. As
discussed, white space devices operating in the guard band adjacent to
wireless downlink spectrum at low antenna heights (10 meters or less
AGL) and a minimum frequency separation of three megahertz will not
cause harmful interference to wireless handsets and thus do not specify
a separation distance for such operations. While the Commission could
allow for operation of such white space devices in the 600 MHz service
band without an adjacent channel separation distance, it adopts a
different approach in order to reduce the compliance burdens and
provide for bright-line rules for the 600 MHz service band.
Specifically, for the 600 MHz service band, the Commission will require
all white space devices to comply with a single adjacent channel
[[Page 73057]]
separation distance, independent of white space device power, antenna
height or frequency offset.
2. Wireless Microphones
95. The Commission will require that licensed and unlicensed
wireless microphones operating in the 600 MHz service band comply with
minimum co-channel and adjacent channel separation distances from the
areas where 600 MHz service licensees are operating because this
requirement is necessary to protect licensed wireless operations in the
600 MHz service band. However, the Commission agrees with Sennheiser
that the separation distances proposed in the NPRM are larger than
necessary to protect licensed wireless services in some instances. The
Commission is reducing the required separation distance for wireless
microphones operating in the portion of the 600 MHz service band used
for wireless uplinks, i.e., base station receive frequencies. However,
it is not reducing the proposed separation distances in the portion of
the 600 MHz service band used for wireless downlinks (35 kilometers co-
channel, 31 kilometers adjacent channel). The reason is that the
primary component of those distances is an assumed base station
communication radius of 30 kilometers, so the reduction in these
separation distances would be relatively small if recalculated assuming
a lower power for wireless microphones. While the Commission could
allow for operation of wireless microphones in the repurposed 600 MHz
downlink band without any adjacent channel separation distance in some
cases similar to its actions in the guard bands and duplex gap, it
adopts a different approach in order to reduce the compliance burdens
and provide for bright-line rules for the 600 MHz service band.
Specifically, for the 600 MHz service band, the Commission will require
all wireless microphones to comply with the same adjacent channel
separation distance as white space devices.
96. With regard to protecting wireless uplinks, the Commission
assumes a lower total power for wireless microphones than 4,000
milliwatts. While licensed wireless microphones are permitted to
operate with power levels of up to 250 milliwatts, most wireless
microphones operate with a power level of less than 50 milliwatts.
Based on ten wireless microphones operating at 50 milliwatts, the total
power in a six megahertz channel would be less than 500 milliwatts. The
actual EIRP that could affect a wireless system would be less than that
for two reasons. First, wireless spectrum blocks are five megahertz
wide, so depending on the overlap between a repurposed six megahertz TV
channel and a wireless spectrum block, the maximum power that could
fall into a five megahertz block would be 5/6 of the total, or 417
milliwatts. In most cases, a smaller overlap would occur and the power
that could fall into a five megahertz block will be less than 417
milliwatts. Second, the EIRP of an individual wireless microphone is
often less than the 50 milliwatt conducted power limit due to antenna
efficiency limitations, and because wireless microphones are often
operated using less than the maximum allowable power to achieve greater
battery life and spectral efficiency. Because these two conditions are
likely to create a situation where the overlapping power is much less
than 417 milliwatts, the Commission will base the separation distances
that wireless microphones must meet to protect wireless uplinks on the
nearest white space device power level that is less than 417
milliwatts, which is 250 milliwatts. The co-channel and adjacent
channel separation distances that apply at that power level with a
three meter antenna height are 7 kilometers and 0.2 kilometers. While
the Commission could allow for operation of wireless microphones in the
repurposed 600 MHz uplink band without any adjacent channel separation
distance in some cases similar to its actions in the duplex gap, the
Commission adopts a different approach in order to reduce the
compliance burdens and provide for bright-line rules for the 600 MHz
service band. Specifically, for the 600 MHz service band, the
Commission will require all wireless microphones to comply with the
same adjacent channel separation distance as white space devices.
97. Licensed and unlicensed wireless microphones can continue to
operate in the 600 MHz service band during the post-auction transition
period, consistent with their secondary or unlicensed status, provided
they do not cause harmful interference to incumbent TV services or new
wireless services. However, they have a hard date by which they must
cease operating in the band. The white space databases will enable
unlicensed wireless microphone users to determine whether their
operating location is at least four kilometers outside the protected
contour of TV stations that continue to operate in that band and also
to identify areas where 600 MHz service licensees are operating so they
can avoid causing harmful interference to them. The 600 MHz service
licensees rely on the deployment of multiple base stations to provide
service, and expand the number and locations of base stations as they
increase their service areas. This is a dynamic set of circumstances
that necessitates periodic checking of the databases to identify the
appropriate locations where wireless services are protected from
harmful interference as required by the Incentive Auction R&O. The
Commission will require that unlicensed wireless microphone users rely
on the white space databases to ensure that their intended operating
frequencies in the 600 MHz service band are available at the locations
where they will be used. Operation in the 600 MHz service band requires
that unlicensed wireless microphone users check the databases more
frequently than they would in the guard bands and duplex gap, i.e.,
always prior to beginning operation at a given location and not just if
the microphone user moves from an earlier location.
D. Channel 37
1. Power Limits and Separation Distances
a. General Technical Requirements and Power Limits
98. The Commission will allow fixed devices to operate on channel
37 at power levels up to four watts and with antennas ranging up to 250
meters HAAT. It will also allow both Mode I and Mode II personal/
portable devices to operate at power levels up to 100 milliwatts. As
with the rules described above that require an adjustment in separation
distance when fixed or Mode II devices are controlling a Mode I device,
the Commission will require the same here.
99. Although the Commission will allow fixed devices at up to four
watts, the results of the incentive auction along with the white space
rules will determine the maximum power allowed on channel 37. If the
incentive auction recovers exactly 84 megahertz of spectrum, there will
be a three megahertz guard band above channel 37, and if more than 84
megahertz is recovered, there will be a three megahertz guard band on
each side of channel 37. In either case, only a three megahertz guard
band will separate white space devices operating on channel 37 from the
mobile handset receive band, so consistent with the rules for the
duplex gap and the guard bands, white space device operation on channel
37 would be limited to 40 milliwatts to protect mobile handsets. If the
incentive auction recovers less than 84 megahertz, then channels 36 and
38 would remain available for TV, allowing
[[Page 73058]]
a fixed white space device to operate at power levels above 100
milliwatts. Finally, if channels 36 and/or 38 remain available for TV,
a white space device could operate at up to 100 milliwatts so long as
it straddles channels 36 and 37 or channels 37 and 38 and it meets the
separation distances being adopted for channel 37 as well as all other
protection requirements specified in the rules. The Commission will not
permit, at this time, white space devices operating on channel 37 in
less congested areas to operate with higher power than four watts since
there should already be sufficient spectrum available in those areas to
operate at higher power on other channels. As the Commission gains
experience with higher power operations, it could revisit this issue
and adjust the rules accordingly so long as WMTS and RAS are protected
from harmful interference.
b. Determination of WMTS Separation Distances
100. In consideration of the most recent information filed to the
record and the Commission's goal to be conservative in the
determination of protection distances to protect WMTS, the Commission
is basing its analysis on a -100 dBm receiver sensitivity level and a
12.5 kilohertz bandwidth. Using these criteria ensures that the
analysis provides sufficient protection for WMTS devices produced by
all manufacturers.
101. The Commission believes that the TM-91-1 propagation model is
the most appropriate model to use for determining the separation
distances necessary to protect WMTS systems from white space devices at
the various power/antenna height combinations permitted by the rules.
The TM-91-1 model, which has been used previously to model white space
interference potential, was developed for modelling propagation loss at
relatively short distance to provide capability where the F curves are
no longer appropriate. The Commission believes this model, which
predicts propagation loss in excess of free space loss, is appropriate
in this case as free space loss will underestimate actual signal loss.
In addition, signals from white space devices will generally suffer
from additional loss due to ground clutter, multipath effects and
building penetration losses. To balance the use of this model and its
loss predictions against the WMTS proponents' claim that health care
facilities often have distributed antenna systems (DAS) installed near
windows where there may be little building penetration loss, the
Commission set the building penetration loss parameter of the model to
zero. There will still be some building loss even for a DAS installed
near clear windows, but the Commission uses zero here to ensure that
the results are conservative and will protect WMTS systems from harmful
interference. The Commission believes that this is likely to be
unrealistic in many cases, but given that this is the first time it is
authorizing co-channel operation of unlicensed portable devices on
channel 37, it elects this conservative approach. To the extent that
this results in unreasonably large separation distances in individual
cases, parties can seek a waiver, as discussed below. Finally, with
respect to the TM-91-1 model, it was developed based on suburban area
data and that usage in urban areas with more densely packed buildings
is likely to experience losses beyond those predicted here. While the
model in general may under predict losses for rural areas, the
Commission's implementation, such as setting the building penetration
loss parameter to zero should offset the effects of some longer line-
of-sight distances between white space devices and WMTS systems.
102. The Commission also rejects the argument that the TM-91-1
model is inappropriate to use because it is not valid at the antenna
heights and distances under consideration here and returns results
based on a median signal level. Although the TM-91-1 model was
developed to study a particular range of distances and antenna heights,
it is based on the Egli model which has an applied range of up to 40
miles from the transmitter, a transmit antenna height of 5000 feet and
a receive antenna height of 1000 feet. A comparison of the TM-91-1
model, equation 5, and Egli's model, equation 2 shows that they are
identical when compared in the same units. Thus, while TM-91-1 was
specifically developed for limited range by the virtue of the fact that
it is identical to Egli's model, it has a broader range of application
than stated in the report. In addition, the TM-91-1 model may actually
overstate the interference potential somewhat because it does not
account for terrain features, buildings, and land cover that have an
effect on the strength of received signals, nor does it consider
multipath effects. In particular, a comparison between predicted free
space path loss and actual measured path loss for several test sites at
two hospitals submitted by the WMTS coalition shows that in many cases
the actual path loss is substantially more than the prediction and
compares favorably with the predictions of the TM-91-1 model.
103. The Commission calculated the minimum co-channel separation
distances that would be required for white space devices to protect
WMTS devices based on the assumptions stated, basing protection on
receiver sensitivity of -100 dBm, a 12.5 kHz bandwidth, and a frequency
of 611 MHz (the center of the WMTS channel). The Commission also
assumes an antenna aggregation gain of 3 dB to account for the
possibility of multiple antennas receiving a WMTS signal. To provide
additional protection, the Commission will not assume any additional
building penetration loss for WMTS signals, using 0 dB, which is in
addition to setting the building penetration loss variable in the model
to 0. The Commission assumes an aggregate 2 dB of loss due to antenna
mismatch, polarization effects, line loss, etc., which it believes to
be reasonable for modelling WMTS protection and less than losses likely
to be experienced in actual system deployments. Finally, to protect
WMTS, the Commission assumes an I/N value of -6, providing for a 1 dB
rise in the noise floor. The Commission used the TM-91-1 propagation
model and white space device power levels that range from 40 milliwatts
to 4,000 milliwatts in four dB steps.
104. The Commission used the same range of HAAT currently specified
in the rules for fixed white space devices and assumed that the WMTS
receiver would be at a 10 meter height AGL. The Commission concludes
that a large number of WMTS devices using channel 37 are installed at
or below the assumed 10 meter height. To assume a greater height in the
analysis would be unreasonable because it would produce greater
separation distances than are needed to protect WMTS devices in many
cases. Moreover, multipath and other reflections off the walls of a
taller facility would result in more of the signal being reflected,
which were not accounted for in the analysis.
105. The results of the analysis, as shown in the final rules,
provide for slightly longer separation distances than those proposed.
The Commission believes these values represent a conservative
evaluation of providing protection to WMTS, and along with the
procedures discussed below, provide opportunity for white space devices
to deploy using channel 37. The distances provided in the rules will
apply to fixed devices and Mode II personal/portable devices that are
communicating with other fixed and/or Mode II devices. However, to
account for some location
[[Page 73059]]
uncertainty for Mode I devices, the Commission will, consistent with
its decision for the duplex gap and guard bands, require that these
distances be doubled when the controlling device is a Mode II personal
portable device, and increased by 380 meters and 480 meters for fixed
white space devices serving 40 milliwatt and 100 milliwatt personal/
portable Mode I white space devices, respectively.
106. The Commission is also adopting separation distances to
protect WMTS systems from adjacent channel white space device
operations on channels 36 or 38. It is basing the adjacent channel
protection distances on an analysis similar to that used to determine
co-channel separation distance (10 meter WMTS antenna height, 3 dB
antenna aggregation, 3 dB antenna mismatch, 0 dB building attenuation).
For the out-of-band interference analysis, the Commission used the same
-100 dBm/12.5 kHz receiver sensitivity and I/N protection criteria of -
6. For the blocking interference analysis, because the white space
device would be operating immediately adjacent to channel 37, the
Commission assumed 0 dB loss due to the receive filter and a blocking
threshold of -37.8 dBm/MHz. The analysis showed that the protection
distances to protect from blocking interference were larger than to
protect from out-of-band interference, so the Commission is basing the
adjacent channel protection distances on the distances shown in the
final rules that were calculated to protect WMTS from blocking
interference.
107. The Commission adopts adjacent channel protection distances
that apply for any antenna height at a given power level. Because the
distances are so short, the Commission assumes that it is likely that
the transmitter and receiver are both at approximately the same antenna
height. Thus, under the assumed condition of the WMTS receiver being 10
meters AGL, if a white space device was operating at the maximum of 30
meters AGL allowed by the rules, they would be at most 20 meters apart.
Under these conditions, that separation distance is larger than
necessary to provide protection. However, to reduce compliance burdens
and to ensure that WMTS receivers are protected in all cases, such as
when the antennas are closer in height above ground level, the
Commission adopts the calculated values for all instances at the
various power levels.
108. Finally, as with co-channel separation distance, the
Commission is providing additional distance to be added to fixed and
Mode II white space device separation distances when they are
controlling Mode I devices. When a Mode II or fixed white space device
is providing channel lists for Mode I white space devices, they must
comply with separation distances to 16 meters and 26 meters when
serving 40 milliwatt and 100 milliwatt devices, respectively.
109. Because the white space databases are already designed to
provide for polygonal exclusion zones, and a building perimeter is a
polygon that can be defined as a series of latitude and longitude
coordinates, these distances will apply from the perimeter of each
health care facility containing channel 37 WMTS systems (or if several
facilities containing channel 37 WMTS systems are clustered closely
together, the Commission will allow them to be defined as a single
entity). Obtaining the coordinates defining the perimeter of a facility
will be a simple, straightforward process.
110. Several commenters suggested that a more nuanced approach that
takes into account site-specific propagation conditions may best
balance the competing interests of health care facilities and white
space proponents. The separation distance and protection procedures set
out here is a default approach. There is ongoing dialogue among the
stakeholders and should those parties reach a consensus that differs
from this approach, the Commission invites those parties to submit an
alternative approach for streamlined consideration. The Commission will
monitor the use of channel 37 and may adjust the separation distances
as experience is gained. If parties believe a distance other than that
provided in the rules either over or under protects WMTS systems, they
may file waiver requests with the Commission to modify the distance for
a particular facility or group of similarly situated facilities. To
ensure that WMTS systems are protected from the potential for harmful
interference, the Commission will immediately require the database
administrators to expand the separation distance for reasonable
requests for a particular facility, until it has completed its analysis
and can render a final decision on the waiver. The Commission commits
to expeditiously resolving any such waiver request.
111. To implement the necessary protection, the Commission has
strived to provide a procedure that is simple, straightforward, and
easy to implement for all parties. A health care facility will register
a representation of the perimeter the building to a white space
database administrator. That information will be entered into the
database and shared with the other white space database administrators.
White space system operators will then avoid operating within the
protection zones of health care facilities through instructions from
the database.
112. While the Commission will not generally prohibit operation in
rural areas, it recommends that unlicensed devices should only operate
in channel 37 in areas where there are fewer than three channels
available for unlicensed use between the UHF channels and the 600 MHz
guard bands, including the duplex gap. The Commission expects rural
areas, where there are already plenty of channels available for white
space devices, will continue to have channels available after the
incentive auction. Thus, prioritizing the available channels in this
manner will balance the interference protection needs of WMTS
facilities against the needs of white space system operators to have
sufficient spectrum on which to operate.
113. The distances the Commission is setting to protect WMTS
systems will generally protect against harmful interference, but
adjustments may be necessary based on the unique characteristics of a
health care facility and path loss relative to the potential locations
of the white space deployment. The Commission underscores for white
space device operators that in all cases, they always have the
obligation to protect WMTS systems from harmful interference and to
eliminate such interference if it should occur. As an added measure of
protection, the Commission will work with the interested parties to
explore procedures whereby if interference to WMTS occurs, white space
devices would be excluded from operating near that health care facility
until such time as the interference has been fully resolved.
114. To ensure that the separation distances and procedures the
Commission adopts will provide the intended protection to WMTS systems,
the Commission intends to limit initial deployment of white space
devices using channel 37 to one or two areas. By limiting initial roll-
out to just a few areas, the Commission jointly with the FDA can work
with white space device operators and health care facilities to
validate and, if needed, adjust the approach so that critical WMTS
systems do not experience harmful interference. Once the rules become
effective and the deadline for health care facility registration has
passed, the Commission encourages parties interested in deploying white
space devices on channel 37 to contact OET to discuss the intended
deployment and a test plan. At the successful conclusion of
[[Page 73060]]
testing of these initial deployments, the Commission will issue a
public notice to inform interested parties that they may deploy white
space devices nationwide on channel 37.
c. Determination of RAS Separation Distances
115. The Commission is adopting criteria to protect the ten very
long baseline array (VLBA) radio astronomy observatories. The
Commission agrees with commenters that a site specific terrain based
protection criteria is better than a single fixed distance for each
site because these sites are often in rural areas and constructed to
take advantage of terrain features to provide a very low noise
environment for radio observations. To conduct the analysis, the
Commission used the Longley-Rice version 1.2.2 propagation model and
the protection criteria of ITU-R RA-769-2 (-212 dB (W/m\2\ Hz)) which
assuming an isotropic receive antenna equates to -131 dB (W/m\2\ 6 MHz)
or a receiver interference threshold of 1.54 dBuV/m) along with F(50,2)
propagation. For each VLBA receive site, the Commission used the
coordinates specified in Sec. 15.713(h) and a radio astronomy receive
antenna height of 27 meters AGL. To perform the analysis, the
Commission assumed white space transmitters with 40 milliwatts EIRP, 3
meters antenna height AGL, 611 MHz transmitter frequency, and an omni-
directional transmit antenna pattern every 2 kilometers along 72
radials spaced every 5 degrees extending from the Radio Astronomy (RA)
receiver site out to 300 kilometers. Using F(50,2) propagation along
the path from each white space transmitter to the radio astronomy site,
the Commission could determine, based on the terrain profile of each
path, which transmit sites produced a field strength above the
protection criteria at the radio astronomy receiver. Those transmit
sites are used to determine the site specific protection zone for each
VLBA site. The use of the F(50,2) propagation statistics for this
analysis provides a conservative determination of protection zones to
ensure that VLBA sites do not receive interference from white space
devices.
116. For each site, the Commission provides a best fit polygon
connecting the farthest points from each site beyond which the
protection criteria is always satisfied. The Commission is using this
best fit polygon rather than connecting a point along each radial to
reduce the burdens in implementation. The Commission does not believe
that there would be much difference in available spectrum for white
space devices if it were to create the polygons based on connecting a
point on each radial (for a total of 72 points per polygon). To avoid
overprotecting VLBA sites by prohibiting white space devices within a
large circle centered on each site, the Commission is instead requiring
that white space devices be prohibited from transmitting within a
polygon that encompasses only those areas that are predicted to have
the potential to cause harmful interference. The polygon approach is
not burdensome to implement, and white space databases already possess
the capability to provide polygonal exclusion zones. The final rules
provide the coordinates defining each polygon.
117. The Commission disagrees that it needs to consider white space
device signal aggregation when fashioning the separation distances. The
VLBA is comprised of 25-meter dish antennas which have very high gain
and very narrow beamwidth, and these antennas generally are aimed
skyward. However, in the instance that an antenna is pointed towards
the horizon, its antenna beam is still so narrow that it is unlikely
that it will see more than a single white space device.
118. The Commission will not prohibit the use of channel 37 in
rural areas and areas where more than 10% of the TV channels are
available for white space devices as requested by CORF. As stated
above, the Commission is advising that white space systems only use
channel 37 in areas where there are fewer UHF channels available for
unlicensed devices than would meet that users spectrum requirements.
Because most RAS sites are located in rural areas, the Commission
expects that in most cases white space device system operators will
have access to sufficient spectrum so as to not need to use channel 37.
The Commission will continue to require white space devices operating
on channels 36 and 38 to comply with a separation distance of at least
2.4 kilometers from VLBA sites.
119. The Commission will prohibit white space devices from
operating within the quiet zone around the National Radio Astronomy
Observatory at Green Bank West Virginia and on the islands of Puerto
Rico, Desecheo, Mona, Vieques or Culebra. The Commission believes that
it would be unreasonable for operators of white space devices to
coordinate with these observatories, and the separation distances
required to protect these observatories would be extremely large.
2. Guard Bands Adjacent to Channel 37
120. The Commission declines to provide the ability for white space
devices to use the three megahertz guard bands that may be created
adjacent to channel 37. The Commission has decided in this proceeding
that a three megahertz guard band is necessary to protect new 600 MHz
mobile handsets from harmful interference from white space devices. If
spectrum is recovered in sufficient quantity to require the creation of
these guard bands adjacent to channel 37, they will function to provide
this protection and will be unavailable for use by white space devices.
3. Out-of-Band Emission Limits on Channels 36-38
121. The Commission is removing the strict emission mask into
channel 37 which also hampers the ability of white space devices to
operate on channels 35, 36, 38, and 39. The rules will require all
white space devices to meet the same emission mask for all channels in
the TV and 600 megahertz bands, including channel 37. The Commission
has determined the required separation distances for various power
levels and rejects the WMTS Coalition's position that the adjacent
channels should have the same separation requirement as for co-channel
operations on channel 37. This rule change, which eliminates the need
for additional filters to be incorporated into devices, will reduce
development and manufacturing costs and lead to lower prices to
consumers.
E. White Space Databases
1. Expanding Location and Frequency Information
a. 600 MHz Service Band Operations
122. The Commission is adopting the proposed requirements for
entering and storing information on the locations where 600 MHz Band
licensees have commenced operation in the white spaces database.
Specifically, it is requiring that database administrators allow 600
MHz Band licensees to enter the coordinates of a minimum of eight
points and a maximum of 120 points representing the corners of a
polygon of the minimum size necessary to encompass all base stations or
other radio facilities used to determine the area where a licensee is
commencing operations, consistent with the Commission's decision in a
separate future proceeding, as well as the frequencies that a licensee
will use in that area. The white spaces databases will use this
information along with the separation distances described to ensure
that white space devices operate at a sufficient distance outside the
border of the defined polygon to prevent harmful interference to
wireless services. This approach will provide wireless
[[Page 73061]]
licensees with sufficient flexibility to describe different areas of
operation. For example, a licensee can enter the coordinates of
multiple polygons in cases where it plans to commence service in
multiple non-contiguous areas. A licensee can also specify shapes more
complex than an eight-sided polygon to designate an area that includes
irregular boundaries within a PEA or a PEA boundary so that the
protected area in the database stops at the edge of a carrier's
licensed area.
123. The Commission will also require that a 600 MHz service
licensee enter contact information (company name, contact person's
name, address, phone number) and the date it plans to commence
operations when it registers a polygonal area and operating frequencies
with the white space database. Requiring the database to include this
data will allow a licensee to define its operations area well in
advance without limiting the ability of white space devices to operate
until the actual date when the 600 MHz service wireless licensee
commences operation. The database will disregard the registration
information prior to the service commencement date when determining
which channels are available for white space devices. Some licensees
may not wish to make available details of their intended plans far in
advance, and they could register their information closer to the actual
date when they intend to commence operations.
124. The Commission will not require database administrators to
provide a user interface to generate multi-sided polygons for 600 MHz
license areas, and instead will require only that database
administrators make provisions to allow 600 MHz service licensees to
upload the required registration information, including the polygon
information which a licensee can generate using readily available
software tools. However, database administrators are free to develop a
user interface if they choose. The Commission will also require that
white space database administrators provide a means to update or to
remove and replace a previous registration when it needs to be updated
or corrected. The Commission will further require that database
administrators share on a daily basis the data registered by 600 MHz
licensees, as they do for other services.
125. The Commission disagrees that the requirement for 600 MHz
service licensees to notify the white space database of the areas where
they are commencing operation is overly burdensome or complicated. This
requirement does not diminish a licensee's rights to provide service
anywhere in its licensed areas. It is intended to ensure that licensees
receive the interference protection to which they are entitled under
the terms of their license. The method the Commission is adopting
requires the submission of only a minimal amount of information to the
database (geographic coordinates, frequencies of operation, date of
commencement of operation, and contact information), and this
information is well known to licensees. 600 MHz service licensees will
need to update this information as they commence operations in
additional areas, but this is something that they will need to do only
when they increase their coverage area. No additional information will
need to be submitted to the white space database if a licensee adds
additional facilities within an area that is already registered with
the database, since that entire area would already be protected. The
Commission will work with the database administrators as necessary to
ensure that this registration process works in an efficient manner for
all parties involved.
126. The Commission finds that the safeguards associated with
carriers' provision of this information address their concerns about
competitively sensitive information. 600 MHz service licensees may
provide certain prescribed information--including geographic
coordinates specifying their service area, frequencies of operation,
date of commencement of operation, and contact information--to the
white space database administrator in order to protect their operations
from interference from white space devices. The licensees exercise
significant discretion as to when they make these disclosures, and may
choose to do so directly before they commence operations. The
Commission also will direct the database administrators not to make
information of the carriers' operational areas publicly available. In
addition, database administrators are prohibited from ``us[ing] their
capacity as a database manager to engage in any discriminatory or anti-
competitive practices or any practices that may compromise the privacy
of users.'' The Commission finds that the foregoing factors mitigate
concern over the potential for anticompetitive use of 600 MHz service
licensees' deployment information.
b. WMTS Location Information
127. The Commission will protect registered WMTS operations on
channel 37 from harmful interference from white space devices operating
on the same or adjacent channels by requiring the unlicensed devices to
comply with the default separation distances that it is adopting. The
separation distances specified in the rules are from the perimeter of
each health care facility or from the combined perimeter of several
closely-spaced health care facilities. The Commission will permit only
the health care facility that has registered with a white space
database to update its record if any changes to the coordinates that
define its perimeter are warranted. To implement the protection
criteria, the Commission will require that health care facilities that
operate WMTS networks on channel 37 provide to a white space database
the following information:
Name and address of the health care facility
Name, address, phone number and email address of a contact
person
Location of each facility where a WMTS network is installed
(i.e., multiple latitude and longitude coordinates in NAD 83 that
define the perimeter of the facility)
128. The Commission concludes that it cannot rely on the
information in the WMTS database to implement the methodology it adopts
for separation distances because the WMTS database does not in all
cases have the geographic location for each facility where a WMTS
network is installed, nor does it have the coordinates that define the
perimeter of each facility. The Commission staff will work with the
WMTS database coordinator and other parties as necessary to develop a
plan for working with healthcare facilities to register their
information with the white space databases.
129. Under the current rules, a database administrator does not
function as a frequency coordinator and thus is not responsible for
resolving interference claims. If there is a claim of harmful
interference, a database administrator, upon request from the
Commission, must provide the white space device's identifying
information. If a device is found to be causing harmful interference,
the Commission may then require that the party responsible for the
unlicensed device take corrective actions or cease operating the device
until the interference is resolved. If a representative of the
Commission is unable to contact the person responsible for a device
that is causing harmful interference, the Commission may require the
white space database to return a message of ``no channels available''
to the device at its next scheduled re-check to shut it down until the
interference can be resolved. The
[[Page 73062]]
Commission staff will work with the WMTS database coordinator and other
parties as necessary to explore how these procedures may be modified so
that a health care facility could notify the database administrators to
immediately expand the protection zone around its facility, effectively
suspending the operation of unlicensed devices closer to its facility
that could be causing harmful interference until the interference has
been resolved.
c. RAS Location Information
130. The Commission will require the databases administrators to
modify their databases to implement the polygonal exclusion areas on
channel 37 specified above, which it believes should be relatively easy
to implement. The database administrators will also be able to easily
accommodate the requirement to protect the two single dish RAS
observatories by excluding white space devices from operating within
the National Radio Quiet Zone at Green Bank, WV and on the islands of
Puerto Rico, Desecheo, Mona, Vieques and Culebra around the Arecibo
observatory. The Commission deletes from rule Sec. 15.712(h)(3) the
Allen Telescope Array and the Very Large Array since they do not
receive signals in the TV bands or the 600 MHz band.
d. Canadian and Mexican Stations
131. The Commission makes no change to the process by which it
receives information on Canadian TV stations in the border areas that
need to be protected and passes the information on to the white space
database administrators. Canada recently finalized white space device
rules but has not yet authorized their use as no databases have yet
been approved. Because the Commission has rules that provide for
registration and protection of certain operations that are not in a
Commission database (e.g., cable headends, BAS receive sites), an
efficient method for transferring this data to Canadian database
administrators as well as passing such information from Canada to U.S.
database administrators is needed to ensure that such operations
receive interference protection. The Commission will continue
discussions with its counterparts in Canada to develop the most
efficient procedures to share registered entity information among
various databases and provide information and procedures to the
database administrators as agreements are reached. At such time that
Mexico develops white space device rules, the Commission will engage
with its counterparts there to work out similar arrangements.
e. Private Land Mobile Radio Service
132. The Commission is adopting its proposal to modify the
information required to be included in the white space database to
protect PLMRS/CMRS base stations in the TV bands that are located more
than 80 kilometers from the geographic centers of the 13 metropolitan
areas defined in Sec. 90.303(a) of the rules. Specifically, it is
modifying Sec. 15.713(h)(4) of the rules to require the white space
databases to include the TV channel number on which a PLMRS/CMRS base
station operates, and to remove the requirement for the white space
databases to include the effective radiated power and antenna height
information for each base station. The Commission finds that the
changes are needed to effectively protect the PLMRS/CMRS and to avoid
the collection of unnecessary information in the white space databases.
2. Changes to Database Procedures
a. White Space Device Registration and Fees
133. The Commission is adopting its proposed requirement that fixed
white space devices must register with the database if they operate in
the 600 MHz service band, the guard bands duplex gap, or channel 37. It
is also modifying the rule that permits the white space database
administrators to charge a fee for providing lists of available
channels to white space devices and registering fixed white space
devices to clearly state that this rule applies to white space devices
that would operate in the TV bands, the 600 MHz service band, and the
600 MHz guard bands, including the duplex gap, and channel 37. The
Commission is taking these actions for consistency with the current
part 15 rules which require that fixed white space devices operating in
the TV bands must register with the white space databases.
134. The Commission is also modifying the rules to require that a
fixed white space device registration be removed from the white space
databases if the device has not checked the database for at least three
months to update its channel list. This rule will help ensure the
integrity of the white space databases by requiring the removal of
entries for fixed devices that are registered but are no longer in
operation. The Commission is also clarifying that a database
administrator may charge a new registration fee for a fixed white space
device that is removed from the database under this provision but is
later re-registered.
b. Unlicensed Wireless Microphone Registration and Fees
135. The Commission will eliminate the part 15 rule that permits
unlicensed wireless microphone users to register their operating
locations, channels and times in the white space databases to reserve
channels for their use and to protect these operations from possible
interference from white space devices. This change will be effective 18
months after the effective date of the rules but in any event no later
than the release of the Channel Reassignment PN after the conclusion of
the incentive auction. Unlicensed wireless microphones will not be
permitted to register channels for protection in the TV bands, the 600
MHz guard bands or duplex gap, and the 600 MHz service band.
136. In order for the database administrators to provide unlicensed
wireless microphone users with information about available frequencies
and required separation distances at the location where they intend to
operate, the Commission will require that microphone users register
with a database administrator and provide their identifying information
and locations. Database administrators will be permitted to charge a
fee for providing unlicensed microphone users with information about
available frequencies and required separation distances at the
locations where they intend to operate.
137. The Commission makes these changes because in 2014 it expanded
eligibility for part 74 LPAS licenses to include professional sound
companies and the owners and operators of large venues that routinely
use 50 or more wireless microphones. The Commission also makes these
changes because it is adopting new rules for unlicensed wireless
microphones that are consistent with rules applicable to white space
devices in the 600 MHz guard band, duplex gap and MHz service band.
Specifically, wireless microphones will operate with similar technical
requirements to white space devices (i.e., maximum power), operate on a
non-interference basis to authorized services, and will be required to
access a database to determine the available channels at their
location. The Commission finds that it would be inequitable to continue
to provide interference protection to one unlicensed user over another
and it would be unfair to licensed microphone users because it would
effectively eliminate any distinction between licensed and unlicensed
microphone
[[Page 73063]]
users in gaining access to spectrum and interference protection.
138. The purpose of the white space database is two-fold: To
protect authorized services and facilities that are entitled to
interference protection under the Commission's rules, and to identify
for unlicensed devices channels available for their use without causing
harmful interference to authorized users. The database administrators
incur costs to not only maintain data but also to calculate and provide
lists of available channels for unlicensed users. Because both
unlicensed white space devices and unlicensed wireless microphone users
will benefit equally from the information provided by the databases,
the Commission believes that they should be equally responsible for
supporting the ongoing operation of the databases. The database
administrators may charge fees to register fixed unlicensed white space
devices and to provide lists of available channels to white space
devices. To enable unlicensed wireless microphone users to register
with a database, the Commission will require that they provide a
database administrator with the same information that they have
provided to reserve a channel under current rule Sec. 15.713(h)(9),
namely: (a) Name of the individual or business that owns the unlicensed
wireless microphone; (b) an address for the contact person; (c) an
email address for the contact person; (d) a phone number for the
contact person; and (e) coordinates where the device will be used
(latitude and longitude in NAD 83).
c. Frequency of White Space Device Check Times and Databases Sharing
Registration Information
139. The Commission finds that requiring all white space devices to
re-check a database for a list of available channels every twenty
minutes as proposed in the NPRM would unnecessarily burden the database
administrators and white space device users and is not necessary. The
Commission already has in place a procedure whereby licensed wireless
microphone users can register with a database and reserve channels for
their use well in advance of their intended date of operation. The
issue that needs to be addressed is making channels available for
licensed wireless microphone use for events that cannot be anticipated,
such as late-breaking news events, within minutes or hours of when they
occur. When two vacant channels above and below channel 37 are no
longer available for exclusive use by wireless microphones, licensed
wireless microphone users will have to contact a database and request
channels for immediate use. The Commission concludes that for these
occasions, it will require that database administrators ``push''
information to white space devices in the area where the licensed
wireless microphones will be used, notifying them of changes in channel
availability, rather than require all white space devices to re-check a
database every twenty minutes. This approach balances the needs of both
white space device and wireless microphone proponents. It satisfies the
objective of the proposal to make spectrum available for licensed
wireless microphone use for late-breaking events, but it does not
burden all white space users with unnecessary frequent database re-
checking in meeting this objective.
140. When a database administrator receives a request for immediate
access to channels for licensed wireless microphone use, the Commission
will require that the database administrators share licensed wireless
microphone's channel registration information among themselves within
ten minutes. The Commission will also require that the database
administrators ``push'' information about changes in channel
availability for fixed and Mode II personal/portable white space
devices within 20 minutes of receiving it, identifying for the white
space device other vacant channels that it could use instead. The
database administrators need to push this information only to white
space devices that are located within the separation distances,
specified in rule Sec. 15.712(f)(1), from the location specified by
the wireless microphone registrant. To provide the database
administrators with sufficient time to modify their systems, the
Commission will require their compliance with these requirements 12
months after the effective date of these new rules.
141. The Commission concludes that requiring all white space
devices in the country to re-check channel availability in their area
every twenty minutes would unnecessarily burden the white space
databases, drive up costs for database management and white space
devices users, and is overly-broad in satisfying the objective of the
original proposal to ensure that white space devices clear a channel
needed for licensed wireless microphone users for late-breaking events
in a specific area. The Commission also rejects the suggestion to
designate a few ``fast polling'' channels because it could not
determine until after the post-auction transition period which vacant
channels will be available for wireless microphones and white space
devices in any given area. Also, because only a few channels would be
designated for ``fast polling,'' this approach is less flexible in
meeting the needs of wireless microphone users for immediate access to
spectrum.
142. By adopting a requirement for ``push'' notifications to white
space devices of wireless microphone registrations to enable more
immediate protection when reserving channels, such as for late-breaking
events, the Commission concludes that it does not need to eliminate
Sec. 15.711(b)(3)(iii) which allows a white space device to continue
operating until 11:59 p.m. on the following day if it cannot establish
contact with the database. The Commission will continue to require that
white space devices re-check the database at least once per day to
obtain the list of available TV channels at the location where the
device operates. This way the channel lists they receive each day will
include those channels that wireless microphone users reserve in
advance, and they will be able to continue to operate on any of those
available channels unless they receive a ``push'' notification. The
Commission emphasizes that the ``push'' procedure should only be used
by wireless microphone users when circumstances prevent them from
reserving vacant channels in advance of their expected use, because
unnecessary and frequent use of the ``push'' procedure would be
disruptive to broadband services being provided by white space devices.
F. Equipment Certification and Marketing
1. White Space Devices
143. The changes that the Commission is adopting to require fixed
and Mode II personal/portable devices to accept updated channel lists
``pushed'' by the database require changes to devices that were
previously approved, since the method that a device uses to communicate
with the database is a function of a device. Based on the Commission's
experience with certifying fixed white space devices and testing white
space databases prior to permitting them to offer service, it believes
that this change can be implemented through software updates and no
hardware changes, so only a short transition time period is necessary.
Also, the Commission wants these procedures in place well before white
space devices gain access to the two vacant TV channels now reserved
for wireless microphone use, to reassure licensed microphone users
requiring access to spectrum for late-breaking
[[Page 73064]]
events. Accordingly, it is requiring that devices for which a
certification application is filed beginning six months after the
effective date of the rules comply with the new channel push
requirements. The Commission will also require that within nine months
after the effective date of the rules, all white space devices imported
and marketed within the United States must comply with these
requirements, regardless of when they were certified. It will further
require that white space devices that do not comply with the new
channel push requirements must cease operating within one year of the
effective date of the rules.
2. Wireless Microphones
144. The Commission adopts transition rules for the TV bands, the
guard bands (including the duplex gap), and the 600 MHz service band
that will allow it to gradually phase out older microphones and
introduce new ones that are compliant with the technical rules for
unlicensed and licensed wireless microphones that it adopts in this
proceeding, and for licensed wireless microphone that it adopts in the
Wireless Microphone R&O. The Commission is aligning the transition
periods as closely as possible with the post-auction transition
schedule because this will ensure compliance with the post-auction 600
MHz Band Plan and be less disruptive to wireless microphone
manufacturers and users.
145. Regarding unlicensed wireless microphones, the Commission will
permit users of such equipment to operate part 74 wireless microphones
in the TV bands under the waivers already in place and in the 600 MHz
service band until they must cease those operations no later than 39
months after release of the Channel Reassignment PN. Although these
microphones are certified as compliant with part 74 rules, the waiver
requires that they be operated consistent with the part 15 rules which
the Commission is adopting in this proceeding. Thus, their continued
use in the TV bands and in the 600 MHz band during the post-auction
transition period is unlikely to cause harmful interference to licensed
services.
146. The Commission will accept applications to certify wireless
microphones under new Part 15 rules as soon as those rules are
effective, and will require applications to certify wireless
microphones under new part 15 rules nine months after the release of
the Channel Reassignment PN or no later than 24 months after the
effective date of the new rules, whichever occurs first. The Commission
will require that manufacturing and marketing of all wireless
microphones that would not comply with the rules for operation in the
600 MHz band cease 18 months after release of the Channel Reassignment
PN or no later than 33 months after the effective date of the new
rules, whichever occurs first. If a wireless microphone is certified to
operate in any portion of the 600 MHz service band, it may no longer be
marketed or operated after the specified cutoff dates by an unlicensed
wireless microphone user, even if it could be tuned to operate outside
the 600 MHz service band.
147. The Commission recognizes that it is important to provide
manufacturers with sufficient time to design new products, obtain
equipment certification, and commence manufacturing, and that it is
equally important to allow manufacturers to sell existing devices that
allow the public to continue providing service until new products are
available in the marketplace. The cutoff dates that the Commission
adopts for certification, manufacturing and marketing of wireless
microphones appropriately balance these two goals. Manufacturers will
not know what band plan they need to design and manufacture to until
after the incentive auction is concluded, and it would be unreasonable
to require that only certification applications complying with the new
rules be accepted at the time the Channel Reassignment PN is released.
Broadcast stations will be vacating the 600 MHz band over a 39 month
period after the release of the Channel Reassignment PN, and new
wireless operations will be built out gradually as broadcast stations
leave the band and most likely continuing beyond the 39 month
transition period. It would be unreasonable to cut off manufacturing
and marketing six months into the 39 month transition period since this
would deny the public access to devices that would allow them to
continue to provide service. The Commission concludes that the cutoff
dates it has chosen will encourage manufacturers to concentrate on
developing wireless microphones that operate in compliance with new
rules and ensure that manufacturers cease making and marketing
equipment that cannot be legally used after a certain date.
148. The Commission is adopting different transition rules for
wireless microphones in the 600 MHz service band than for white space
devices because in the Incentive Auction R&O the Commission decided
that wireless microphones would have a hard date for ceasing operations
in that band, but that white space devices could continue operating at
locations where wireless licenses have not commenced operations. The
Commission understands that consumers may not understand the need to
forego the use of equipment in the 600 MHz band that could otherwise be
used for many years, but it had to balance this harm to individual
users against the need to protect new wireless services from harmful
interference.
Procedural Matters
149. As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, as
amended (RFA),\1\ an Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) was
incorporated in the Notice of Proposed Rule Making (NPRM).\2\ The
Commission sought written public comment on the proposals in the NPRM,
including comment on the IRFA. This present Final Regulatory
Flexibility Analysis (FRFA) conforms to the RFA.\3\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ See 5 U.S.C. 603. The RFA, see 5 U.S.C. 601 through 612, has
been amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness
Act of 1996 (SBREFA), Public Law 104-121, Title II, 110 Stat. 857
(1996).
\2\ See Amendment of part 15 of the Commission's Rules for
Unlicensed Operations in the Television Bands, Repurposed 600 MHz
Guard Bands and Duplex Gap, and Channel 37, and Amendment of part 74
of the Commission's Rules for Low Power Auxiliary Stations in the
Repurposed 600 MHz Band and 600 MHz Duplex Gap; ET Docket No. 14-
165; Expanding the Economic and Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum
Through Incentive Auctions, GN Docket No. 12-268.
\3\ See 5 U.S.C. 604.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Need for, and Objectives of, the Report and Order
150. The Report and Order maximizes unlicensed white space devices'
access to spectrum in the television broadcasting band and the 600 MHz
band in a number of ways. It modifies the Part 15 rules to permit fixed
and personal/portable devices to use TV channels previously unavailable
to them while continuing to protect TV services from harmful
interference by adjusting power limits, specifying separation
distances, and specifying antenna heights. The Report and Order also
adopts technical rules for white space device operations in the 600 MHz
band--including the duplex gap, guard bands, repurposed 600 MHz band
and channel 37--by establishing power limits and specifying frequency
and distance separations as needed to protect authorized services in
those bands from harmful interference. White space devices will
continue to access the white space databases for channel assignments in
the TV bands, as well as in the 600 MHz band and channel 37. The Report
and Order also adopts rules for unlicensed wireless microphones
[[Page 73065]]
operating in the TV bands, guard bands and duplex, and for licensed
wireless microphones operating in the duplex gap.
B. Summary of Significant Issues Raised by Public Comments in Response
to the IRFA
151. There were no comments filed that specifically addressed the
rules and policies proposed in the IRFA.
C. Response to Comments by the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
Business Administration
152. Pursuant to the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010, the
Commission is required to respond to any comments filed by the Chief
Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration (SBA), and to
provide a detailed statement of any change made to the proposed rules
as a result of those comments. The Chief Counsel did not file any
comments in response to the proposed rules in this proceeding.
D. Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities to Which
the Rules Will Apply
153. The RFA directs agencies to provide a description of, and
where feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities that may be
affected by the proposed rules, if adopted.\4\ The RFA generally
defines the term ``small entity'' as having the same meaning as the
terms ``small business,'' ``small organization,'' and ``small
governmental jurisdiction.'' \5\ In addition, the term ``small
business'' has the same meaning as the term ``small business concern''
under the Small Business Act.\6\ A ``small business concern'' is one
which: (1) Is independently owned and operated; (2) is not dominant in
its field of operation; and (3) satisfies any additional criteria
established by the Small Business Administration (SBA).\7\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ See 5 U.S.C. 603(b)(3).
\5\ See 5 U.S.C. 601(6).
\6\ See 5 U.S.C. 601(3) (incorporating by reference the
definition of ``small-business concern'' in the Small Business Act,
15 U.S.C. 632). Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 601(3), the statutory
definition of a small business applies ``unless an agency, after
consultation with the Office of Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration and after opportunity for public comment, establishes
one or more definitions of such term which are appropriate to the
activities of the agency and publishes such definition(s) in the
Federal Register.''
\7\ See 15 U.S.C. 632.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
154. Radio and Television Broadcasting and Wireless Communications
Equipment Manufacturing. The Census Bureau defines this category as
follows: ``This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in
manufacturing radio and television broadcast and wireless
communications equipment. Examples of products made by these
establishments are: Transmitting and receiving antennas, cable
television equipment, GPS equipment, pagers, cellular phones, mobile
communications equipment, and radio and television studio and
broadcasting equipment.'' \8\ The SBA has developed a small business
size standard for Radio and Television Broadcasting and Wireless
Communications Equipment Manufacturing, which is: All such firms having
750 or fewer employees. According to Census Bureau data for 2007, there
were a total of 939 establishments in this category that operated for
part or all of the entire year. Of this total, 912 had less than 500
employees and 17 had more than 1000 employees.\9\ Thus, under that size
standard, the majority of firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\8\ The NAICS Code for this service 334220. See 13 CFR 121/201.
See also https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-geo_id=&-_skip=300&-ds_name=EC0731SG2&-_lang=en.
\9\ See https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-_skip=4500&-ds_name=EC0731SG3&-_lang=en.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
155. Television Broadcasting. This Economic Census category
``comprises establishments primarily engaged in broadcasting images
together with sound. These establishments operate television
broadcasting studios and facilities for the programming and
transmission of programs to the public.'' \10\ The SBA has created the
following small business size standard for Television Broadcasting
firms: Those having $38.5 million or less in annual receipts.\11\ The
Commission has estimated the number of licensed commercial television
stations to be 1,388.\12\ In addition, according to Commission staff
review of the BIA Advisory Services, LLC's Media Access Pro Television
Database on March 28, 2012, about 950 of an estimated 1,300 commercial
television stations (or approximately 73 percent) had revenues of $14
million or less.\13\ We therefore estimate that the majority of
commercial television broadcasters are small entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\10\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 515120
Television Broadcasting, (partial definition), https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=515120&search=2012
(last visited May 6, 2014).
\11\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 515120) (updated for inflation
in 2010).
\12\ See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station Totals as of
December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8, 2014), https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
\13\ We recognize that BIA's estimate differs slightly from the
FCC total given.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
156. We note, however, that in assessing whether a business concern
qualifies as small under the above definition, business (control)
affiliations must be included.\14\ Our estimate, therefore, likely
overstates the number of small entities that might be affected by our
action because the revenue figure on which it is based does not include
or aggregate revenues from affiliated companies. In addition, an
element of the definition of ``small business'' is that the entity not
be dominant in its field of operation. We are unable at this time to
define or quantify the criteria that would establish whether a specific
television station is dominant in its field of operation. Accordingly,
the estimate of small businesses to which rules may apply does not
exclude any television station from the definition of a small business
on this basis and is therefore possibly over-inclusive to that extent.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\14\ ``[Business concerns] are affiliates of each other when one
concern controls or has the power to control the other or a third
party or parties controls or has to power to control both.'' 13 CFR
21.103(a)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
157. In addition, the Commission has estimated the number of
licensed noncommercial educational (NCE) television stations to be
396.\15\ These stations are non-profit, and therefore considered to be
small entities.\16\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\15\ See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station Totals as of
December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8, 2014), https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
\16\ See generally 5 U.S.C. 601(4), (6).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
158. There are also 2,414 low power television stations, including
Class A stations and 4,046 television translator stations.\17\ Given
the nature of these services, we will presume that all of these
entities qualify as small entities under the above SBA small business
size standard.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\17\ See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station Totals as of
December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8, 2014), https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
159. Manufacturers of unlicensed devices. In the context of this
FRFA, manufacturers of Part 15 unlicensed devices that are operated in
the UHF-TV band (channels 14-51) for wireless data transfer fall into
the category of Radio and Television and Wireless Communications
Equipment Manufacturing. The Census Bureau defines this category as
follows: ``This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in
manufacturing radio and television broadcast and wireless communication
equipment. Examples of products made by these establishments are:
Transmitting and receiving antennas, cable television
[[Page 73066]]
equipment, GPS equipment, pagers, cellular phones, mobile
communications equipment, and radio and television studio and
broadcasting equipment.'' \18\ The SBA has developed the small business
size standard for this category as firms having 750 or fewer
employees.\19\ According to Census Bureau data for 2007, there were a
total of 939 establishments in this category that operated for the
entire year.\20\ Of this total, 912 had less than 500 employees and 17
had more than 1000 employees. Thus, under that size standard, the
majority of firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\18\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 334220 Radio
and Television Broadcasting and Wireless Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334220&search=2012 (last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
\19\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 334220).
\20\ U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3, Manufacturing:
Summary Series: General Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors
and Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334220), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
160. Radio Broadcasting. The SBA defines a radio broadcast station
as a small business if such station has no more than $38.5 million in
annual receipts.\21\ Business concerns included in this industry are
those ``primarily engaged in broadcasting aural programs by radio to
the public.'' \22\ According to review of the BIA Publications, Inc.
Master Access Radio Analyzer Database as of November 26, 2013, about
11,331 (or about 99.9 percent) of 11,341 commercial radio stations have
revenues of $35.5 million or less and thus qualify as small entities
under the SBA definition. The Commission notes, however, that, in
assessing whether a business concern qualifies as small under the above
definition, business (control) affiliations \23\ must be included. This
estimate, therefore, likely overstates the number of small entities
that might be affected, because the revenue figure on which it is based
does not include or aggregate revenues from affiliated companies.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\21\ 13 CFR 121.201, 2012 NAICS code 515112.
\22\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 515112 Radio
Broadcasting, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=515112&search=2012 (last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
\23\ See n.14.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
161. In addition, an element of the definition of ``small
business'' is that the entity not be dominant in its field of
operation. The Commission is unable at this time to define or quantify
the criteria that would establish whether a specific radio station is
dominant in its field of operation. Accordingly, the estimate of small
businesses to which rules may apply does not exclude any radio station
from the definition of a small business on this basis and therefore may
be over-inclusive to that extent. Also, as noted, an additional element
of the definition of ``small business'' is that the entity must be
independently owned and operated. The Commission notes that it is
difficult at times to assess these criteria in the context of media
entities and the estimates of small businesses to which they apply may
be over-inclusive to this extent.
162. Radio, Television, and Other Electronics Stores. The Census
Bureau defines this economic census category as follows: ``This U.S.
industry comprises: (1) Establishments known as consumer electronics
stores primarily engaged in retailing a general line of new consumer-
type electronic products such as televisions, computers, and cameras;
(2) establishments specializing in retailing a single line of consumer-
type electronic products; (3) establishments primarily engaged in
retailing these new electronic products in combination with repair and
support services; (4) establishments primarily engaged in retailing new
prepackaged computer software; and/or (5) establishments primarily
engaged in retailing prerecorded audio and video media, such as CDs,
DVDs, and tapes.'' \24\ The SBA has developed a small business size
standard for Electronic Stores, which is: All such firms having $32.5
million or less in annual receipts.\25\ According to Census Bureau data
for 2007, there were 11,358 firms in this category that operated for
the entire year.\26\ Of this total, 11,323 firms had annual receipts of
under $25 million, and 35 firms had receipts of $25 million or more but
less than $50 million.\27\ Thus, the majority of firms in this category
can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\24\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions, 443142
Electronics, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=443142&search=2012 NAICS Search (last visited May 6,
2014).
\25\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 443142.
\26\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census, Subject Series:
Retail Trade, Estab & Firm Size: Summary Statistics by Sales Size of
Firms for the United States: 2007, NAICS code 443142 (released
2010), https://www2.census.gov/econ2007/EC/sector44/EC0744SSSZ4.zip
(last visited May 7, 2014). Though the current small business size
standard for electronic store receipts is $30 million or less in
annual receipts, in 2007 the small business size standard was $9
million or less in annual receipts. In 2007, there were 11,214 firms
in this category that operated for the entire year. Of this total,
10,963 firms had annual receipts of under $5 million, and 251 firms
had receipts of $5 million or more but less than $10 million. Id.
\27\ Id. An additional 33 firms had annual receipts of $50
million or more.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
E. Description of Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other
Compliance Requirements for Small Entities
163. White space devices are unlicensed devices that operate in the
TV bands at locations where frequencies are not in use by licensed
services. These devices may be either fixed or portable. Fixed devices
may operate at power levels up to four watts, and portable devices
operate at up to 100 milliwatts if they are outside the service
contours of adjacent channel TV stations or 40 milliwatts within the
service contour of an adjacent channel TV station. To prevent harmful
interference to broadcast television stations and other authorized
users of these bands, white space devices must obtain a list of
available TV channels that may be used at their location from databases
administered by private entities selected by the Commission.
164. Wireless microphones also operate in the TV bands. Certain
entities may be issued licenses under Subpart H of part 74 of the rules
to operate low power auxiliary stations in the TV bands. The Commission
also allows the operation of part 74 certified wireless microphones in
the VHF and UHF TV bands on an unlicensed basis under a waiver of the
part 15 rules granted in the 2010 TV Bands Wireless Microphones R&O and
Further NPRM.
165. In the Incentive Auction R&O, the Commission decided to
repurpose a portion of the UHF TV spectrum for licensed wireless
services (the ``600 MHz band''). The Commission's band plan provides
for a guard band between television spectrum and 600 MHz downlink
services, a guard band between 600 MHz uplink and downlink services (a
duplex gap), and guard bands between 600 MHz downlink services and
channel 37. In the TV bands that are repurposed for wireless services,
the Commission decided to allow white space devices to continue
operating indefinitely in areas where a 600 MHz band licensee has not
commenced operations, and to allow wireless microphones to operate for
39 months after release of a public notice announcing channel
reassignments as a result of the incentive auction.
166. Most RF transmitting equipment, including white space devices
and wireless microphones, must be authorized through the certification
procedure. Certification is an equipment authorization issued by the
Commission or by a designated TCB based on an application and test data
submitted by the responsible party (e.g., the manufacturer or
importer). The Report and Order does not change the
[[Page 73067]]
authorization procedure for white space devices and wireless
microphones. However, it establishes new and modified technical
requirements for white space devices and wireless microphones, as well
as certification, marketing and operational cutoff dates for certain
equipment.
167. With regard to white space devices, the Report and Order
permits their operation at lower power levels and closer separation
distances to TV stations in all areas, and at higher power with a
greater separation distance from TV stations in less congested areas.
It also permits the operation of white space devices on additional
channels and frequencies where operation is not currently permitted,
including TV channels 3 and 4 (fixed devices), channels 14-20 (portable
devices), channel 37 (fixed and portable devices), and the 600 MHz
guard bands and duplex gap (fixed and portable devices). In addition,
the Report and Order allows for the operation of devices with less
precise geo-location capabilities. These changes are permissive,
meaning that manufacturers of white space devices may implement them in
their equipment, but are not required to do so.
168. The Report and Order requires that white space devices and
databases incorporate a ``push'' feature that allows updated channel
information to be sent to a white space device in the event that a
previously available channel becomes reserved for use by a wireless
microphone. White space devices for which a certification application
is filed beginning six months after the effective date of the rules
must comply with the new channel push requirement. The Report and Order
also requires that within nine months after the effective date of the
rules, all white space devices imported and marketed within the United
States must comply with these requirements, regardless of when they
were certified. It further requires that white space devices that do
not comply with the new channel push requirements must cease operating
within one year of the effective date of the rules.
169. With regard to unlicensed wireless microphones, the Report and
Order establishes cutoff dates for the certification, manufacturing and
marketing of unlicensed wireless microphones in the TV bands, the guard
bands (including the duplex gap), and the 600 MHz service band. It
permits unlicensed wireless microphone users to continue to operate
part 74 certified wireless microphones in the TV bands under waivers
already in place and in the 600 MHz service band until they must cease
those operations no later than 39 months after release of the Channel
Reassignment PN. The Commission will accept applications to certify
wireless microphones under new part 15 rules as soon as those rules are
effective, and will require applicants to certify wireless microphones
under new part 15 rules nine months after the release of the Channel
Reassignment PN, or no later than 24 months after the effective date of
the new rules, whichever occurs first. The Report and Order also
requires that manufacturing and marketing of all wireless microphones
that would not comply with the 600 MHz band cease 18 months after
release of the Channel Reassignment PN or no later than 33 months after
the effective date of the new rules, whichever occurs first.
F. Steps Taken To Minimize the Significant Economic Impact on Small
Entities, and Significant Alternatives Considered
170. The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant,
specifically small business, alternatives that it has considered in
reaching its proposed approach, which may include the following four
alternatives (among others): ``(1) the establishment of differing
compliance or reporting requirements or timetables that take into
account the resources available to small entities; (2) the
clarification, consolidation, or simplification of compliance and
reporting requirements under the rule for such small entities; (3) the
use of performance rather than design standards; and (4) an exemption
from coverage of the rule, or any part thereof, for such small
entities.'' \28\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\28\ See 5 U.S.C. 603(c)(1) through (c)(4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
171. The rule changes adopted in the Report and Order give greater
flexibility for fixed and personal/portable white space device
operation in the TV bands. As noted above, the majority of these
changes are permissive, meaning that manufacturers of white space
devices are not required to incorporate them into previously approved
equipment, with the exception of the channel ``push'' requirement. The
Commission adopted this requirement as an alternative to its proposal
in the NPRM to require that white space devices check the database
every 20 minutes to determine which channels are available for use. The
Commission determined that the push requirement would be less
burdensome on equipment manufacturers, users, and white space database
administrators than a 20 minute re-check interval. This change can be
implemented in existing devices through a software update without
hardware changes, so only a short transition time period is provided.
172. With regard to wireless microphones, unlicensed users may
continue to use Part 74 certified wireless microphones under an
existing waiver during the 39 month transition period rather than using
part 15 certified equipment. The Commission took this action since
manufacturers need time to certify wireless microphones under the new
part 15 rules, and to permit users to continue using their existing
equipment until the operational cutoff date previously established by
the Commission.
173. Incorporation by Reference. The Office of Federal (OFR)
recently revised the regulations to require that agencies must discuss
in the preamble of the rule ways that the materials the agency
incorporates by reference are reasonably available to interested
persons and how interested parties can obtain the materials. In
addition, the preamble of the rule must summarize the material. 1 CFR
51.5(b). In accordance with OFR's requirements, the discussion in this
section summarizes European Telecommunications Standards Institute
(ETSI). Copies of ETSI are available free of charge at www.etsi.org, or
by requesting the document by mail at the following address: European
Telecommunications Standards Institute, 650 Route des Lucioles, F-06921
Sophia Antipolis Cedex, France, or at https://www.etsi.org/deliver/etsi_en/3004000_300499/30042201/01.04.02_60/en_30042201v01010402p.pdf.
ETSI EN 300 422-1 V1.4.2 (2011-08): Electromagnetic
compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones
in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range; Part 1: Technical
characteristics and methods of measurement, August 2011, IBR
approved for Sec. 15.236(g).
This standard requires wireless microphones to meet certain
emission requirements which will protect authorized services in
adjacent bands from harmful interference, and will improve spectrum
sharing by wireless microphones.
174. Paperwork Reduction Act Analysis. This document contains
modified information collection requirements subject to the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), Public Law 104-13. It will be submitted to
the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review under section
3507(d) of the PRA. OMB, the general public, and other Federal agencies
are invited to comment on the new or modified information collection
requirements contained in this proceeding. In addition, we note that
pursuant to the
[[Page 73068]]
Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, Public Law 107-198, see 44
U.S.C. 3506(c)(4), we previously sought specific comment on how the
Commission might further reduce the information collection burden for
small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
175. We have assessed the effects of the policies adopted in this
Report and Order with regard to information collection burdens on small
business concerns, and find that these policies will benefit many
companies with fewer than 25 employees by providing unlicensed white
space devices and unlicensed wireless microphones with access to
spectrum in the television broadcasting band and the 600 MHz band,
while at the same time protecting licensed users from harmful
interference. In addition, we have described impacts that might affect
small businesses, which includes most businesses with fewer than 25
employees, in the Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis.
176. Congressional Review Act. The Commission will send a copy of
this Memorandum Opinion and Order in a report to Congress and the
Government Accountability Office pursuant to the Congressional Review
Act, see 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A).
Ordering Clauses
177. Pursuant to sections 4(i), 302, 303(e), 303(f), and 307 of the
Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and sections 6403 and 6407 of
the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012, Public Law
112-96, 126 Stat. 156, 47 U.S.C. 154(i), 302, 303(e), 303(f), 307,
1452, and 1454, this Report and Order is adopted.
178. Parts 2, 15, 27, 74 and 95 of the Commission's Rules, are
amended, as set forth in the Final Rules. These revisions will be
effective December 23, 2015 of this Report and Order, except for
Sec. Sec. 15.713(b)(2)(iv) through (v), 15.713(j)(4), 15.713(j)(10),
15.713(j)(11), 15.715(n), 15.715(o), 15.715(p), 15.715(q), 27.1320 and
95.1111(d) which contain new or modified information collection
requirements that require approval by the OMB under the PRA and will
become effective after the Commission publishes a notice announcing
such approval and the relevant effective date.
179. The Commission's Consumer and Governmental Affairs Bureau,
Reference Information Center, shall send a copy of the Report and
Order, including the Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, to the
Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the U.S. Small Business Administration.
List of Subjects
47 CFR Part 2
Communications equipment, Radio, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
47 CFR Part 15
Communications equipment, Incorporation by reference, Radio,
Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
47 CFR Part 27
Communications equipment, Radio, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
47 CFR Part 74
Communications equipment, Radio, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
47 CFR Part 95
Communications equipment, Radio, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
Federal Communications Commission.
Marlene H. Dortch,
Secretary.
Final Rules
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal
Communications Commission amends 47 CFR parts 2, 15, 27, 74, and 95 as
follows:
PART 2--FREQUENCY ALLOCATIONS AND RADIO TREATY MATTERS; GENERAL
RULES AND REGULATIONS
0
1. The authority citation for part 2 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, and 336, unless otherwise
noted.
0
2. Section 2.106 is amended by revising footnote US246 to the table of
allocations to read as follows:
Sec. 2.106 Table of Frequency Allocations.
* * * * *
US246 No station shall be authorized to transmit in the following
bands: 73-74.6 MHz, 608-614 MHz, except for medical telemetry equipment
\1\ and white space devices,\2\ 1400-1427 MHz, 1660.5-1668.4 MHz, 2690-
2700 MHz, 4990-5000 MHz, 10.68-10.7 GHz, 15.35-15.4 GHz, 23.6-24 GHz,
31.3-31.8 GHz, 50.2-50.4 GHz, 52.6-54.25 GHz, 86-92 GHz, 100-102 GHz,
109.5-111.8 GHz, 114.25-116 GHz, 148.5-151.5 GHz, 164-167 GHz, 182-185
GHz, 190-191.8 GHz, 200-209 GHz, 226-231.5 GHz, 250-252 GHz.
\1\ Medical telemetry equipment shall not cause harmful
interference to radio astronomy operations in the band 608-614 MHz
and shall be coordinated under the requirements found in 47 CFR
95.1119.
\2\ White space devices shall not cause harmful interference to
radio astronomy operations in the band 608-614 and shall not operate
within the areas described in 47 CFR 15.712(h).
* * * * *
PART 15--RADIO FREQUENCY DEVICES
0
3. The authority citation for part 15 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 304, 307, 336, 544A, and
549.
0
4. Section 15.37 is amended by adding paragraphs (i) and (j) to read as
follows:
Sec. 15.37 Transition provisions for compliance with the rules.
* * * * *
(i) Wireless microphones for which an application for certification
is filed beginning nine months after the release of the Channel
Reassignment PN, as defined in Sec. 73.3700(a)(2) of this chapter, or
no later than December 26, 2017, whichever occurs first, must comply
with the requirements of Sec. 15.236. Manufacturing and marketing of
wireless microphones that would not comply with the rules for operation
in Sec. 15.236 of this part must cease 18 months after release of the
Channel Reassignment PN or no later than September 24, 2018, whichever
occurs first. A wireless microphone that is certified to operate in any
portion of the 600 MHz service band as defined in Sec. 15.236(a) may
no longer be marketed or operated after the specified cutoff dates,
even if it could be tuned to operate on frequencies outside of this
band.
(j) White space devices for which a certification application is
filed beginning June 23, 2016, must comply with the channel push
requirements in Sec. 15.711(i) of this part. White space devices that
are imported or marketed beginning September 23, 2016, must comply with
this requirement. White space devices that do not comply with this
requirement must cease operation no later than December 23, 2016.
0
5. Section 15.38 is amended by redesignating paragraphs (e) through (g)
as paragraphs (f) through (h) and by adding a new paragraph (e) to read
as follows:
Sec. 15.38 Incorporation by reference.
* * * * *
(e) The following document is available from the European
Telecommunications Standards Institute, 650 Route des Lucioles, F-06921
Sophia Antipolis Cedex, France,
[[Page 73069]]
or at https://www.etsi.org/deliver/etsi_en/300400_300499/30042201/01.04.02_60/en_30042201v010402p.pdf.
(1) ETSI EN 300 422-1 V1.4.2 (2011-08): ``Electromagnetic
compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in
the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range; Part 1: Technical characteristics
and methods of measurement,'' Copyright 2011, IBR approved for Sec.
15.236(g).
(2) [Reserved]
0
6. Section 15.205 is amended by adding paragraph (d)(10) to read as
follows:
Sec. 15.205 Restricted bands of operation.
* * * * *
(d) * * *
(10) White space devices operating under subpart H of this part are
exempt from complying with the requirements of this section for the
608-614 MHz band.
* * * * *
0
7. Add Sec. 15.236 to read as follows:
Sec. 15.236 Operation of wireless microphones in the bands 54-72 MHz,
76-88 MHz, 174-216 MHz, 470-608 MHz and 614-698 MHz.
(a) Definitions. The following definitions apply in this section.
(1) Wireless Microphone. An intentional radiator that converts
sound into electrical audio signals that are transmitted using radio
signals to a receiver which converts the radio signals back into audio
signals that are sent through a sound recording or amplifying system.
Wireless microphones may be used for cue and control communications and
synchronization of TV camera signals as defined in Sec. 74.801 of this
chapter. Wireless microphones do not include auditory assistance
devices as defined in Sec. 15.3(a) of this part.
(2) 600 MHz duplex gap. An 11 megahertz guard band that separates
part 27 600 MHz service uplink and downlink frequencies, in accordance
with the terms and conditions established in GN Docket No. 12-268,
pursuant to section 6403 of the Spectrum Act.
(3) 600 MHz guard bands. Designated frequency bands that prevent
interference between licensed services in the 600 MHz service band and
either the television bands or channel 37, in accordance with the terms
and conditions established in GN Docket No. 12-268, pursuant to section
6403 of the Spectrum Act.
(4) 600 MHz service band. Frequencies that will be reallocated and
assigned for 600 MHz services pursuant to part 27, in accordance with
the terms and conditions established in GN Docket No. 12-268, pursuant
to section 6403 of the Spectrum Act.
Note to paragraphs (a)(2), (3) and (4): The specific
frequencies will be determined in light of further proceedings
pursuant to GN Docket No. 12-268 and the rules will be updated
accordingly pursuant to a future public notice.
(5) Spectrum Act. Title VI of the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job
Creation Act of 2012 (Pub. L. 112-96).
(b) Operation under this section is limited to wireless microphones
as defined in this section.
(c) Operation is permitted in the following frequency bands.
(1) Channels allocated and assigned for the broadcast television
service. The highest channel available will depend on the outcome of
the incentive auction.
(2) Frequencies in the 600 MHz service band on which a 600 MHz
service licensee has not commenced operations. Operation on these
frequencies must cease no later than the end of the post-auction
transition period as defined in Sec. 27.4 of this chapter. Operation
must cease immediately if harmful interference occurs to a 600 MHz
service licensee.
(3) The upper six megahertz segment of the 600 MHz duplex gap.
(4) The 600 MHz guard band between television and 600 MHz service
downlink services, excluding the upper one megahertz segment.
(5) The 600 MHz guard bands adjacent to channel 37, excluding the
one megahertz segments furthest from channel 37.
(6) Prior to operation in the frequencies identified in paragraphs
(c)(2) through (5) of this section, wireless microphone users shall
rely on the white space databases in part 15, Subpart H to determine
that their intended operating frequencies are available for unlicensed
wireless microphone operation at the location where they will be used.
Wireless microphone users must register with and check a white space
database to determine available channels prior to beginning operation
at a given location. A user must re-check the database for available
channels if it moves to another location.
(d) The maximum radiated power shall not exceed the following
values:
(1) In the bands allocated and assigned for broadcast television
and in the 600 MHz service band: 50 mW EIRP
(2) In the 600 MHz guard bands including the duplex gap: 20 mW EIRP
(e) Operation is limited to locations separated from licensed
services by the following distances.
(1) Four kilometers outside the following protected service
contours of co-channel TV stations.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Protected contour
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Type of station Propagation
Channel Contour (dBu) curve
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Analog: Class A TV, LPTV, translator and Low VHF (2-6)................... 47 F(50,50)
booster.
High VHF (7-13)................. 56 F(50,50)
UHF (14-51)..................... 64 F(50,50)
Digital: Full service TV, Class A TV, LPTV, Low VHF (2-6)................... 28 F(50,90)
translator and booster.
High VHF (7-13)................. 36 F(50,90)
UHF (14-51)..................... 41 F(50,90)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) The following distances outside of the area where a 600 MHz
service licensee has commenced operation.
[[Page 73070]]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separation distance in
kilometers
Type of station -------------------------------
Adjacent
Co-channel channel
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Base.................................... 7 0.2
Mobile.................................. 35 31
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(f) The operating frequency within a permissible band of operation
as defined in paragraph (c) must comply with the following
requirements.
(1) The frequency selection shall be offset from the upper or lower
band limits by 25 kHz or an integral multiple thereof.
(2) One or more adjacent 25 kHz segments within the assignable
frequencies may be combined to form a channel whose maximum bandwidth
shall not exceed 200 kHz. The operating bandwidth shall not exceed 200
kHz.
(3) The frequency tolerance of the carrier signal shall be
maintained within 0.005% of the operating frequency over a
temperature variation of -20 degrees to +50 degrees C at normal supply
voltage, and for a variation in the primary supply voltage from 85% to
115% of the rated supply voltage at a temperature of 20 degrees C.
Battery operated equipment shall be tested using a new battery.
(g) Emissions within the band from one megahertz below to one
megahertz above the carrier frequency shall comply with the emission
mask in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300 422-1 V1.4.2 (2011-08) (incorporated
by reference, see Sec. 15.38). Emissions outside this band shall
comply with the limit specified at the edges of the ETSI mask.
0
8. Subpart H is revised to read as follows:
Subpart H--White Space Devices
Sec.
15.701 Scope.
15.703 Definitions.
15.705 Cross reference.
15.706 Information to the user.
15.707 Permissible channels of operation.
15.709 General technical requirements.
15.711 Interference avoidance methods.
15.712 Interference protection requirements.
15.713 White space database.
15.714 White space database administration fees.
15.715 White space database administrator.
15.717 White space devices that rely on spectrum sensing.
Sec. 15.701 Scope.
This subpart sets forth the regulations for unlicensed white space
devices. These devices are unlicensed intentional radiators that
operate on available TV channels in the broadcast television frequency
bands, the 600 MHz band (including the guard bands and duplex gap), and
in 608-614 MHz (channel 37).
Sec. 15.703 Definitions.
(a) 600 MHz duplex gap. An 11 megahertz frequency band that
separates part 27 600 MHz service uplink and downlink frequencies, in
accordance with the terms and conditions established in GN Docket No.
12-268, pursuant to section 6403 of the Spectrum Act.
(b) 600 MHz guard bands. Designated frequency bands that prevent
interference between licensed services in the 600 MHz service band and
either the television bands or channel 37, in accordance with the terms
and conditions established in GN Docket No. 12-268, pursuant to section
6403 of the Spectrum Act.
(c) 600 MHz service band. Frequencies that will be reallocated and
assigned for 600 MHz band services pursuant to part 27, in accordance
with the terms and conditions established in GN Docket No. 12-268,
pursuant to section 6403 of the Spectrum Act.
Note to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c): The specific frequencies
will be determined in light of further proceedings pursuant to GN
Docket No. 12-268 and the rules will be updated accordingly pursuant
to a future public notice.
(d) Available channel. A channel which is not being used by an
authorized service and is acceptable for use by the device at its
geographic location under the provisions of this subpart.
(e) Contact verification signal. An encoded signal broadcast by a
fixed or Mode II device for reception by Mode I devices to which the
fixed or Mode II device has provided a list of available channels for
operation. Such signal is for the purpose of establishing that the Mode
I device is still within the reception range of the fixed or Mode II
device for purposes of validating the list of available channels used
by the Mode I device and shall be encoded to ensure that the signal
originates from the device that provided the list of available
channels. A Mode I device may respond only to a contact verification
signal from the fixed or Mode II device that provided the list of
available channels on which it operates. A fixed or Mode II device
shall provide the information needed by a Mode I device to decode the
contact verification signal at the same time it provides the list of
available channels.
(f) Fixed device. A white space device that transmits and/or
receives radiocommunication signals at a specified fixed location. A
fixed device may select channels for operation from a list of available
channels provided by a white space database, and initiate and operate a
network by sending enabling signals to one or more fixed devices and/or
personal/portable devices. Fixed devices may provide to a Mode I
personal/portable device a list of available channels on which the Mode
I device may operate, including channels on which the Mode I device but
not the fixed device may operate.
(g) Geo-location capability. The capability of a white space device
to determine its geographic coordinates and geo-location uncertainty.
This capability is used with a white space database approved by the FCC
to determine the availability of spectrum at a white space device's
location.
(h) Less congested area. Geographic areas where at least half of
the TV channels for the bands that will continue to be allocated and
assigned only for broadcast service are unused for broadcast and other
protected services and available for white space device use. Less
congested areas in the UHF TV band are also considered to be less
congested areas in the 600 MHz service band.
(i) Mode I personal/portable device. A personal/portable white
space device that does not use an internal geo-location capability and
access to a white space database to obtain a list of available
channels. A Mode I device must obtain a list of available channels on
which it may operate from either a fixed white space device or Mode II
personal/portable white space device. A Mode I device may not initiate
a network of fixed and/or personal/portable white space devices nor may
it provide a list of available channels to another Mode I device for
operation by such device.
[[Page 73071]]
(j) Mode II personal/portable device. A personal/portable device
that uses an internal geo-location capability and access to a white
space database, either through a direct connection to the Internet or
through an indirect connection to the Internet by way of fixed device
or another Mode II device, to obtain a list of available channels. A
Mode II device may select a channel itself and initiate and operate as
part of a network of white space devices, transmitting to and receiving
from one or more fixed devices or personal/portable devices. A Mode II
personal/portable device may provide its list of available channels to
a Mode I personal/portable device for operation on by the Mode I
device.
(k) Network initiation. The process by which a fixed or Mode II
white space device sends control signals to one or more fixed white
space devices or personal/portable white space devices and allows them
to begin communications.
(l) Operating channel. An available channel used by a white space
device for transmission and/or reception.
(m) Personal/portable device. A white space device that transmits
and/or receives radiocommunication signals on available channels at
unspecified locations that may change.
(n) Receive site. The location where the signal of a full service
television station is received for rebroadcast by a television
translator or low power TV station, including a Class A TV station, or
for distribution by a Multiple Video Program Distributor (MVPD) as
defined in 47 U.S.C. 602(13).
(o) Sensing only device. A personal/portable white space device
that uses spectrum sensing to determine a list of available channels.
Sensing only devices may transmit on any available channels in the
frequency bands 512-608 MHz (TV channels 21-36) and 614-698 MHz (TV
channels 38-51).
(p) Spectrum Act. Title VI of the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job
Creation Act of 2012 (Pub. L. 112-96).
(q) Spectrum sensing. A process whereby a white space device
monitors a television channel to detect whether the channel is occupied
by a radio signal or signals from authorized services.
(r) Television bands. The portions of the broadcast television
frequency bands at 54-72 MHz (TV channels 2-4), 76-88 MHz (TV channels
5-6), 174-216 MHz (TV channels 7-13), 470-608 MHz (channels 14-36) and
614-698 MHz (channels 38-51) that will be allocated and assigned to
broadcast television licensees consistent with the outcome of the
auction conducted pursuant to Expanding the Economic and Innovation
Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions, Report and Order,
GN Docket No. 12-268 (FCC 14-50) (rel. June 2, 2014). Channels 2-13 are
in the VHF band, and channel 14-51 are in the UHF band.
(s) White space database. A database system approved by the
Commission that maintains records on authorized services and provides
lists of available channels to white space devices and unlicensed
wireless microphone users.
Sec. 15.705 Cross reference.
(a) The provisions of subparts A, B, and C of this part apply to
white space devices, except where specific provisions are contained in
this subpart.
(b) The requirements of this subpart apply only to the radio
transmitter contained in the white space device. Other aspects of the
operation of a white space device may be subject to requirements
contained elsewhere in this chapter. In particular, a white space
device that includes a receiver that tunes within the frequency range
specified in Sec. 15.101(b) and contains digital circuitry not
directly associated with the radio transmitter is also subject to the
requirements for unintentional radiators in subpart B.
Sec. 15.706 Information to the user.
(a) In addition to the labeling requirements contained in Sec.
15.19, the instructions furnished to the user of a white space device
shall include the following statement, placed in a prominent location
in the text of the manual:
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the
rules for white space devices, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC rules.
These rules are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate
radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to
radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning
the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct
the interference by one or more of the following measures:
(1) Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
(2) Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
(3) Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different
from that to which the receiver is connected.
(4) Consult the manufacturer, dealer or an experienced radio/TV
technician for help.
(b) In cases where the manual is provided only in a form other than
paper, such as on a computer disk or over the Internet, the information
required by this section may be included in the manual in that
alternative form, provided the user can reasonably be expected to have
the capability to access information in that form.
Sec. 15.707 Permissible channels of operation.
(a)(1) All white space devices are permitted to operate on
available channels in the frequency bands 470-698 MHz (TV channels 14-
51), subject to the interference protection requirements in Sec. Sec.
15.711 and 15.712, except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this
section.
(2) White space devices are not permitted to operate on the first
channel above and below TV channel 37 (608-614 MHz) that are available
(i.e., not occupied by an authorized service) until June 23, 2017, but
no later than release of the Channel Reassignment Public Notice upon
completion of the broadcast television spectrum incentive auction, as
defined in Sec. 73.3700(a) of this chapter. If a channel is not
available both above and below channel 37, operation is prohibited on
the first two channels nearest to channel 37. These channels will be
identified and protected in the white space database(s).
(3) 600 MHz guard band. In the 600 MHz guard band between
television and 600 MHz service downlink bands, white space devices may
only operate immediately adjacent to the television band with a maximum
bandwidth of 6 megahertz. White space devices are prohibited from
operating in the three megahertz segment adjacent to the 600 MHz
service band.
(4) 600 MHz duplex gap. In the 600 MHz duplex gap, white space
devices shall only operate in the 6 megahertz segment immediately
adjacent to the 600 MHz service uplink band.
(5) 600 MHz service band. White space devices may operate on
frequencies in the 600 MHz service band in areas where 600 MHz band
licensees have not commenced operations, as defined in part 27 of this
chapter.
(6) Channel 37 guard band. White space devices are not permitted to
operate in either three megahertz segment above or below channel 37 if
that spectrum is adjacent to the 600 MHz service band.
(b) Only fixed white space devices that communicate only with other
fixed white space devices may operate on available channels in the
bands 54-72 MHz (TV channels 2-4), 76-88 MHz (TV channels 5 and 6), and
174-216 MHz (TV channels 7-13), subject to the
[[Page 73072]]
interference protection requirements in Sec. Sec. 15.711 and 15.712.
Sec. 15.709 General technical requirements.
(a) Radiated power limits. The maximum white space device EIRP per
6 MHz shall not exceed the limits of paragraphs (a)(2) through (4) of
this section.
(1) General requirements. (i) White space devices may be required
to operate with less power than the maximum permitted to meet the co-
channel and adjacent channel separation requirements of Sec. 15.712 of
this part.
(ii) Mode I personal/portable devices are limited to 40 mW, if the
white space device that controls it is limited to 40 mW.
(2) TV bands and 600 MHz service band. (i) Fixed devices: Up to 4 W
(36 dBm) EIRP, and up to 10 W (40 dBm) EIRP in less congested areas in
the TV bands and 600 MHz service band at locations where they meet the
co-channel and adjacent channel separation distances of Sec. Sec.
15.712(a)(2) and 15.712(i) of this part, respectively. Operation in the
602-620 MHz band is limited to a maximum of 4 W (36 dBm) EIRP.
(ii) Personal/Portable devices: Up to 100 mW (20 dBm) EIRP.
(3) 608-614 MHz band (channel 37). (i) Fixed devices: Up to 4 W (36
dBm) EIRP.
(ii) Personal/Portable devices: Up to 100 mW (20 dBm) EIRP.
(4) 600 MHz duplex gap and guard bands. Up to 40 mW (16 dBm) EIRP.
(b) Technical limits--(1) Fixed white space devices. (i) Technical
limits for fixed white space devices are shown in the table and subject
to the requirements of this section.
(ii) For operation at EIRP levels of 36 dBm (4000 mW) or less,
fixed white space devices may operate at EIRP levels between the values
shown in the table provided that the conducted power and the conducted
power spectral density (PSD) limits are linearly interpolated between
the values shown and the adjacent channel emission limit of the higher
value shown in the table is met. Operation at EIRP levels above 36 dBm
(4000 mW) shall follow the requirements for 40 dBm (10,000 mW).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Conducted adjacent
EIRP (6 MHz) Conducted power limit \1\ Conducted PSD limit channel emission
(6 MHz) (100 kHz) limit (100 kHz)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16 dBm (40 mW)........................... 10 dBm (10 mW)............. -7.4 dBm -62.8 dBm
20 dBm (100 mW).......................... 14 dBm (25 mW)............. -3.4 dBm -58.8 dBm
24 dBm (250 mW).......................... 18 dBm (63 mW)............. 0.6 dBm -54.8 dBm
28 dBm (625 mW).......................... 22 dBm (158 mW)............ 4.6 dBm -50.8 dBm
32 dBm (1600 mW)......................... 26 dBm (400 mW)............ 8.6 dBm -46.8 dBm
36 dBm (4000 mW)......................... 30 dBm (1000 mW)........... 12.6 dBm -42.8 dBm
40 dBm (10000 mW)........................ 30 dBm (1000 mW)........... 12.6 dBm -42.8 dBm
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The conducted power spectral density from a fixed white space device shall not be greater than the values
shown in the table when measured in any 100 kHz band during any time interval of continuous transmission,
except that a 40 mW fixed white space device operating in a four megahertz channel within a seven megahertz
guard band must comply with a conducted power spectral density limit of -5.4 dBm.
(2) Personal/Portable white space devices. Technical limits for
personal/portable white space devices are shown in the table and
subject to the requirements of this section.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Radiated adjacent
Radiated PSD limit channel emission
EIRP (6 MHz) EIRP \1\ (100 kHz) limit EIRP (100
kHz)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
16 dBm (40 mW)................ -1.4 dBm -56.8 dBm
20 dBm (100 mW)............... 2.6 dBm -52.8 dBm
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The radiated power spectral density from a personal/portable white
space device shall not be greater than the values shown in the table
when measured in any 100 kHz band during any time interval of
continuous transmission, except that a 40 mW white space device
operating in a four megahertz channel within a seven megahertz guard
band must comply with a radiated power spectral density limit of 0.6
dBm.
(3) Sensing-only devices. Sensing-only white space devices are
limited to 17 dBm (50 mW) EIRP and are subject to the requirements of
this paragraph and of Sec. 15.717 of this part.
(i) Radiated PSD limit: -0.4 dBm EIRP.
(ii) Adjacent channel emission limit: -55.8 dBm EIRP.
(c) Conducted power limits. (1) The conducted power, PSD and
adjacent channel limits for fixed white space devices operating at up
to 36 dBm (4000 milliwatts) EIRP shown in the table in paragraph (b)(1)
of this section are based on a maximum transmitting antenna gain of 6
dBi. If transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 6 dBi
are used, the maximum conducted output power shall be reduced by the
amount in dB that the directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi.
(2) The conducted power, PSD and adjacent channel limits for fixed
white space devices operating at greater than 36 dBm (4000 milliwatts)
EIRP shown in the table in paragraph (b)(1) of this section are based
on a maximum transmitting antenna gain of 10 dBi. If transmitting
antennas of directional gain greater than 10 dBi are used, the maximum
conducted output power shall be reduced by the amount in dB that the
directional gain of the antenna exceeds 10 dBi.
(3) Maximum conducted output power is the total transmit power over
the occupied bandwidth delivered to all antennas and antenna elements
averaged across all symbols in the signaling alphabet when the
transmitter is operating at its maximum power level. Power must be
summed across all antennas and antenna elements. The average must not
include any time
[[Page 73073]]
intervals during which the transmitter is off or is transmitting at a
reduced power level. If multiple modes of operation are possible (e.g.,
alternative modulation methods), the maximum conducted output power is
the highest total transmit power occurring in any mode.
(4) White space devices connected to the AC power line are required
to comply with the conducted limits set forth in Sec. 15.207.
(d) Emission limits. (1) The adjacent channel emission limits shown
in the tables in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section apply in the
six megahertz channel immediately adjacent to each white space channel
or group of contiguous white space channels in which the white space
device is operating.
(2) At frequencies beyond the six megahertz channel immediately
adjacent to each white space channel or group of contiguous white space
channels in which the white space device is operating the white space
device shall meet the requirements of Sec. 15.209.
(3) Emission measurements in the adjacent bands shall be performed
using a minimum resolution bandwidth of 100 kHz with an average
detector. A narrower resolution bandwidth may be employed near the band
edge, when necessary, provided the measured energy is integrated to
show the total power over 100 kHz.
(e) Transmit power control. White space devices shall incorporate
transmit power control to limit their operating power to the minimum
necessary for successful communication. Applicants for equipment
certification shall include a description of the device's transmit
power control feature mechanism.
(f) Security. White space devices shall incorporate adequate
security measures to prevent the devices from accessing databases not
approved by the FCC and to ensure that unauthorized parties cannot
modify the device or configure its control features to operate in a
manner inconsistent with the rules and protection criteria set forth in
this subpart.
(g) Antenna requirements--(1) Fixed white space devices--(i) Above
ground level. The transmit antenna height shall not exceed 30 meters
above ground level, except that the antenna height may not exceed 10
meters above ground level for fixed white space devices operating in
the TV bands or guard band at 40 mW EIRP or less or operating across
multiple contiguous TV channels at 100 mW EIRP or less.
(ii) Height above average terrain (HAAT). The transmit antenna
shall not be located where the height above average terrain is more
than 250 meters. The HAAT is to be calculated by the white space
database using the methodology in Sec. 73.684(d) of this chapter.
(2) Personal/portable white space devices. Personal/portable
devices shall have permanently attached transmit and receive
antenna(s).
(3) Sensing-only white space devices operating under the provisions
of Sec. 15.717 of this subpart. (i) The provisions of Sec.
15.204(c)(4) do not apply to an antenna used for transmission and
reception/spectrum sensing.
(ii) Compliance testing for white space devices that incorporate a
separate sensing antenna shall be performed using the lowest gain
antenna for each type of antenna to be certified.
(h) Compliance with radio frequency exposure requirements--(1)
Fixed white space devices. To ensure compliance with the Commission's
radio frequency exposure requirements in Sec. Sec. 1.1307(b), 2.1091
and 2.1093 of this chapter, fixed white space devices shall be
accompanied by instructions on measures to take to ensure that persons
maintain a distance of at least 40 cm from the device, as well as any
necessary hardware that may be needed to implement that protection.
These instructions shall be submitted with the application for
certification.
(2) Personal/portable white space devices. Personal/portable white
space devices that meet the definition of portable devices under Sec.
2.1093 of this chapter and that operate with a source-based time-
averaged output of less than 20 mW will not be subject to routine
evaluation for compliance with the radio frequency exposure guidelines
in Sec. Sec. 1.1307(b), 2.1091, and 2.1093 of this chapter, while
devices that operate with a source-based time-average output power
greater than 20 mW will be subject to the routine evaluation
requirements.
Sec. 15.711 Interference avoidance methods.
Except as provided in Sec. 15.717 of this part, channel
availability for a white space device is determined based on the geo-
location and database access method described in paragraphs (a) through
(e) of this section.
(a) Geo-location required. White space devices shall rely on a geo-
location capability and database access mechanism to protect the
following authorized service in accordance with the interference
protection requirements of Sec. 15.712: digital television stations,
digital and analog Class A, low power, translator and booster stations;
translator receive operations; fixed broadcast auxiliary service links;
private land mobile service/commercial radio service (PLMRS/CMRS)
operations; offshore radiotelephone service; low power auxiliary
services authorized pursuant to Sec. Sec. 74.801 through 74.882 of
this chapter, including licensed wireless microphones; MVPD receive
sites; wireless medical telemetry service (WMTS); radio astronomy
service (RAS); 600 MHz service band licensees where they have commenced
operations; and unlicensed wireless microphones used by venues of large
events and productions/shows as provided under Sec. 15.713(j)(9). In
addition, protection shall be provided in border areas near Canada and
Mexico in accordance with Sec. 15.712(g).
(b) Geo-location requirement--(1) Accuracy. Fixed white space
devices that incorporate a geo-location capability and Mode II devices
shall determine their location and their geo-location uncertainty (in
meters), with a confidence level of 95%.
(2) Reference datum. All geographic coordinates shall be referenced
to the North American Datum of 1983 (NAD 83).
(c) Requirements for fixed white space devices. (1) The geographic
coordinates and antenna height above ground level of a fixed white
space device shall be determined at the time of installation and first
activation from a power-off condition by either an incorporated geo-
location capability or a professional installer. This information may
be stored internally in the white space device. In the case of
professional installation, the party who registers the fixed white
space device in the database will be responsible for assuring the
accuracy of the entered coordinates and antenna height. If a fixed
white space device is moved to another location or if its stored
coordinates become altered, the operator shall re-establish the
device's:
(i) Geographic location and antenna height above ground level and
store this information in the white space device either by means of the
device's incorporated geo-location capability or through the services
of a professional installer; and
(ii) Registration with the database based on the device's new
coordinates and antenna height above ground level.
(2)(i) Each fixed white space device must access a white space
database over the Internet to determine the available channels and the
corresponding maximum permitted power for each available channel that
is available at its geographic coordinates, taking into consideration
the fixed device's antenna height above ground level and geo-
[[Page 73074]]
location uncertainty, prior to its initial service transmission at a
given location.
(ii) Operation is permitted only on channels and at power levels
that are indicated in the database as being available for each white
space device. Operation on a channel must cease immediately or power
must be reduced to a permissible level if the database indicates that
the channel is no longer available at the current operating level.
(iii) Each fixed white space devices shall access the database at
least once a day to verify that the operating channels continue to
remain available. Each fixed white space device must adjust its use of
channels in accordance with channel availability schedule information
provided by its database for the 48-hour period beginning at the time
the device last accessed the database for a list of available channels.
(iv) Fixed devices without a direct connection to the Internet: A
fixed white space device may not operate on channels provided by a
white space database for another fixed device. A fixed white space
device that has not yet been initialized and registered with a white
space database consistent with Sec. 15.713 of this part, but can
receive the transmissions of another fixed white space device, may
transmit to that other fixed white space device on either a channel
that the other white space device has transmitted on or on a channel
which the other white space device indicates is available for use to
access the database to register its location and receive a list of
channels that are available for it to use. Subsequently, the newly
registered fixed white space device must only use the channels that the
database indicates are available for it to use.
(d) Requirements for Mode II personal/portable white space devices.
(1) The geographic coordinates of a Mode II personal/portable white
space device shall be determined by an incorporated geo-location
capability prior to its initial service transmission at a given
location and each time the device is activated from a power-off
condition to determine the available channels and the corresponding
maximum permitted power for each available channel at its geographic
coordinates, taking into consideration the device's geo-location
uncertainty. The location must be checked at least once every 60
seconds while in operation, except while in sleep mode, i.e., in a mode
in which the device is inactive but is not powered-down.
(2) Each Mode II personal/portable white space device must access a
white space database over the Internet to obtain a list of available
channels for its location. The device must access the database for an
updated available channel list if its location changes by more than 100
meters from the location at which it last established its available
channel list.
(3) Operation is permitted only on channels and at power levels
that are indicated in the database as being available for the Mode II
personal/portable white space device. Operation on a channel must cease
immediately or power must be reduced to a permissible level if the
database indicates that the channel is no longer available at the
current operating level.
(4) A Mode II personal/portable white space device that has been in
a powered state shall re-check its location and access the database
daily to verify that the operating channel(s) and corresponding power
levels continue to be available. Mode II personal/portable devices must
adjust their use of channels and power levels in accordance with
channel availability schedule information provided by their database
for the 48-hour period beginning at the time of the device last
accessed the database for a list of available channels.
(5) A Mode II personal/portable device may load channel
availability information for multiple locations, (i.e., in the vicinity
of its current location) and use that information to define a
geographic area within which it can operate on the same available
channels at all locations. For example a Mode II personal/portable
white space device could calculate a bounded area in which a channel or
channels are available at all locations within the area and operate on
a mobile basis within that area. A Mode II white space device using
such channel availability information for multiple locations must
contact the database again if/when it moves beyond the boundary of the
area where the channel availability data is valid.
(e) Requirements for Mode I personal/portable white space devices.
(1) A Mode I personal/portable white space device may only transmit
upon receiving a list of available channels from a fixed or Mode II
white space device. A fixed or Mode II white space device may provide a
Mode I device with a list of available channels only after it contacts
its database, provides the database the FCC Identifier (FCC ID) of the
Mode I device requesting available channels, and receives verification
that the FCC ID is valid for operation.
(2) A Mode II device must provide a list of channels to the Mode I
device that is the same as the list of channels available to the Mode
II device.
(3) A fixed device may provide a list of available channels to a
Mode I device only if the fixed device HAAT as verified by the white
space database does not exceed 106 meters. The fixed device must
provide a list of available channels to the Mode I device that is the
same as the list of channels available to the fixed device, except that
a Mode I device may operate only on those channels that are permissible
for its use under Sec. 15.707 of this part. A fixed device may also
obtain from a white space database and provide to a Mode I personal/
portable white space device, a separate list of available channels that
includes adjacent channels available to a Mode I personal/portable
white space device, but not a fixed white space device.
(4) To initiate contact with a fixed or Mode II device, a Mode I
device may transmit on an available channel used by the fixed or Mode
II white space device or on a channel the fixed or Mode II white space
device indicates is available for use by a Mode I device. At least once
every 60 seconds, except when in sleep mode (i.e., a mode in which the
device is inactive but is not powered-down), a Mode I device must
either receive a contact verification signal from the Mode II or fixed
white space device that provided its current list of available channels
or contact a Mode II or fixed white space device to re-verify/re-
establish channel availability. A Mode I device must cease operation
immediately if it does not receive a contact verification signal or is
not able to re-establish a list of available channels through contact
with a fixed or Mode II device on this schedule. If a fixed or Mode II
white space device loses power and obtains a new channel list, it must
signal all Mode I devices it is serving to acquire and use a new
channel list.
(f) Display of available channels. A white space device must
incorporate the capability to display a list of identified available
channels and its operating channels.
(g) Identifying information. Fixed white space devices shall
transmit identifying information. The identification signal must
conform to a standard established by a recognized industry standards
setting organization. The identification signal shall carry sufficient
information to identify the device and its geographic coordinates.
(h) Continuing operation. If a fixed or Mode II personal/portable
white space device fails to successfully contact the white space
database during any given day, it may continue to operate until 11:59
p.m. of the following day at which time it must cease operations until
it re-
[[Page 73075]]
establishes contact with the white space database and re-verifies its
list of available channels.
(i) Push notifications. White space device manufacturers and
database administrators must implement the push notification
requirements of paragraphs (i)(1) and (2) of this section, and may also
implement a system that pushes additional updated channel availability
information from the database to white space devices.
(1) In response to a request for immediate access to a channel by a
licensed wireless microphone user, white space database administrators
are required to share the licensed microphone channel registration
information to all other white space database administrators within 10
minutes of receiving each wireless microphone registration.
(2) White space database administrators shall push updated
available channel lists to fixed and Mode II personal/portable white
space devices within 20 minutes of receiving the notification required
by paragraph (i)(1) of this section. The information need only be
pushed to white space devices that are located within the separation
distances, specified in Sec. 15.712(f) of this part, for each licensed
wireless microphone registration received.
(3) White space database administrators must update their systems
to comply with these requirements no later than December 23, 2016.
(j) Security. (1) White space devices shall incorporate adequate
security measures to ensure that they are capable of communicating for
purposes of obtaining lists of available channels only with databases
operated by administrators authorized by the Commission, and to ensure
that communications between white space devices and databases are
secure to prevent corruption or unauthorized interception of data. This
requirement includes implementing security for communications between
Mode I personal portable devices and fixed or Mode II devices for
purposes of providing lists of available channels. This requirement
applies to communications of channel availability and other spectrum
access information between the databases and fixed and Mode II devices
(it is not necessary for white space devices to apply security coding
to channel availability and channel access information where they are
not the originating or terminating device and that they simply pass
through).
(2) Communications between a Mode I device and a fixed or Mode II
device for purposes of obtaining a list of available channels shall
employ secure methods that ensure against corruption or unauthorized
modification of the data. When a Mode I device makes a request to a
fixed or Mode II device for a list of available channels, the receiving
device shall check with the white space database that the Mode I device
has a valid FCC Identifier before providing a list of available
channels. Contact verification signals transmitted for Mode I devices
are to be encoded with encryption to secure the identity of the
transmitting device. Mode I devices using contact verification signals
shall accept as valid for authorization only the signals of the device
from which they obtained their list of available channels.
(3) A white space database shall be protected from unauthorized
data input or alteration of stored data. To provide this protection,
the white space database administrator shall establish communications
authentication procedures that allow fixed and Mode II white space
devices to be assured that the data they receive is from an authorized
source.
(4) Applications for certification of white space devices shall
include a high level operational description of the technologies and
measures that are incorporated in the device to comply with the
security requirements of this section. In addition, applications for
certification of fixed and Mode II white space devices shall identify
at least one of the white space databases operated by a designated
white space database administrator that the device will access for
channel availability and affirm that the device will conform to the
communications security methods used by that database.
Sec. 15.712 Interference protection requirements.
The separation distances in this section apply to fixed and
personal/portable white space devices with a location accuracy of
50 meters. These distances must be increased by the amount
that the location uncertainty of a white space device exceeds 50 meters.
(a) Digital television stations, and digital and analog Class A TV,
low power TV, TV translator and TV booster stations--(1) Protected
contour. White space devices must protect digital and analog TV
services within the contours shown in the following table. These
contours are calculated using the methodology in Sec. 73.684 of this
chapter and the R-6602 curves contained in Sec. 73.699 of this
chapter.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Protected contour
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Type of station Propagation
Channel Contour (dBu) curve
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Analog: Class A TV, LPTV, translator and Low VHF (2-6)................... 47 F(50,50)
booster.
High VHF (7-13)................. 56 F(50,50)
UHF (14-69)..................... 64 F(50,50)
Digital: Full service TV, Class A TV, LPTV, Low VHF (2-6)................... 28 F(50,90)
translator and booster.
High VHF (7-13)................. 36 F(50,90)
UHF (14-51)..................... 41 F(50,90)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Required separation distance. White space devices must be
located outside the contours indicated in paragraph (a)(1) of this
section of co-channel and adjacent channel stations by at least the
minimum distances specified in the following tables.
(i) If a device operates between two defined power levels, it must
comply with the separation distances for the higher power level.
(ii) White space devices operating at 40 mW EIRP or less are not
required to meet the adjacent channel separation distances.
(iii) Fixed white space devices operating at 100 mW EIRP or less
per 6 megahertz across multiple contiguous TV channels with at least 3
megahertz separation between the frequency band occupied by the white
space device and adjacent TV channels are not required to meet the
adjacent channel separation distances.
(iv) Fixed white space devices may only operate above 4 W EIRP in
less
[[Page 73076]]
congested areas as defined in Sec. 15.703(h).
Mode II Personal/Portable White Space Devices
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Required separation in
kilometers from co-channel
digital or analog TV (full
service or low power)
protected contour
-------------------------------
20 dBm (100
16 dBm (40 mW) mW)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Communicating with Mode II or Fixed 1.3 1.7
device.................................
Communicating with Mode I device........ 2.6 3.4
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed White Space Devices
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Required separation in kilometers from co-channel digital or analog TV (full service or low power) protected
contour \*\
Antenna height above average terrain of ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
unlicensed devices (meters) 16 dBm (40 20 dBm (100 24 dBm (250 28 dBm (625 32 dBm (1600
mW) mW) mW) mW) mW) 36 dBm (4 W) 40 dBm (10 W)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 3............................. 1.3 1.7 2.1 2.7 3.3 4.0 4.5
3-10.................................... 2.4 3.1 3.8 4.8 6.1 7.3 8.5
10-30................................... 4.2 5.1 6.0 7.1 8.9 11.1 13.9
30-50................................... 5.4 6.5 7.7 9.2 11.5 14.3 19.1
50-75................................... 6.6 7.9 9.4 11.1 13.9 18.0 23.8
75-100.................................. 7.7 9.2 10.9 12.8 17.2 21.1 27.2
100-150................................. 9.4 11.1 13.2 16.5 21.4 25.3 32.3
150-200................................. 10.9 12.7 15.8 19.5 24.7 28.5 36.4
200-250................................. 12.1 14.3 18.2 22.0 27.3 31.2 39.5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\*\ When communicating with Mode I personal/portable white space devices, the required separation distances must be increased beyond the specified
distances by 1.3 kilometers if the Mode I device operates at power levels no more than 40 mW EIRP or 1.7 kilometers if the Mode I device operates at
power levels above 40 mW EIRP.
Personal/Portable White Space Devices
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Required separation in
kilometers from adjacent
channel digital or analog TV
(full service or low power)
protected contour
------------------------------
20 dBm (100 mW)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Communicating with Mode II or Fixed 0.1
device..................................
Communicating with Mode I device......... 0.2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed White Space Devices
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Required separation in kilometers from adjacent channel digital or analog TV (full service or
low power) protected contour >*
Antenna height above average terrain of unlicensed -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
devices (meters) 20 dBm (100 24 dBm (250 28 dBm (625 32 dBm (1600
mW) mW) mW) mW) 36 dBm (4 W) 40 dBm (10 W)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 3............................................. 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2
3-10.................................................... 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4
10-30................................................... 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
30-50................................................... 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.8
50-75................................................... 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.9
75-100.................................................. 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.1
100-150................................................. 0.5 0.6 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.3
150-200................................................. 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 1.5
200-250................................................. 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* When communicating with a Mode I personal/portable white space device that operates at power levels above 40 mW EIRP, the required separation
distances must be increased beyond the specified distances by 0.1 kilometers.
(3) Fixed white space device antenna height. Fixed white space
devices must comply with the requirements of Sec. 15.709(g) of this
part.
(b) TV translator, Low Power TV (including Class A) and Multi-
channel Video Programming Distributor (MVPD) receive sites. (1) MVPD,
TV translator station and low power TV (including Class A) station
receive sites located outside the protected contour of the TV
station(s) being received may be
[[Page 73077]]
registered in the white space database if they are no farther than 80
km outside the nearest edge of the relevant contour(s). Only channels
received over the air and used by the MVPD, TV translator station or
low power/Class A TV station may be registered.
(2) White space devices may not operate within an arc of 30 degrees from a line between a registered receive site and the
contour of the TV station being received in the direction of the
station's transmitter at a distance of up to 80 km from the edge of the
protected contour of the received TV station for co-channel operation
and up to 20 km from the registered receive site for adjacent channel
operation, except that the protection distance shall not exceed the
distance from the receive site to the protected contour.
(3) Outside of the 30 degree arc defined in paragraph
(b)(2) of this section:
(i) White space devices operating at 4 watts EIRP or less may not
operate within 8 km from the receive site for co-channel operation and
2 km from the receive site for adjacent channel operation.
(ii) White Space devices operating with more than 4 watts EIRP may
not operate within 10.2 km from the receive site for co-channel
operation and 2.5 km from the receive site for adjacent channel
operation.
(iii) For purposes of this section, a TV station being received may
include a full power TV station, TV translator station or low power TV/
Class A TV station.
(c) Fixed Broadcast Auxiliary Service (BAS) links. (1) For
permanent BAS receive sites appearing in the Commission's Universal
Licensing System or temporary BAS receive sites registered in the white
space database, white space devices may not operate within an arc of
30 degrees from a line between the BAS receive site and its
associated permanent transmitter within a distance of 80 km from the
receive site for co-channel operation and 20 km for adjacent channel
operation.
(2) Outside of the 30 degree arc defined in paragraph
(c)(1) of this section:
(i) White space devices operating at 4 watts EIRP or less may not
operate within 8 km from the receive site for co-channel operation and
2 km from the receive site for adjacent channel operation.
(ii) White Space devices operating with more than 4 watts EIRP may
not operate within 10.2 km from the receive site for co-channel
operation and 2.5 km from the receive site for adjacent channel
operation.
(d) PLMRS/CMRS operations. (1) White space devices may not operate
at distances less than those specified in the table below from the
coordinates of the metropolitan areas and on the channels listed in
Sec. 90.303(a) of this chapter.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Required separation in kilometers from areas
specified in Sec. 90.303(a) of this chapter
White space device transmitter power -------------------------------------------------
Adjacent channel
Co-channel operation operation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 watts EIRP or less.......................................... 134 131
Greater than 4 watts EIRP..................................... 136 131.5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) White space devices may not operate at distances less than
those specified in the table below from PLMRS/CMRS operations
authorized by waiver outside of the metropolitan areas listed in Sec.
90.303(a) of this chapter.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Required separation in kilometers from areas
specified in Sec. 90.303(a) of this chapter
White space device transmitter power -------------------------------------------------
Adjacent channel
Co-channel operation operation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 watts EIRP or less.......................................... 54 51
Greater than 4 watts EIRP..................................... 56 51.5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(e) Offshore Radiotelephone Service. White space devices may not
operate on channels used by the Offshore Radio Service within the
geographic areas specified in Sec. 74.709(e) of this chapter.
(f) Low power auxiliary services, including wireless microphones.
Fixed white space devices are not permitted to operate within 1 km, and
personal/portable white space devices will not be permitted to operate
within 400 meters, of the coordinates of registered low power auxiliary
station sites on the registered channels during the designated times
they are used by low power auxiliary stations.
(g) Border areas near Canada and Mexico: Fixed and personal/
portable white space devices shall comply with the required separation
distances in Sec. 15.712(a)(2) from the protected contours of TV
stations in Canada and Mexico. White space devices are not required to
comply with these separation distances from portions of the protected
contours of Canadian or Mexican TV stations that fall within the United
States.
(h) Radio astronomy services. (1) Operation of fixed and personal/
portable white space devices is prohibited on all channels within 2.4
kilometers at the following locations.
(i) The Naval Radio Research Observatory in Sugar Grove, West
Virginia at 38 30 58 N and 79 16 48 W.
(ii) The Table Mountain Radio Receiving Zone (TMRZ) at 40 08 02 N
and 105 14 40 W.
(iii) The following facilities:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Latitude (deg/ Longitude (deg/
Observatory min/sec) min/sec)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arecibo Observatory............... 18 20 37 N 066 45 11 W
Green Bank Telescope (GBT)........ 38 25 59 N 079 50 23 W
Very Long Baseline Array (VLBA) ................. .................
Stations:
[[Page 73078]]
Pie Town, NM.................. 34 18 04 N 108 07 09 W
Kitt Peak, AZ................. 31 57 23 N 111 36 45 W
Los Alamos, NM................ 35 46 30 N 106 14 44 W
Ft. Davis, TX................. 30 38 06 N 103 56 41 W
N. Liberty, IA................ 41 46 17 N 091 34 27 W
Brewster, WA.................. 48 07 52 N 119 41 00 W
Owens Valley, CA.............. 37 13 54 N 118 16 37 W
St. Croix, VI................. 17 45 24 N 064 35 01 W
Hancock, NH................... 42 56 01 N 071 59 12 W
Mauna Kea, HI................. 19 48 05 N 155 27 20 W
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Operation within the band 608-614 MHz is prohibited within the
areas defined by the following coordinates (all coordinates are NAD
83):
(i) Pie Town, NM
------------------------------------------------------------------------
West longitude
North latitude (deg/min/sec) (deg/min/sec)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
35 25 56.28......................................... 107 44 56.40
35 15 57.24......................................... 107 41 27.60
33 52 14.16......................................... 107 30 25.20
33 22 39.36......................................... 107 49 26.40
33 57 38.52......................................... 109 36 10.80
34 04 46.20......................................... 109 34 12.00
34 27 20.88......................................... 109 12 43.20
35 15 30.24......................................... 108 25 55.20
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) Kitt Peak, AZ
------------------------------------------------------------------------
West longitude
North latitude (deg/min/sec) (deg/min/sec)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
34 08 18.24......................................... 111 36 46.80
33 54 10.08......................................... 109 38 20.40
32 09 25.56......................................... 113 42 03.60
31 29 15.72......................................... 111 33 43.20
33 20 36.60......................................... 113 36 14.40
34 09 20.52......................................... 112 34 37.20
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iii) Los Alamos, NM
------------------------------------------------------------------------
West longitude
North latitude (deg/min/sec) (deg/min/sec)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
36 25 54.12......................................... 106 06 07.20
36 32 26.88......................................... 105 59 27.60
36 45 23.40......................................... 105 48 03.60
36 48 10.44......................................... 105 30 21.60
36 13 37.92......................................... 105 26 38.40
35 38 40.92......................................... 105 48 36.00
35 36 51.48......................................... 105 49 30.00
34 06 17.28......................................... 107 10 48.00
34 16 18.12......................................... 107 17 16.80
35 21 22.68......................................... 106 51 07.20
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iv) Ft. Davis, TX
------------------------------------------------------------------------
West longitude
North latitude (deg/min/sec) (deg/min/sec)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
30 42 16.92......................................... 103 55 22.80
30 35 49.92......................................... 103 41 52.80
30 32 35.88......................................... 103 43 04.80
30 25 20.64......................................... 103 49 48.00
30 24 30.24......................................... 103 52 30.00
30 26 14.28......................................... 103 57 54.00
30 33 03.60......................................... 104 09 10.80
30 40 03.36......................................... 104 05 9.60
30 43 11.28......................................... 103 58 48.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(v) N. Liberty, IA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
West longitude
North latitude (deg/min/sec) (deg/min/sec)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
42 03 27.00......................................... 90 54 16.56
41 59 03.12......................................... 90 46 49.44
41 34 19.20......................................... 90 51 11.16
41 19 27.12......................................... 90 58 58.80
41 02 09.96......................................... 91 07 18.84
41 07 51.24......................................... 92 03 44.64
41 50 03.12......................................... 92 36 20.16
42 28 50.16......................................... 91 44 35.16
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(vi) Brewster, WA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
North latitude (deg/min/sec) West longitude (deg/min/sec)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
48 18 00.36 119 35 27.60
48 16 40.08 119 34 51.60
48 15 20.52 119 34 33.60
48 12 26.64 119 34 08.40
48 07 51.96 119 34 33.60
48 06 44.64 119 34 48.00
47 58 44.40 119 36 03.60
47 55 06.60 119 37 40.80
47 52 48.72 119 39 03.60
48 00 49.68 119 59 06.00
48 26 59.64 119 46 04.80
48 26 08.52 119 43 22.80
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(vii) Owens Valley, CA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
North latitude (deg/min/sec) West longitude (deg/min/sec)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
37 05 49.56 118 02 13.20
37 03 27.36 118 01 08.40
36 29 09.96 118 06 50.40
36 30 48.60 118 11 56.40
36 37 08.04 118 16 37.20
37 25 12.72 118 41 16.80
37 27 30.24 118 41 02.40
37 44 45.96 118 39 03.60
37 59 49.92 118 32 09.60
37 46 12.72 118 20 09.60
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(viii) St. Croix, VI
------------------------------------------------------------------------
North latitude (deg/min/sec) West longitude (deg/min/sec)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
18 29 15.36 64 22 38.28
18 06 51.12 64 08 03.84
18 04 31.44 64 06 12.24
18 02 02.76 64 04 33.96
17 59 26.52 64 03 09.36
17 56 43.80 64 01 59.52
17 53 56.04 64 01 04.80
17 51 03.96 64 00 25.56
17 48 09.72 64 00 02.16
17 42 19.08 63 58 57.36
17 39 07.92 63 58 15.96
17 42 10.44 64 39 37.44
17 43 57.00 64 50 46.32
18 07 24.24 66 02 36.96
18 16 13.80 65 44 56.04
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ix) Hancock, NH
------------------------------------------------------------------------
North latitude (deg/min/sec) West longitude (deg/min/sec)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
44 08 59.64 71 32 01.68
43 46 24.60 71 18 57.60
42 58 41.88 71 15 14.04
42 29 25.08 71 52 51.96
42 34 05.88 72 07 08.76
42 34 41.52 72 09 41.76
42 55 47.28 72 55 03.72
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(x) Mauna Kea, HI
------------------------------------------------------------------------
North latitude (deg/min/sec) West longitude (deg/min/sec)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 11 01.32 153 03 43.20
20 00 52.92 152 35 56.40
19 46 42.60 152 35 34.80
19 32 33.36 152 36 28.80
19 18 31.68 152 38 38.40
19 04 44.04 152 42 07.20
18 51 16.56 152 46 51.60
18 38 15.72 152 52 44.40
18 25 46.56 152 59 49.20
18 13 55.20 153 07 55.20
18 02 46.68 153 17 06.00
17 52 26.40 153 27 14.40
17 42 57.96 153 38 16.80
17 35 20.04 153 50 45.60
17 27 52.20 154 03 10.80
17 21 27.00 154 16 15.60
17 16 08.40 154 29 49.20
17 11 57.84 154 43 51.60
17 08 57.48 154 58 08.40
17 07 09.12 155 12 43.20
17 23 53.52 155 27 21.60
19 29 13.92 155 36 21.60
19 47 53.88 155 29 27.60
19 48 52.92 155 27 39.60
19 48 58.68 155 27 14.40
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 73079]]
(3) Operation within the band 608-614 MHz is prohibited within the
following areas:
(i) The National Radio Quiet Zone as defined in Sec. 1.924(a)(1)
of this chapter.
(ii) The islands of Puerto Rico, Desecheo, Mona, Vieques or Culebra
(i) 600 MHz service band. Fixed and personal/portable devices
operating in the 600 MHz Service Band must comply with the following
co-channel and adjacent channel separation distances outside the
defined polygonal area encompassing the base stations or other radio
facilities deployed by a part 27 600 MHz Service Band licensee that has
commenced operation.
(1) Fixed white space devices may only operate above 4 W EIRP in
less congested areas as defined in Sec. 15.703(h).
(2) If a device operates between two defined power levels, it must
comply with the separation distances for the higher power level.
(3) For the purpose of this rule, co-channel means any frequency
overlap between a channel used by a white space device and a five
megahertz spectrum block used by a part 27 600 MHz band licensee, and
adjacent channel means a frequency separation of zero to four megahertz
between the edge of a channel used by a white space device and the edge
of a five megahertz spectrum block used by a part 27 600 MHz band
licensee.
(4) On frequencies used by wireless uplink services:
Mode II Personal/Portable White Space Devices
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
600 MHz band wireless uplink spectrum Minimum
co-channel separation distances in kilometers
between white space devices and any point along
the edge of a polygon representing the outer
edge of base station or other radio facility
deployment
-------------------------------------------------
16 dBm (40 mW) 20 dBm (100 mW)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Communicating with Mode II or Fixed device.................... 5 6
Communicating with Mode I device.............................. 10 12
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed White Space Devices
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
600 MHz band wireless uplink spectrum Minimum co-channel separation distances in kilometers between white
space devices and any point along the edge of a polygon representing the outer edge of base station or other
Antenna height above average terrain of radio facility deployment \*\
unlicensed devices (meters) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 dBm (100 28 dBm (625 32 dBm (1600
16 dBm (40mW) mW) 24 dBm (250mW) mW) mW) 36 dBm (4 W) 40 dBm (10 W)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 3............................. 5 6 7 9 12 15 19
3--10................................... 9 11 14 17 22 27 34
10--30.................................. 15 19 24 30 38 47 60
30--50.................................. 20 24 31 38 49 60 60
50--75.................................. 24 30 37 47 60 60 60
75--100................................. 27 34 43 54 60 60 60
100--150................................ 33 42 53 60 60 60 60
150--200................................ 39 49 60 60 60 60 60
200-250................................. 43 54 60 60 60 60 60
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\*\When communicating with Mode I personal/portable white space devices, the required separation distances must be increased beyond the specified
distances by 5 kilometers if the Mode I device operates at power levels no more than 40 mW EIRP or 6 kilometers if the Mode I device operates at power
levels above 40 mW EIRP.
Personal/Portable White Space Devices
------------------------------------------------------------------------
600 MHz band wireless uplink
spectrum Minimum adjacent channel
separation distances in kilometers
between white space devices and any
point along the edge of a polygon
representing the outer edge of base
station or other radio facility
deployment
------------------------------------
20 dBm (100 mW)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Communicating with Mode II or Fixed 0.1
device............................
Communicating with Mode I device... 0.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 73080]]
Fixed White Space Devices
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
600 MHz band wireless uplink spectrum Minimum adjacent channel separation distances in
kilometers between white space devices and any point along the edge of a polygon representing
Antenna height above average terrain of unlicensed the outer edge of base station or other radio facility deployment \*\
devices (meters) -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 dBm (100 28 dBm (625 32 dBm (1600
mW) 24 dBm (250mW) mW) mW) 36 dBm (4 W) 40 dBm (10 W)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 3............................................. 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.4
3-10.................................................... 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8
10-30................................................... 0.4 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4
30-50................................................... 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.4 1.8
50-75................................................... 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.2
75-100.................................................. 0.8 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.6
100-150................................................. 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.1
150-200................................................. 1.2 1.4 1.8 2.3 2.9 3.6
200-250................................................. 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.6 3.2 4.1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\*\ When communicating with Mode I personal/portable white space devices, the required separation distances must be increased beyond the specified
distances by 0.1 kilometers.
(5) On frequencies used by wireless downlink services: 35
kilometers for co-channel operation, and 31 kilometers for adjacent
channel operation.
(j) Wireless Medical Telemetry Service. (1) White space devices
operating in the 608-614 MHz band (channel 37) are not permitted to
operate within an area defined by the polygon described in Sec.
15.713(j)(11) plus the distances specified in the tables below:
Mode II Personal/Portable White Space Devices
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Required co-channel separation distances in
kilometers from WMTS sites
-------------------------------------------------
16 dBm (40 mW) 20 dBm (100 mW)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Communicating with Mode II or Fixed device.................... 0.38 0.48
Communicating with Mode I device.............................. 0.76 0.96
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed White Space Devices
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Required co-channel separation distances in kilometers from WMTS sites \*\
Antenna height above average terrain of unlicensed -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
devices (meters) 20 dBm (100 24 dBm (250 28 dBm (625 32 dBm (1600 36 dBm (4
16 dBm (40 mW) mW) mW) mW) mW) watts)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 3............................................. 0.38 0.48 0.60 0.76 0.96 1.20
3-10.................................................... 0.70 0.88 1.10 1.38 1.74 2.20
10-30................................................... 1.20 1.55 1.95 2.45 3.05 3.80
30-50................................................... 1.55 2.00 2.50 3.15 3.95 4.95
50-75................................................... 1.90 2.45 3.05 3.85 4.85 6.10
75-100.................................................. 2.20 2.80 3.55 4.45 5.60 7.05
100-150................................................. 2.70 3.45 4.35 5.45 6.85 8.65
150-200................................................. 3.15 3.95 5.00 6.30 7.90 9.95
200-250................................................. 3.50 4.40 5.60 7.00 8.80 11.00
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\*\ When communicating with Mode I personal/portable white space devices, the required separation distances must be increased beyond the specified
distances by 0.38 kilometers if the Mode I device operates at power levels no more than 40 mW EIRP, or 0.48 kilometers if the Mode I device operates
at power levels above 40 mW EIRP.
(2) White space devices operating in the 602-608 MHz band (channel
36) and 614-620 MHz band (channel 38) are not permitted to operate
within an area defined by the polygon described in Sec. 15.713(j)(11)
plus the distances specified in the tables below:
Mode II Personal/Portable White Space Devices
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Required adjacent channel separation distances
in meters from WMTS sites
-------------------------------------------------
16 dBm (40 mW) 20 dBm (100 mW)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Communicating with Mode II or Fixed device.................... 8 13
Communicating with Mode I device.............................. 16 26
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 73081]]
Fixed White Space Devices
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Required adjacent channel separation distances in meters from WMTS sites \*\
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 dBm (100 24 dBm (250 28 dBm (625 32 dBm (1600 36 dBm (4
16 dBm (40 mW) mW) mW) mW) mW) watts)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8............................... 13 20 32 50 71
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\*\ When communicating with Mode I personal/portable white space devices, the required separation distances must
be increased beyond the specified distances by 8 meters if the Mode I device operates at power levels no more
than 40 mW EIRP, or 13 meters if the Mode I device operates at power levels above 40 mW EIRP.
(k) 488-494 MHz band in Hawaii. White space devices are not
permitted to operate in the 488-494 MHz band in Hawaii.
Sec. 15.713 White space database.
(a) Purpose. The white space database serves the following
functions:
(1) To determine and provide to a white space device, upon request,
the available channels at the white space device's location in the TV
bands, the 600 MHz guard bands, the 600 MHz duplex gap, the 600 MHz
service band, and channel 37. Available channels are determined based
on the interference protection requirements in Sec. 15.712. A database
must provide fixed and Mode II personal portable white space devices
with channel availability information that includes scheduled changes
in channel availability over the course of the 48 hour period beginning
at the time the white space devices make a re-check contact. In making
lists of available channels available to a white space device, the
white space database shall ensure that all communications and
interactions between the white space database and the white space
device include adequate security measures such that unauthorized
parties cannot access or alter the white space database or the list of
available channels sent to white space devices or otherwise affect the
database system or white space devices in performing their intended
functions or in providing adequate interference protections to
authorized services operating in the TV bands. In addition, a white
space database must also verify that the FCC identifier (FCC ID) of a
device seeking access to its services is valid; under this requirement
the white space database must also verify that the FCC ID of a Mode I
device provided by a fixed or Mode II device is valid. A list of
devices with valid FCC IDs and the FCC IDs of those devices is to be
obtained from the Commission's Equipment Authorization System.
(2) To determine and provide to an unlicensed wireless microphone
user, upon request, the available channels at the microphone user's
location in the 600 MHz guard bands, the 600 MHz duplex gap, and the
600 MHz service band. Available channels are determined based on the
interference protection requirements in Sec. 15.236.
(3) To register the identification information and location of
fixed white space devices and unlicensed wireless microphone users.
(4) To register protected locations and channels as specified in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section, that are not otherwise recorded in
Commission licensing databases.
(b) Information in the white space database. (1) Facilities already
recorded in Commission databases. Identifying and location information
will come from the official Commission database. These services
include:
(i) Digital television stations.
(ii) Class A television stations.
(iii) Low power television stations.
(iv) Television translator and booster stations.
(v) Broadcast Auxiliary Service stations (including receive only
sites), except low power auxiliary stations.
(vi) Private land mobile radio service stations.
(vii) Commercial mobile radio service stations.
(viii) Offshore radiotelephone service stations.
(ix) Class A television station receive sites.
(x) Low power television station receive sites.
(xi) Television translator station receive sites.
(2) Facilities that are not recorded in Commission databases.
Identifying and location information will be entered into the white
space database in accordance with the procedures established by the
white space database administrator(s). These include:
(i) MVPD receive sites.
(ii) Sites where low power auxiliary stations, including wireless
microphones and wireless assist video devices, are used and their
schedule for operation.
(iii) Fixed white space device registrations.
(iv) 600 MHz service band operations in areas where the part 27 600
MHz service licensee has commenced operations.
(v) Locations of health care facilities that use WMTS equipment
operating on channel 37 (608-614 MHz).
(c) Restrictions on registration. (1) Television translator, low
power TV and Class A station receive sites within the protected contour
of the station being received are not eligible for registration in the
database.
(2) MVPD receive sites within the protected contour or more than 80
kilometers from the nearest edge of the protected contour of a
television station being received are not eligible to register that
station's channel in the database.
(d) Determination of available channels. The white space database
will determine the available channels at a location using the
interference protection requirements of Sec. 15.712, the location
information supplied by a white space device, and the data for
protected stations/locations in the database.
(e) White space device initialization. (1) Fixed and Mode II white
space devices must provide their location and required identifying
information to the white space database in accordance with the
provisions of this subpart.
(2) Fixed and Mode II white space devices shall not transmit unless
they receive, from the white space database, a list of available
channels and may only transmit on the available channels on the list
provided by the database.
(3) Fixed white space devices register and receive a list of
available channels from the database by connecting to the Internet,
either directly or through another fixed white space device that has a
direct connection to the Internet.
(4) Mode II white space devices receive a list of available
channels from the database by connecting to the Internet, either
directly or through a fixed or Mode II white space device that has a
direct connection to the Internet.
(5) A fixed or Mode II white space device that provides a list of
available channels to a Mode I device shall notify the database of the
FCC identifier of such Mode I device and receive verification that that
FCC identifier is valid before providing the list of available channels
to the Mode I device.
[[Page 73082]]
(6) A fixed device with an antenna height above ground that exceeds
30 meters or an antenna height above average terrain (HAAT) that
exceeds 250 meters shall not be provided a list of available channels.
The HAAT is to be calculated using computational software employing the
methodology in Sec. 73.684(d) of this chapter.
(f) Unlicensed wireless microphone database access. Unlicensed
wireless microphone users in the 600 MHz band may register with and
access the database manually via a separate Internet connection.
Wireless microphone users must register with and check a white space
database to determine available channels prior to beginning operation
at a given location. A user must re-check the database for available
channels if it moves to another location.
(g) Fixed white space device registration. (1) Prior to operating
for the first time or after changing location, a fixed white space
device must register with the white space database by providing the
information listed in paragraph (g)(3) of this section.
(2) The party responsible for a fixed white space device must
ensure that the white space device registration database has the most
current, up-to-date information for that device.
(3) The white space device registration database shall contain the
following information for fixed white space devices:
(i) FCC identifier (FCC ID) of the device;
(ii) Manufacturer's serial number of the device;
(iii) Device's geographic coordinates (latitude and longitude (NAD
83));
(iv) Device's antenna height above ground level (meters);
(v) Name of the individual or business that owns the device;
(vi) Name of a contact person responsible for the device's
operation;
(vii) Address for the contact person;
(viii) Email address for the contact person;
(ix) Phone number for the contact person.
(h) Mode II personal/portable device information to database. A
personal/portable device operating in Mode II shall provide the
database its FCC Identifier (as required by Sec. 2.926 of this
chapter), serial number as assigned by the manufacturer, and the
device's geographic coordinates (latitude and longitude (NAD 83)).
(i) Unlicensed wireless microphone registration. Unlicensed
wireless microphone users in the 600 MHz band shall register with the
database prior to operation and include the following information:
(1) Name of the individual or business that owns the unlicensed
wireless microphone
(2) Address for the contact person
(3) Email address for the contact person
(4) Phone number for the contact person; and
(5) Coordinates where the device will be used (latitude and
longitude in NAD 83).
(j) White space database information. The white space database
shall contain the listed information for each of the following:
(1) Digital television stations, digital and analog Class A, low
power, translator and booster stations, including stations in Canada
and Mexico that are within the border coordination areas as specified
in Sec. 73.1650 of this chapter (a white space database is to include
only TV station information from station license or license application
records. In cases where a station has records for both a license
application and a license, a white space database should include the
information from the license application rather than the license. In
cases where there are multiple license application records or license
records for the same station, the database is to include the most
recent records, and again with license applications taking precedence
over licenses.):
(i) Transmitter coordinates (latitude and longitude in NAD 83);
(ii) Effective radiated power (ERP);
(iii) Height above average terrain of the transmitting antenna
(HAAT);
(iv) Horizontal transmit antenna pattern (if the antenna is
directional);
(v) Amount of electrical and mechanical beam tilt (degrees
depression below horizontal) and orientation of mechanical beam tilt
(degrees azimuth clockwise from true north);
(vi) Channel number; and
(vii) Station call sign.
(2) Broadcast Auxiliary Service.
(i) Transmitter coordinates (latitude and longitude in NAD 83).
(ii) Receiver coordinates (latitude and longitude in NAD 83).
(iii) Channel number.
(iv) Call sign.
(3) Metropolitan areas listed in Sec. 90.303(a) of this chapter.
(i) Region name.
(ii) Channel(s) reserved for use in the region.
(iii) Geographic center of the region (latitude and longitude in
NAD 83).
(iv) Call sign.
(4) PLMRS/CMRS base station operations located more than 80 km from
the geographic centers of the 13 metropolitan areas defined in Sec.
90.303(a) of this chapter (e.g., in accordance with a waiver).
(i) Transmitter location (latitude and longitude in NAD 83) or
geographic area of operations.
(ii) TV channel of operation.
(iii) Call sign.
(5) Offshore Radiotelephone Service: For each of the four regions
where the Offshore Radiotelephone Service operates.
(i) Geographic boundaries of the region (latitude and longitude in
NAD 83 for each point defining the boundary of the region.
(ii) Channel(s) used by the service in that region.
(6) MVPD receive sites: Registration for receive sites is limited
to channels that are received over-the-air and are used as part of the
MVPD service.
(i) Name and address of MVPD company;
(ii) Location of the MVPD receive site (latitude and longitude in
NAD 83, accurate to 50 m);
(iii) Channel number of each television channel received, subject
to the following condition: channels for which the MVPD receive site is
located within the protected contour of that channel's transmitting
station are not eligible for registration in the database;
(iv) Call sign of each television channel received and eligible for
registration;
(v) Location (latitude and longitude) of the transmitter of each
television channel received;
(7) Television translator, low power TV and Class A TV station
receive sites: Registration for television translator, low power TV and
Class A receive sites is limited to channels that are received over-
the-air and are used as part of the station's service.
(i) Call sign of the TV translator station;
(ii) Location of the TV translator receive site (latitude and
longitude in NAD 83, accurate to /- 50 m);
(iii) Channel number of the re-transmitted television station,
subject to the following condition: a channel for which the television
translator receive site is located within the protected contour of that
channel's transmitting station is not eligible for registration in the
database;
(iv) Call sign of the retransmitted television station; and
(v) Location (latitude and longitude) of the transmitter of the
retransmitted television station.
(8) Licensed low power auxiliary stations, including wireless
microphones and wireless assist video
[[Page 73083]]
devices: Use of licensed low power auxiliary stations at well-defined
times and locations may be registered in the database. Multiple
registrations that specify more than one point in the facility may be
entered for very large sites. Registrations will be valid for no more
than one year, after which they may be renewed. Registrations must
include the following information:
(i) Name of the individual or business responsible for the low
power auxiliary device(s);
(ii) An address for the contact person;
(iii) An email address for the contact person (optional);
(iv) A phone number for the contact person;
(v) Coordinates where the device(s) are used (latitude and
longitude in NAD 83, accurate to 50 m);
(vi) Channels used by the low power auxiliary devices operated at
the site;
(vii) Specific months, weeks, days of the week and times when the
device(s) are used (on dates when microphones are not used the site
will not be protected); and
(viii) The stations call sign.
(9) Unlicensed wireless microphones at venues of events and
productions/shows that use large numbers of wireless microphones that
cannot be accommodated in the two reserved channels and other channels
that are not available for use by white space devices at that location.
Prior to June 23, 2017, but no later than release of the Channel
Reassignment Public Notice upon completion of the broadcast television
spectrum incentive auction, as defined in Sec. 73.3700(a) of this
chapter, sites of large events and productions/shows with significant
unlicensed wireless microphone use at well-defined times and locations
may be registered in the database. Entities responsible for eligible
event venues registering their site with a TV bands data base are
required to first make use of the two reserved channels and other
channels that are not available for use by white space devices at that
location. As a benchmark, at least 6-8 wireless microphones should be
operating in each channel used at such venues (both licensed and
unlicensed wireless microphones used at the event may be counted to
comply with this benchmark). Multiple registrations that specify more
than one point in the facility may be entered for very large sites.
Sites of eligible event venues using unlicensed wireless microphones
must be registered with the Commission at least 30 days in advance and
the Commission will provide this information to the data base managers.
Parties responsible for eligible event venues filing registration
requests must certify that they are making use of all TV channels not
available to white space devices and on which wireless microphones can
practicably be used, including channels 7-51 (except channel 37). The
Commission will make requests for registration of sites that use
unlicensed wireless microphones public and will provide an opportunity
for public comment or objections. Registrations will be valid for one
year, after which they may be renewed. The Commission will take actions
against parties that file inaccurate or incomplete information, such as
denial of registration in the database, removal of information from the
database pursuant to paragraph (i) of this section, or other sanctions
as appropriate to ensure compliance with the rules. Registrations must
include the following information:
(i) Name of the individual or business that owns the unlicensed
wireless microphones;
(ii) An address for the contact person;
(iii) An email address for the contact person (optional);
(iv) A phone number for the contact person;
(v) Coordinates where the device(s) are used (latitude and
longitude in NAD 83, accurate to 50 m);
(vi) Channels used by the wireless microphones operated at the site
and the number of wireless microphones used in each channel. As a
benchmark, least 6-8 wireless microphones must be used in each channel.
Registration requests that do not meet this criteria will not be
registered in the TV bands data bases;
(vii) Specific months, weeks, days of the week and times when the
device(s) are used (on dates when microphones are not used the site
will not be protected); and
(viii) The name of the venue.
(10) 600 MHz service in areas where the part 27 600 MHz band
licensee has commenced operations:
(i) Name of 600 MHz band licensee;
(ii) Name and address of the contact person;
(iii) An email address for the contact person (optional);
(iv) A phone number for the contact person;
(v) Area within a part 27 600 MHz band licensee's Partial Economic
Areas (PEA), as defined in Sec. 27.6 of this chapter, where it has
commenced operation. This area must be delineated by at minimum of
eight and a maximum of 120 geographic coordinates (latitude and
longitude in NAD 83, accurate to 50 m);
(vi) Date of commencement of operations;
(vii) Identification of the frequencies on which the part 27 600
MHz band licensee has commenced operations;
(viii) Call sign.
(11) Location of health care facilities operating WMTS networks on
channel 37 (608-614 MHz):
(i) Name and address of the health care facility;
(ii) Name and address of a contact person;
(iii) Phone number of a contact person;
(iv) Email address of a contact person;
(v) Latitude and longitude coordinates referenced to North American
Datum 1983 (NAD 83) that define the perimeter of each facility. If
several health care facilities using 608-614 MHz wireless medical
telemetry equipment are located in close proximity, it is permissible
to register a perimeter to protect all facilities in that cluster.
(k) Commission requests for data. (1) A white space database
administrator must provide to the Commission, upon request, any
information contained in the database.
(2) A white space database administrator must remove information
from the database, upon direction, in writing, by the Commission.
(l) Security. The white space database shall employ protocols and
procedures to ensure that all communications and interactions between
the white space database and white space devices are accurate and
secure and that unauthorized parties cannot access or alter the
database or the list of available channels sent to a white space
device.
(1) Communications between white space devices and white space
databases, and between different white space databases, shall be secure
to prevent corruption or unauthorized interception of data. A white
space database shall be protected from unauthorized data input or
alteration of stored data.
(2) A white space database shall verify that the FCC identification
number supplied by a fixed or personal/portable white space device is
for a certified device and may not provide service to an uncertified
device.
(3) A white space database must not provide lists of available
channels to uncertified white space devices for purposes of operation
(it is acceptable for a white space database to distribute lists of
available channels by means other than contact with white space devices
to provide list of channels for operation). To implement this
provision, a white space database administrator shall obtain a list of
certified white space devices from the FCC Equipment Authorization
System.
[[Page 73084]]
Sec. 15.714 White space database administration fees.
(a) A white space database administrator may charge a fee for
provision of lists of available channels to fixed and personal/portable
devices and for registering fixed devices. This provision applies to
devices that operate in the TV bands, 600 MHz service band, and the 600
MHz guard bands and duplex gap.
(b) A white space database administrator may charge a fee for
provision of lists of available channels to wireless microphone users.
(c) The Commission, upon request, will review the fees and can
require changes in those fees if they are found to be excessive.
Sec. 15.715 White space database administrator.
The Commission will designate one or more entities to administer
the white space database(s). The Commission may, at its discretion,
permit the functions of a white space database, such as a data
repository, registration, and query services, to be divided among
multiple entities; however, it will designate specific entities to be a
database administrator responsible for coordination of the overall
functioning of a database and providing services to white space
devices. Each database administrator designated by the Commission
shall:
(a) Maintain a database that contains the information described in
Sec. 15.713.
(b) Establish a process for acquiring and storing in the database
necessary and appropriate information from the Commission's databases
and synchronizing the database with the current Commission databases at
least once a week to include newly licensed facilities or any changes
to licensed facilities.
(c) Establish a process for registering fixed white space devices
and registering and including in the database facilities entitled to
protection but not contained in a Commission database, including MVPD
receive sites.
(d) Establish a process for registering facilities where part 74
low power auxiliary stations are used on a regular basis.
(e) Provide accurate lists of available channels and the
corresponding maximum permitted power for each available channel to
fixed and personal/portable white space devices that submit to it the
information required under Sec. 15.713(e), (g), and (h) based on their
geographic location and provide accurate lists of available channels
and the corresponding maximum permitted power for each available
channel to fixed and Mode II devices requesting lists of available
channels for Mode I devices. Database administrators may allow
prospective operators of white space devices to query the database and
determine whether there are vacant channels at a particular location.
(f) Establish protocols and procedures to ensure that all
communications and interactions between the white space database and
white space devices are accurate and secure and that unauthorized
parties cannot access or alter the database or the list of available
channels sent to a white space device consistent with the provisions of
Sec. 15.713(l).
(g) Make its services available to all unlicensed white space
device users on a non-discriminatory basis.
(h) Provide service for a five-year term. This term can be renewed
at the Commission's discretion.
(i) Respond in a timely manner to verify, correct and/or remove, as
appropriate, data in the event that the Commission or a party brings
claim of inaccuracies in the database to its attention. This
requirement applies only to information that the Commission requires to
be stored in the database.
(j) Transfer its database along with the IP addresses and URLs used
to access the database and list of registered fixed white space
devices, to another designated entity in the event it does not continue
as the database administrator at the end of its term. It may charge a
reasonable price for such conveyance.
(k) The database must have functionality such that upon request
from the Commission it can indicate that no channels are available when
queried by a specific white space device or model of white space
devices.
(l) If more than one database is developed, the database
administrators shall cooperate to develop a standardized process for
providing on a daily basis or more often, as appropriate, the data
collected for the facilities listed in Sec. 15.713(b)(2) to all other
white space databases to ensure consistency in the records of protected
facilities.
(m) Provide a means to make publicly available all information the
rules require the database to contain, including fixed white space
device registrations and voluntarily submitted protected entity
information, except the information provided by 600 MHz band licensees
pursuant to Sec. 15.713(j)(10)(v) and (vi) of this part shall not be
made publicly available.
(n) Establish procedures to allow part 27 600 MHz service licensees
to upload the registration information listed in Sec. 15.713(j)(10)
for areas where they have commenced operations and to allow the removal
and replacement of registration information in the database when
corrections or updates are necessary.
(o) Remove from the database the registrations of fixed white space
devices that have not checked the database for at least three months to
update their channel lists. A database administrator may charge a new
registration fee for a fixed white space device that is removed from
the database under this provision but is later re-registered.
(p) Establish procedures to allow health care facilities to
register the locations of facilities where they operate WMTS networks
on channel 37.
(q) Establish procedures to allow unlicensed wireless microphone
users in the 600 MHz band to register with the database and to provide
lists of channels available for wireless microphones at a given
location.
Sec. 15.717 White space devices that rely on spectrum sensing.
(a) Applications for certification. Parties may submit applications
for certification of white space devices that rely solely on spectrum
sensing to identify available channels. Devices authorized under this
section must demonstrate with an extremely high degree of confidence
that they will not cause harmful interference to incumbent radio
services.
(1) In addition to the procedures in subpart J of part 2 of this
chapter, applicants shall comply with the following.
(i) The application must include a full explanation of how the
device will protect incumbent authorized services against interference.
(ii) Applicants must submit a pre-production device, identical to
the device expected to be marketed.
(2) The Commission will follow the procedures below for processing
applications pursuant to this section.
(i) Applications will be placed on public notice for a minimum of
30 days for comments and 15 days for reply comments. Applicants may
request that portions of their application remain confidential in
accordance with Sec. 0.459 of this chapter. This public notice will
include proposed test procedures and methodologies.
(ii) The Commission will conduct laboratory and field tests of the
pre-production device. This testing will be conducted to evaluate proof
of performance of the device, including characterization of its sensing
capability and its interference potential. The testing will be open to
the public.
[[Page 73085]]
(iii) Subsequent to the completion of testing, the Commission will
issue by public notice, a test report including recommendations. The
public notice will specify a minimum of 30 days for comments and, if
any objections are received, an additional 15 days for reply comments.
(b) Power limit for devices that rely on sensing. The white space
device shall meet the requirements for personal/portable devices in
this subpart except that it will be limited to a maximum EIRP of 50 mW
per 6 megahertz of bandwidth on which the device operates and it does
not have to comply with the requirements for geo-location and database
access in Sec. 15.711(b), (d), and (e). Compliance with the detection
threshold for spectrum sensing in Sec. 15.717(c), although required,
is not necessarily sufficient for demonstrating reliable interference
avoidance. Once a device is certified, additional devices that are
identical in electrical characteristics and antenna systems may be
certified under the procedures of part 2, Subpart J of this chapter.
(c) Sensing requirements--(1) Detection threshold. (i) The required
detection thresholds are:
(A) ATSC digital TV signals: -114 dBm, averaged over a 6 MHz
bandwidth;
(B) NTSC analog TV signals: -114 dBm, averaged over a 100 kHz
bandwidth;
(C) Low power auxiliary, including wireless microphone, signals: -
107 dBm, averaged over a 200 kHz bandwidth.
(ii) The detection thresholds are referenced to an omnidirectional
receive antenna with a gain of 0 dBi. If a receive antenna with a
minimum directional gain of less than 0 dBi is used, the detection
threshold shall be reduced by the amount in dB that the minimum
directional gain of the antenna is less than 0 dBi. Minimum directional
gain shall be defined as the antenna gain in the direction and at the
frequency that exhibits the least gain. Alternative approaches for the
sensing antenna are permitted, e.g., electronically rotatable antennas,
provided the applicant for equipment authorization can demonstrate that
its sensing antenna provides at least the same performance as an
omnidirectional antenna with 0 dBi gain.
(2) Channel availability check time. A white space device may start
operating on a TV channel if no TV, wireless microphone or other low
power auxiliary device signals above the detection threshold are
detected within a minimum time interval of 30 seconds.
(3) In-service monitoring. A white space device must perform in-
service monitoring of an operating channel at least once every 60
seconds. There is no minimum channel availability check time for in-
service monitoring.
(4) Channel move time. After a TV, wireless microphone or other low
power auxiliary device signal is detected on a white space device
operating channel, all transmissions by the white space device must
cease within two seconds.
PART 27--MISCELLANEOUS WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
0
9. The authority citation for part 27 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 301, 302a, 303, 307, 309, 332, 336,
337, 1403, 1404, 1451, and 1452, unless otherwise noted.
0
10. Add Sec. 27.1320 to read as follows:
Sec. 27.1320 Notification to white space database administrators.
To receive interference protection, 600 MHz licensees shall notify
one of the white space database administrators of the areas where they
have commenced operation pursuant to Sec. Sec. 15.713(j)(10) and
15.715(n) of this chapter.
PART 74--EXPERIMENTAL RADIO, AUXILIARY, SPECIAL BROADCAST AND OTHER
PROGRAM DISTRIBUTIONAL SERVICES
0
11. The authority citation for part 74 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 307, 309, 336 and 554.
0
12. Section 74.802 is amended by adding paragraph (a)(2) and by
revising paragraphs (c) introductory text and (f) to read as follows:
Sec. 74.802 Frequency assignment.
(a)(1) * * *
(2) The four megahertz segment from one to five megahertz above the
lower edge of the 600 MHz duplex gap may be assigned for use by low
power auxiliary stations.
Note to paragraph (a)(2): The specific frequencies for the 600
MHz duplex gap will be determined in light of further proceedings
pursuant to GN Docket No. 12-268 and the rule will be updated
accordingly pursuant to a future public notice.
* * * * *
(c) Specific frequency operation is required when operating within
the 600 MHz duplex gap or the bands allocated for TV broadcasting.
* * * * *
Note to paragraph (c): The specific frequencies for the 600 MHz
duplex gap will be determined in light of further proceedings
pursuant to GN Docket No. 12-268 and the rule will be updated
accordingly pursuant to a future public notice.
* * * * *
(f) Operations in 600 MHz band assigned to wireless licensees under
part 27 of this chapter. A low power auxiliary station that operates on
frequencies in the 600 MHz band assigned to wireless licensees under
part 27 of this chapter must cease operations on those frequencies no
later than the end of the post-auction transition period as defined in
Sec. 27.4 of this chapter. During the post-auction transition period,
low power auxiliary stations will operate on a secondary basis to
licensees of part 27 of this chapter, i.e., they must not cause to and
must accept harmful interference from these licensees, and must comply
with the distance separations in Sec. 15.236(e)(2) of this chapter
outside the areas where a licensee has commenced operations as
specified pursuant to Sec. 15.713(j)(10).
0
13. Section 74.861 is amended by revising paragraphs (a), (e)
introductory text, (e)(1) introductory text, and (e)(1)(iii) to read as
follows:
Sec. 74.861 Technical requirements.
(a) Except as specified in paragraph (e) of this section,
transmitter power is the power at the transmitter output terminals and
delivered to the antenna, antenna transmission line, or any other
impedance-matched, radio frequency load. For the purpose of this
subpart, the transmitter power is the carrier power.
* * * * *
(e) For low power auxiliary stations operating in the 600 MHz
duplex gap and the bands allocated for TV broadcasting, the following
technical requirements apply:
(1) The power may not exceed the following values.
* * * * *
(iii) 600 MHz duplex gap: 20 mW EIRP
* * * * *
PART 95--PERSONAL RADIO SERVICES
0
14. The authority citation for part 95 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 301, 302(a), 303, and 307(e).
0
15. Section 95.1111 is amended by adding paragraph (d) to read as
follows:
[[Page 73086]]
Sec. 95.1111 Frequency coordination.
* * * * *
(d) To receive interference protection, parties operating WMTS
networks on channel 37 shall notify one of the white space database
administrators of their operating location pursuant to Sec. Sec.
15.713(j)(11) and 15.715(p) of this chapter.
[FR Doc. 2015-29496 Filed 11-20-15; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712-01-P